CIHM Microfiche Series (l\/ionographs) ICIMH Collection de microfiches (monographies) Canadian Institute for Historical Microraproductions / Institut Canadian da microraproductions historiquas Technical and Bibliographic Notes / Notes techniques et bibliographiques The Institute has attempted to obtain the best original copy available for filming. Features of this copy which may be bibliographically unique, which may alter any of the images in the reproduction, or which may significantly change the usual method of filming are checked below. D n Coloured covers/ Couverture de couleur Covers damaged / Couverture endommag^ Covers restored and/or laminated / Couverture restaur^ et/ou pellicula 7 D Cover title missing / Le titre de couverture manque Coloured maps / Cartes g^ographiques en couleur Coloured ink (i.e. other than blue or black) / Encre de couleur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noire) rri Coloured plates and/or illustrations / D D D D Planches et/ou illustrations en couleur Bound with other material / Reli6 avec d'autres documents Only editton available / Seule Milton disponible Tight binding may cause shadows or distortion atong interior margin / La reliure serrte peut causer de I'ombre ou de la distorsion le long de la marge int^rieure. Blank leaves added during restorations may appear within the text. Whenever possible, these have been omitted from filming / Use peut que certaines pages blanches ajout^es lors d'une restauration apparaissent dans le texte, mais, lorsque cela 6tait possible, ces pages n'ont pas 6\6 film^es. Additional comments / Commentaires suppl^mentaires: Various paglngs. This Ham Is filmed at tha raductlon ratio chacked balow / Ca documant ast film* au taux da rMuetlon Indlqu* clniassous. L'Institut a microfilm^ le meilleur exemplaire qu'il lui a 6\6 possible de se procurer. Les details de cet exem- plaire qui sont peut-6tre uniques du point de vue bibli- ographique, qui peuvent modifier une image reproduite, ou qui peuvent exiger une modifteation dans la m6tho- de normale de filmage sont indiqute ci-dessous. I I Cotoured pages / Pages de couleur I I Pages damaged / Pages endommagtes □ Pages restored and/or laminated / Pages restaur^es et/ou pellicul^es Pages discoloured, stained or foxed / Pages d^color^s, tachet^es ou piqudes I I Pages detached / Pages d^tach^es |>/| Showthrough/ Transparence □ Quality of print varies / Quality inhale de I'impresslon Includes supplementary material / Comprend du materiel suppl^mentaire Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata slips, tissues, etc., have been refilmed to ensure the best possible image / Les pages totalement ou partiellement obscurcies par un feuillet d'en^ta, une pelure. etc.. ont 6t6 film^es h nouveau de fa^on k obtenir la meilleure image possible. Opposing pages with varying colouration or discotourations are filmed twice to ensure the best possible image / Les pages s'opposant ayant des colorations variables ou des decolorations sont filmtes deux fois afin d'obtenir la meilleure image possible. D D lOx 14x 18x 22x 26x 30x J 12x 16x 20k 24x 28x 32x The copy filmed h«r« hu b««n raproducad thank* to tha ganarosity of: National Library of Canada L'axamplaira filmi fut raproduit grica i la ginArosit* da: Bibllotheque natlonale du Canada Tha imagas appaaring hara ara tha bast quality peaaibia considaring tha condition and lagibility of tha original copy and in kaaping with tha filming contract apacificationa. Original capias in printad papar covan ara fllmad beginning with tha front covar and anding on tha last paga with a printad or illuatratad impraa- sion. or tha back covar whan apprepriata. All othar original eopias ara filmad beginning on tha first paga with a printad or illuatratad impraa* sion, and anding on tha last paga with a printad or illuatratad imprassion. Las imagas suivantas ont txt raproduitas avac I* plus grand soin. compta tanu da la condition at da la nattat* da l'axamplaira film*, at an conformit* avac las conditions du contrat da filmaga. Laa axamplairas originaux dont la couvartura an papiar aat imprim«a sont filmte an commandant par la pramiar plat at an tarminant soit par la darniAra paga qui compona una amprainta d'imprassion ou d'illustration, soit par Is sacond plat, salon la cas. Tous las autras axamplairas originaux sent filmAs an commandant par la pramlAre pege qui comporte une emprainte d'impreasion ou d'illustration at an tarminant par la darniire page qui comporte une telle empreinte. The laat recorded frame on eech microfiche shell contain tha symbol ^4^ (maening "CON- TINUED"), or the symbol ▼ Imeening "END"). whichever epplies. Un des symboles suivants apparaitra sur la darniire imege de cheque microfiche, salon la cas: le symbols «^ signifie "A SUIVRE", le symbols ▼ signifie "FIN ". Maps, pistes, charts, etc.. may be filmed at different reduction retios. Those too lerge to be entirely included in one exposure are filmed beginning in the upper left hand corner, left to right and top to bottom, as many frames aa required. The following diagrama illustrate the method: Lea cartaa. planches, tablaeux, etc.. peuvent itre filmte A des taux da r*duction diffArents. korsque le document est trop grand pour Atra raproduit en un seul clichi, il est filmi A partir da Tangle supArieur geuche, de gauche A droite. et de haut an bas. an prenant le nombre d'imegea nAcasssire. Las diagrammas suivants illustrent le mithode. 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 MiaiOCOPV IBOIUTION TBT CHART (ANSI ond ISO TEST CHART No. 3) 1.0 I.I |u |2J |M l» ■■■ tit |£ Im Hi 13^ IH Li U£ 12.0 U 1^ il 1.8 ^ /APPLIED IIVMGE In SSP- 1653 East Uain 5tr«*t B S'JB Rocf)«st«r, New Yorh U609 USA ^S <716) 482 - OJOO - Phon« ^S (7'6) 288 - 5989 - Fax ' CANADA DEPARTMENT OF MINES Hon. Lavn Coouu, MiimrsB: R. G. McConnbll, Dsrarr Mimiru. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY i MEMOIR TtI Mo. U, CmouomcML Snm Geology jind Ore Deposits of Rottdand, Bfitish Columbia Watancyidal* mm: OTTAWA Gofnumn MMaw Bnuo tMi M»un Explanation or Plate I. Typical joW-copper ore of Ro«tand, B.C. Shows banded itructure of chat copyrite (golden yellow) and pyrrhotite (neutral grey). Specimen from No. 501J conuct vn-fkoot, LeRoi ttim. .7>„ i •» / -"...T'-V CANADA DEPARTMENT OF MINES Hon. Loun Codbbkb, Mimisteh: R. G. McConnbll, DsruTT Mimnss. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY I MEMOIR 77 I No. M, Gbowoical Suns Geology and Ore Deposits of Rossland, British Columbia BT Charlea Wales Dryadale OTTAWA GovBunam PanrnMO Bouau 1915 No. 1520 m CONTENTS. Preface. PAGE si Parti. CHAPTER I. Introduction 1 Field work and acknowledgments 1 Geography 2 Location and means of communication 2 Physical features 3 Climate and agriculture 4 History and development 5 Mining, milling, and metallurgy 14 Bibliography 18 CHAPTER II. General geology 23 Age and succession of formations 23 Formational units 23 Mount Roberts formation 23 Augite porphyrite 25 Volcanic agglomerate 26 Granodiorite batholith and cupola stocks (Trail) 27 Diorite porphyrite tongues 27 Andesite and augite latite lavas and tuff beds 29 Monzonite chonolith 29 Porphyritic monzonite stocks 29 Lamprophyric dykes 30 "Conglomerate" or "White" dyke 31 Pulasldte cupola stocks and dykes (Coryell) 32 Granite porphyry (Sheppard) and lamprophyre dykes 33 Surficial deposits and vein outcrops 34 Geological structure 34 Primary structures 34 Secondary structures 35 Fading 35 Fracturing 35 Faulting 36 PACK Geological history 38 Palaeozoic 38 Meiozoic 39 Tertiary 41 Quaternary 42 CHAPTER III. Economic geology 44 Ore occurrence and ttruc^ure 44 Types of deposit and distribution 4S Fissure vein systems 46 Direction of vein fissures 46 Si>acing of vein fissures 47 Linking, forking, and reticulating systems of vein fissures. ... 48 Relations of vein fissures to country rock formations 48 Persistence of vein fissures 50 Origin and age of vein fissures ^^ Dyking S3 Origin and age of dyking S5 Faulting 55 Age of faulting 57 Ore shoots 58 Shape and size cf ore shoots 58 Pitch of ore tUnocn 58 Distribution of values in ore shoots 59 Localization of ore shoots 62 Rock alteration 65 Oudation 66 Underground temperature and water 67 Character of ores and gangues 69 Classification of ores 69 Nature, paragenesis, and value of ore and gangue minerals 69 Mineralogy 73 Native elements 73 Gold 73 Silver 74 Sulphides 74 Chalcr pyrite 74 Pyrrhotite 75 Pyrite 76 GersdoHfite 76 Galena 76 Sphalerite 77 Stibnite 77 FAOB Biimuthinite 77 Molybdenite 78 Marcaaite 78 Anenopyrite 78 Oxide* n Quartz 79 Magnetite 79 Limonite 79 Arsenate 80 Erythrite 80 Carbonates 80 Calcite 80 Malachite 81 Azurite 81 Silicates 81 Wollastonite 81 Actinolite 81 Garnet 81 Epidote 82 Prehnite 82 Tourmaline 82 Apophyllite 82 Gmelinite and natrolite 83 Laumontite 83 Chabazite 83 GrUnerite 83 Muscovite 84 Biotite 84 Chlorite 84 Serpentine 85 Sulphate 85 Epsomite 85 Origin of ore deposits 85 Age of ore deposits 92 CHAPTER IV. Description of mines — North Belt 94 Introduction 94 Mines of the Consolidated Mining and Smelting Company of Canada 94 Dividends 9S Mining methods 96 Centre Star- War Eagle group 96 Location 96 Production 96 PAOI Equipment and ore handling 97 Power 99 General development 100 CoBtt 100 Character of the ore 100 Geological structure 101 Iron Mask 103 Virginia 103 Red Mountain 106 City of Spokane 106 Iron Horse 107 Iron Colt i07 Monte Christo 108 Buckeye 109 LeRoi group 110 Location 110 Production 110 Dividends Ill Development and equipment Ill Costs 112 Composition of ores 112 Geological structure 113 Mines of the LeRoi No. 2 Limited Company 116 Dividends 117 Production and character of ore 118 Developmen: 119 Mining, milling, and equipment 120 Costs 121 Geological structure 123 CHAPTER V. Description of mines — North Belt (continued) 125 Mines of the Rossland-Kootenay Mining Company, Ltd 125 Nickel Ptate 125 Great Western and Golden Chariot 127 Columbia-Kootenay 128 Mascot 130 Commander 131 Cliff-Consolidatrd St ^Imo 132 Southern Belle 134 St. Elmo 134 View 135 Mountain View, Peak, Sam Hayes fraction 135 Good Friday 135 Northern Belle j3^ White Bear 134 !p'"«* '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'. 140 Giant-Califomia Mining Company 141 Giant [ ' 141 California 142 Coxey .......'.'.'..'.'. 143 Novelty 14^ Gertrude I45 Evening Star [[ I45 Jumbo ■ ■ ■ 144 Gold Hill 149 Delaware 15q Wallingford group 150 Atlantic Cable 150 O. K. and I.X.L ................'...'. ISI Eureka I53 Gold King I53 Flossie 153 Velvet-Portland 154 Lord Roberts 158 Green Mountain I59 CHAPTER VI. Description of minea— South Belt 160 Abe Lincoln 150 Bluebird 1(50 Crown Point 161 Curlew ...'..'..'..'..]'. 16J Deer Park 163 Florence "" 165 Gopher I65 Grand Priic 166 Ha"« ......'..'.'.'..'. 166 Homestake 166 Mayflower 16g Maid of Erin and R. E. Lee 169 Monday I69 ''hoenix 170 ilichmonrf-Lily May 170 Sunset 171 Trilby 172 Part II. CHAPTER I. FACE Physiography 175 Introduction 175 Description of topography and (tage of diiMction 176 Regional 176 Local 176 Effect of glaciation upon topography 177 Older upland topography 178 Younger valley topography 179 Post-Glacial gorget and ravines 180 Different hypotheses of physiographic development 180 One-cycle hypothesis 181 TiKxyde hypothesis 183 Dissected Eocene erosion surface 184 Dissected Cretaceous erosion surface 184 Dissected Miocene-Pliocene erosion surface 184 Three-cycle hypothesis 186 Correlation 187 Physiographic history 187 Conclusion 188 CHAPTER II. General geology 189 General sUtement 189 Regional 189 Local 189 Table of formations 190 Distribution of formations 191 Detailed description of formations 193 Palaeozoic 193 Carboniferous 193 Mount Roberts formation 193 Mesozoic 200 Triassic (?) 200 Volcanic agglomerate 200 Augite porphyrite intrusives 202 Serpentine and pyroxenite 211 Pyroxenite 212 Upper Jurassic 212 Trail batholith and stocks of granodiorite 212 Diorite porphyrite tongues 215 vli PAor Andeiite flows and tuff bedf 2I8 Monzonite chonolith 219 Augite latite flows 227 Cenozoic 230 Tertiary ......[ 230 Eocene ( ?) 230 Sophie and Lake Mountain conglomerate 230 Oligocene ( ?) 233 Porphyritic monsonite stocks 233 Sheep Creek diorite porphyrite 236 Miocene 237 Coryell tiatholith and pulaskite intrusives 237 Sheppard granite intr jsives 240 Lamprophyre dykes 242 Quaternary 243 Pleistocene 243 Boulder clay and alluvium 243 CHAPTER III. Geological history 244 Introduction 244 Palaeozoic erosion, marine sedimentation, and igneous activity. . . . 244 Deformation at close of the Palaeozoic 245 Triassic erosion and igneous activity 245 Late Jurassic orogeny, vulcanism, and mineralization 245 Cretaceous erosion cycle 246 Laramide orogenic revolution 247 Eocene continental sedimentation and igneous activity 247 Oligocene deformation and erosion interval 248 Miocene igneous activity and mineralization 248 Pliocene erosion and upwarping 249 Pleistocene valley cutting and glaciation 249 Recent 250 Summary of geological history 250 Addenda 252 Index 303 .|i vtn ILLUSTRATIONS. PAOB Map. No. 1001. Special map of RoMland, Topocraphic edition... in poclnt. * No. 1002. Special map of RoMUnd.Geoloficaledif ion.... * * * No. 1003. RoMland mining camp. Topograpliic edition . . * * ■ No. 1004. Roaaland mining camp. Geological edition " * ' 146A, No. 1496. Stereogranu of a block of ore>bearing coun- try, RoMland, B.C • • * No. 1S18. Geological plan of the principal mine* at RoMland vitli accompanying lectiont * * Plate I. Typical gold-copper ore of RoMiand Frontlapiece * II. Roaaland from Columbia and Kootenay mountain 255 ■ III. Sheep Creek valley from Velvet-Portland mine 257 ■ IV. Columbia avenue, Rowland, in 1895 259 * V. ColumbU avenue, Rowland, in 1914 261 * VI. Country rock* of the Rowland vein* 263 " VII. A. Porphyritic monzonite 265 B. Centre Star dyke rock 265 * VIII. "White dyke," Jone mine, Rowland 267 * IX. Faulted lamprophyre dyke, Trail road 269 ' X. A. Crow-bedding in Mount Roberts formation, Cali- fornia mine 271 B. Forking of veinlet on lOtk intermediate level. War Eagle mine 271 * XI. A. and B. Ore from No. 737 itope with dyke inclutiona, Joaiemine 273 * XII. Ore in diorite porphyrite gangue. No. 895 itope, LeRoi mine 275 " XIII. Contact ore shoot. No. 1352 stope. War Eagle mine 277 * XIV. Con* xt ore shoot. No. 852 stope, Centre Star mine 279 * XV. A. . .ugite porphyrite with groundmaw silicified 281 B. Pdished specimen LeRoi ore 281 ■ XVL A. "Face" of ore in No. 1452 stope. War Eagle mine . 283 B. "Back" of ore. Black Bear shoot. No. 1688 stope, Le Roi mine 283 * XVII. Vein fiwure between ore shoots, west of No. 1452 stope, War Eagle mine 285 * XVIII. Cakite crystals, LeRoi mine 287 * XIX. A. Ore in actinoUte gangue, LeRoi mine 289 B. (a) Shattered augite porphyrite 289 (b) Sheppard granite porphyry 289 * XX. Prehnite, No. 3 tunnel. War Eagle mine 291 ' XXI. Apophyllite crysUlt, Centre Star mine 293 ■ XXII. Outcrop of LeRoi main vein 295 PAOB PlattXXIII. A. Jode(URoiNo.2)aiidLeRoiminM 397 B. Velvet-Portland mine, Sophie mountain 297 ■ XXIV. Upland eradon wirfaM from LcRoi mine, Rotalaad in (oraground 299 * XXV. Upland eroalon surface •urrounding RoMland. Old Glofy 'monadnock' in backcround 301 Figurt 1. Index map thowing poaition of RoMland 3 2. Production of ore and meuls a* ' -^riand 1894 to 1914 . . . 13 3. Flow sheet for RoHlandgoM-cot.,^ ore, TraUtmdtcr.BC. 16 4. Flow sheet for silver-lead ore. Trail smelter, B.C 17 5. Hypothetkal sections illustrating the progieasive develop* ment of the geological structure at Roaaland 38 6. Strikes of the principal veins, faults, and dyke* 47 7. Transverse vertical sectk>n through 1687 raise, LeRoi mine 49 8. Longitudinal projection, Centre Star mine 52 9. Branching and faulting in dyke, Monte Christo mine 53 10. Composite dyke. No. 2 tunr.el, Mascot mine 54 11. Vein cutting dyke but constricted by It, War Eagle mine . . 55 12. Plan of LeRoi 450-foot level, showing the manner in whkh the monaonite cuts off the o^ in the South vein 60 ii. Mineral claim map, Roasland 94 14. Longitudinal projection. War Eagle mine 102 IS- * * Iron Mask mine, main vein 104 i^- * * Iron Mask mine. North and South veins 105 17. • • LeRoi mine, main vein 114 18. « .... p,<^h . „j W. • • ... South • 116 20. • • ... Peyton* 117 2L * • Columbia-Kootenay vein 128 22. Flow structure in syenite dyke, Columbia-Kootenay mine. 131 23. Plan of White Bear 850-foot level 138 24. Longitudinal projection No. 3 vein. White Bear mine 139 25. Longitudinal (north and south) projection through Velvet mine 155 26. Transverse (east and west) projection through Velvet mine 156 ! 4 Ml ii PRirACB. In this memoir !■ embodied the retulu of geological field work carried on at Rowland during the leasons of 1905 and 1906 by ProfeMor R. W. Brock and Dr. G. A. Young. The writer bad the free use of all field notes, micro-slides, plans, and data collected by them, and their many helpful suggestions and ad- vice, both in field ard office, have greatly faciliuted the pro- gress of the work. The chapter on "General Geology" (Part II, Chapter II) of th^'s memoir is taken in large part directly from Dr. Young's unpublished manuscript. The writer spent the field season of 1913 and a part of 1914 at Rockland, continuing Professor Brock's investigation of the ore deposits and bringing the work up to date. The memoir is divided into two parts: the first part (in- cluding six chapters) is intended primarily for those whose in- terests are centred chiefly in the mining geology of Rossland or 'ji descriptions of individual mines and properties; while the second part (which includes three chapters) is writter more for those interested mainly in the general geology and physioi aphy of the region. The first part includes, however a brief summary account of the essential geology (Chapter II) necessary to a comprehensive understanding of the occurrence and possible origin of the Roesland ore deposits. For further details and a more specialized discussion of the local geology and r-^lated subjects the reader is referred to the second part. i; % ( PART I. t i !! i ">. I: Geology and Ore Deposits of Rossland, British Columbia. PART I. CHAPTER I. INTRODUCTION. The geology of the Rossland mining camp merits especial attention on account of the magnitude of the ore deposits and th "r richness and persistence in depth. Since its disc very in l&*f^, the district has produced 4,655,388 tons of ore containing 2,293,255 ounces of gold, 2,875,440ounces of silver, and 93,455,188 pounds of copper. The gross value is placed at v62,347,682*. a total in value greater than that of any other lode mining camp in British Columbia. Field Work and Acknowledgments. Geological field work at Rossland began with reconnaissance surveys by R. G. McConnell in 1894 and 1896. This was followed by detailed work from June, 1905, to October, 1906, by R. W. Brock and G. A. Young, Brock doing the economic, and Young, the areal geology. Mr. Brock visited tli" camp dtuing subsequent field seasons. The results of the above work were published in the Summary Reports for the years 1894, 1895, 1896, 1906, 1907, 1908, and 1909, and in a "Preliminary Report on the Rossland, B.C. Mining District'" published in 1906. During 1905 and 1906, topographic surveys were made by W. H. Boyd. One of the resulting maps which accompany > Figuicf kindly fumiihed by Provincial Bureau of Minet. Sec p. 12. • Geological Surrey, Canada, 1906, No. 939. this memoir consisto of a sheet on the scale of 1,200 feet to one inch, with 40-foot contour intervals, and includes an area of approximately 140 square miles. The other is a special map of Rossland, mduding the main mineralized belt, on a scale of 400 feet to one inch, with 20-foot contour intervals. Owing to pressure of duties as Director of the Geological Survey, Mr. Brock was unable to continue the Rossland field work and write the final report. He instructed the writer to contmue his detailed investigation of the ore deposits during the field season of 1913, in order to bring the work up to date and to prepare the final report for publication. In this report w incorporated, therefore, the material previously collected by Mr. Brock and Dr. Young, as well as additional data obtained by the writer during the field season of 1913 and part of 1914, Much indebtedness is due the officials of the operating com- panies, mine superintendents, engineers, and people of Rossland for many courtesies extended and for information freely rven throughout the whole period of field work. Thanks are es- penally due to Mr. R. H. Stewart, general manager of the Consolidated Mining and Smelting Company of C- da Super- intendent M. E. Purcell and assistant sur .cendent E. G Montgomery, of the Centre Star-War Eagie group of mines.* Superintendent F. S. Peters and G. H. Kilburn of the URoi mine, and Messrs. Ernest Levy and Lionel Hill of the LeRoi No. 2 mines, for kind aid and i.iteresc in the work. Able assist- ance in the field work of 1913 was rendered by E. L. Bruce from June until September, and by Bruce Rose during October and November. Geography. Location and Means of Communication. Rossland is situated in the Trail Creek mining division ot the A\est Kootenay district, British Columbia, about 6 miles west of the Columbia river, and 5 miles north of the Inter- national Boundary line (Figure 1). Both the Canadian Pacific and the Great Northern Railway Companies have branch lines into Rossland; the former from Nelson via Castlegar and Trail, and the latter from Spokane, Washington, via Marcus and Northport. Good wagon roads, some of which are suitable for automobiles, connect Rossland with Trail, Grand Forks, and other points in British Columbia, as well as with towns and cities in the state of Washington. !l''i Figure 1. Index map showing position of Rossland, B.C. Physical Features. Rossland lies within the well watered and wooded Columbia range of mountains, a range characterized by summits less lofty and alpine than those of the Selkirks to the east. The two ranges are separated by the deep, longitudinal Selkirk valley, through the bottom lands of which meanders the swift flowing Columbia ri— ;r. A summit view in the Columbia range reveals the presence of a gently flowing though mountainous upland landscape surmounted here and there by more rugged peaks and crest lines, which rise several hundred feet above the general level of this old surface of erosion. Beneath this rolling highland topography the present steep-walled glaciated valleys appear to be entrenched. The latter head in broad basin-like tracts or glacial amphitheatres, and have lower valley stretches which bear evidence of intense glacial action. In the central portion of the range may be seen relatively flat-topped interstream areas with intervening steep-sided valleys (Plate III). The mining town of Rossland is picturesquely situated on the lowest and broadest of a series of rock benches which grad- ually lead up to a group of round-topped hills known as Monte Christo and Columbia-Kootenay mountains (Plate II). These hills rise from 800 to 1,500 feet above the town and He below the general level of the upland surface of erosion. The elevation of the main street, Columbia avenue, is about 3,410 feet above the level of the sea. The town overlooks to the south, a broad glacial amphitheatre forming the headwaters of Trail creek which empties into the Columbia river about 6 miles distant at the smelter town of Trail. The amphitheatre is bounded on the south by a high ridge culminating in Lake mountain (5,410 feet A. T.); on the west by Deer Park mountain; and on the north by Red (5,150 feet A.T.) and Monte Christo mountains. Red and Deer Park mountains are separated by a low saddle-like pass or "col" which leads into the deep valley of the east fork of Sheep creek, known as Little Sheep Creek valley. Little Sheep creek has its source in Jumbo gulch between Red moun- tain to the east and Granite mountain (6,500 feet) and Mount Roberts (6,460 feet) to the west. It flows southward to unite with Big Sheep creek whose waters empty, 18 miles distant, into the Columbia river near the town of Northport, Washington. Climate and Agriculture. The summers are temperate and dry, with moderately warm days and cool nights; the winters are equable and not extremely cold, the temperature remaining for long periods only a few degrees below freezing. The snowfall is heavy, but the clear air and sunshine and the absence of wind, make the winters very pleasant and afford ideal conditions for Ross- land's annual carnival of winter sports. The following table of mean temperatures, rainfall, and snowfall has been compiled by the Director of the Meteorological Service, Toronto. Year. Jan. Feb. 1900 28-6 I90S , 24-9 1906 1 2S-9 1907 13-7 1908 24-S 1909 U-7 1910 22-3 1911 205 1912 21 1913 1 19-3 23-2 23-4 28-4 28-2 25.7 27-5 20-5 24-5 31-0 19-9 1900 1 0-92 ' 0-42 1905 1 0-67 0-97 1906 ! 0-88 : MO 1907 , 000 : 0-67 1908 j 000 010 1909 0-40 0-58 1910 MO I 000 I'll I 00 I 000 1912 0-40 ! 0-25 1913 ■ 000 ' 000 Monthly Mean T Mar. Apr. May 1 1 June O 39-2 48-4 i • 52-7 e 60. 2 38-7 44-4 49.0 55.4 31-3 48 49. 3 .S3 -8 31-3 39. 3 51 9 56. 1 32-4 42. 3 48. 2 55-9 33 1 38-9 48.2 61. 7 383 471 54. 6 56. 3 36-7 42.1 48. 1 .S8.3 31 43. 1 .S2.4 61. 4 29-7 41. g 50-3 57-4 Monthly Rati 110 119 1.75 141 2-32 085 2.94 2-71 0-85 0-77 4.75 2-57 017 059 .rs8 2-K7 U'58 2. 76 3. 62 2. 21 0-98 019 3-75 155 1-S7 1-26 2. 56 2. 02 0-64 0-48 5-64 2-68 000 2.84 2.. 54 1. 74 M5 0-31 ' 3. 32 4.15 1900 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 31 : 36. 9 23-1 32-8 1 82 15-2 240 26.7 4-3 37-8 10-7 25-9 28. i 26-5 15-6 31. 8 , 44-7 7-8 23. 8 ! 18-6 5-5 .<5-5 18-0 7-6 32-1 i 15-2 8-5 40-9 ' 26. 10. 2 5-2 6-2 I 01 I 15-8 04 10 . 0-0 ; 6-5 0-2 40 Monthly Snou I 10 Temperature data referring to growing season— Yearly mean tern of gTOWin| Mason— 181 days from April IS to October 13. Total hea Mean Ttmperature. June July Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dk. 1 ; Year e 602 1 i • 62-9 58 -S 54-6 41-7 • 30-3 • 32-0 • 44-4 S5-4 63-7 61-7 53-6 37-4 31-5 26-3 42-5 53-8 68-4 61-7 541 44^8 29-6 27-1 43-5 S61 62-3 55- 51-6 47-4 34- 1 26-6 41-5 55-9 63-8 10-5 53-4 42-6 37 22-3 42-4 61-7 59-5 595 551 429 32-9 19-6 41-2 56-3 65 -8 59-3 54-5 441 32-8 29-0 43-7 58-3 64-1 60-4 50-8 41-9 27-4 23-8 41-2 61-4 60-3 58 50-2 38-6 32-9 26-5 42-2 S7-4 61-2 62-6 53-5 39- 1 32-5 411 thly Rainfall. 1-41 1-38 2-71 1-63 2-57 0-4.S 2-87 0-88 2-21 119 1-55 3-35 202 0-30 2-68 110 1-74 2-84 4-15 1-24 1-24 0-46 0-71 5-80 1-08 Oil 109 1-33 314 0-71 2-56 2-64 1 41 4'28 0-13 2-82 1-25 2-20 1-96 119 > 3 45 1-48 2-22 2-89 Oil 015 159 2-56 0-53 1-37 154 000 .i-23 1-62 000 2-53 lis 019 304 2. 95 000 0-61 0-62 000 1-67 0-48 000 1 06 0-24 000 1912 18-34 18-20 21-84 16-52 17-63 17-14 15.^0 17-86 13-37 hiy Snowfall. 1 < ! 26-4 ! i I I i 0-0 ' I I 0-0 I ' 2-4 ' ! 5-8 1 1 0-0 i , 0-0 i I I 14-0 ' ' I I 5-0 3-3 1 37-7 29-2 26-7 24-8 39-6 17-0 38-1 3-3 28-9 34-S 26-4 23-7 34-7 26-5 43-9 30-6 26-8 37-4 13-7 163-6 126-9 119-5 145-3 105-1 153-0 106-3 138-0 127-4 1.17-2 mean temperature for period of eight years — 42-1 degrees. Length Total heat units — 9,898. Mean average temperature of nx hottest I i; i ll Considerable attention has been paid to horticulture in the district with the result that the community raises practically all iu own vegetables. The (.eople pride themselves on their gardens and at the annual fruit and flower show the local exhibiu compare most favourably with those from -^ upside points.' History and Dbvelopmekt. The following historical outline is teken in large part from the "Preliminary Report on the Rossland, B. C, Mining District" by R. W. Brock, but the statement has been amplified here and there by material from other sources and brought up to date. Although lead was discovered on Kootenay lake (Bluebell mine) in the eariy twenties of the last century and was used as a source of lead for buUete by the Hudson's Bay Company, mining in West Kootenay district is of recent growth. In the eariy sixties, a few hardy prospectors came northward, attracted by the rich placers of the Cariboo, and tested and worked some of the local streams for gold. In 1865 the Dewdney trail was completed, from Hope on the Eraser river, to the placers of Wild Horse and other East Kootenay creeks, passing close by the site of Rossland, down Trail creek. In the eighties, some claims were staked in Uie Boundary district; in 1883, at Ainsworth on Kootenay lake, and in 1886, rich ore was discovered on Toad mountain, near Nelson. In 1887, the news of the discovery had attracted prospectors, and a trading post was established at Nelson. These discoveries started prospectors along the Dewdney trail, on the lookout for lode ores. The first claim located was the Lily May, on the trail itself. It was discovered in 1887 and relocated in 1889 by Oliver Bordeau and Newlin Hoover as the Tip Top claim. They rH'xated it as the Lily May the following year and recorded their location in Nelson. Although the gossan of Red mountain had attracted the attention of the earlier travellers along the Dewdney trail, °°'"g o^ whom, including Nelson Demers, had done a little work • Fc uieful Mriculturtl Information eoveni ConuaiMion on Airicultun pubUditd by the BrI thta diMrict KC the report of the Royal ■■ Columbian Government. on it. the values were too low to wamat lode mining in • wilder* new, with its high coet for transportation and development; placer mining, consequently, absorbed their interest, it was not until 1890 that claims were located on the lodes which were to create the city of Rossland and to bring southern British Columbia prominently before the mining and commercial world. In the summer of 1890, Bourgeois and Morris, who were working on the Lily May, crossed over to Red mountain and located in one day the LeRoi (then the Louis claim). Centre Star, War Eagle, Idaho, and Virginia. These claims were re- corded at Nelson, the LeRoi being given to Col. E. S. Topping, deputy mining recorder, for paying the $12.50 recordmg fees.' He secured specimens and went to Spokane, interesting some business men of that town, headed by Oliver Durant, in the LeRoi, and the development of the camp began. The Spokane Syndicate acquired a bond on a sixteen-thirtieths interest for six months in the LeRoi for $16,000 and under the management of Durant proceeded to prospect the claim during the winter of 1890-1. The news of the strike brought prospectors, and the Josie and most of theotherclaimswhose names becamcsofamiliar, were located shortly after the first discovery — many in the same month. A mining recorder's office was established in Rossland and about 50 me n wintered that year (1890) in the camp. Ross Thompson was the founder of the town of Rossland. WhUe wcM-king as a miner in 1890 at the Centre S.ar u 'ne under Oliver Durant, he located a pre-emption claim of 160 acres. Two years later he obtained a title to his claim; plotted it as a townsite and ptx)ceeded to erect buildings. Lots were sold at first for $30, but as building proceeded, they advanced a little in price. The town was first called Thompson, but there being another town of the same name in British Coltunbia, the present name of Rossland was finally adopted. The first ore sent out of the camp was a small lot (10 tons) in 1891 from the bottom of the LeRoi 35-foot shaft. This ore was packed by mule to the Columbia river and thence shipped to a smelter in Butte, Montana. The returns showed values > The oM BritUi Coiambte mining law forbad* tbe prapcctor lUUiif man than on* daim on tb* amavdn. •mounting to $84.60 to the ton; 3 ounces of •ilver, S-21 percent of copper, and about 4 ounces of gold to the ton. The bond waa then taken up and Mr. Topping's remaining interest acquired, by George Turner, Col. Isaa' Peyton, W. W. Turner, W. M. Ridpath, all of Spokane, and Alexander Tarbet of Butte. Du- rant and Tarbet sold their interest about the same time and bonded the Centre Star and Idaho from the original owners. In the spring of 1892, sixty-seven mining claims, including the Josie, Jumbo, Monte Christo, and Columoia-Kootenay, were recorded and a wagon road was cut to Northpcrt. Durant and his partner Taibet in 1892 spent $25,000 on work in the Centre Star mine which for the time being was the main* ^y of the camp. The LeRoi Company succeeded in selling vi-^iOOO worth of treasury stock in Danville, III., for development pur- poses. During the same year, the Spokane Falls and Northern railway was completed from Spokane to Northport. Through the efforto of Oliver Durant, a trail, which was afterwards im- proved to a road, was built from Northport to the camp. Early in 1893, private individuals started and the government com- pleted 12 miles of wagon road from the landing at Trail on the Columbia river to the mines. During the same year, the War Eagle was bonded, but the bond was dropped. It was again bonded, but, on account of the workings being off the ore, was again dropped. It was finally bonded by Wakefield Corbin and others who in 1894 took in P. Clark and associates. During this period the fortunes of the little camp were at a low ebb. Lack of transportation facilities and the financial panic of 1893, were the chief deterrent factors that nearly wrecked the fortunes of the camp. Durant, who had overcome many obstacles and disappointments in developing and demonstrating the worth of his properties, was forced to give up for the time being. Fortu- nately the new wagon road to Trail enabled the LeRoi to ship some ore (700 tons) that had accumulated on the dumps, and the returns from this made it possible to resume operations, and put new heart into the camp. In 1894, the Josie was pur- chased and P. Clark having discovered the ore shoot, paid up his bond on the War Eagle ($23,000). The shipments for the year amounted to 1,856 tons of ore, which returned $75,510, 8 f eit;tK and In tment costing S22 per ton. During the summer R.', \' r ■ 'II of the Geological Survey, made a reconnaissance survey ot the camp. Several of the more important properties were bonded for considerable sums and development was begun in earnest. The population grew to about 300 in the summer of 1894 and it was not until December of that year, when the great ore shoot in the War Eagle mine was struck, that the people made up their minds that the camp would live. The following year, 1895, was a year of great activity and the young camp received marked attention (Plates IV and V). The population rose from 300 to 3,000, railway and smelting facilities were projected, and from that time forward, develop- ment was rapid. Dividends were declared by the LeRoi and War Eagle, the latter mine paying its first dividend of $32,500 in February 1895. In seven months the War Eagle paid $132,000 in dividends. The most important event in 1895, however, was the contract made by the LeRoi mine with the late Augustus Heinze of Butte, for 37,500 tons of ore at a freight and treat- ment rate of $11 per ton, and also for 37,500 tons on which the treatment charges should be the lowest obtainable in the open market. With this contract, a land grant from the Provincial government, and a bonus of $1 per ton from the Dominion government, Heinze built the Trail smelter, and a tramway from the smelter to the mine. Work was commenced in October and in the following February the first furnace was blown in. By June, the tramway was in operation. Writing of the development of Rossland this season, McCon- nell in the Geological Survey Report for 1895, states: "The number of working mines has been largely increased, the known area of the mineral belt extended in all directions, a well built town of 2,000 or more inhabitants has sprung up near the mines, and a second town is being built near the mouth of Trail creek The shaft on the LeRoi is now down 380 feet, and the lode followed appears to be strengthening with depth. At the 3S0-feet level, the ore shoot has a length of 168 feet and a width at one p->int, of over 40 feet. The result of the workings on lae LeRoi, the pioneer mine of the camp, has inspired confidence in the permanency of the numerous other less developed lodes in the district." It was reported that in November of the same year the Cliff was sold for $150 000 and the St. Elmo for $75,000. The population incren-icl ♦• ^ r than buildings could be erected and by 1896 it had g;>wn to ahnui ! COO. The construction of the Columbia and V sieai railway . Trail was completed in May 1895, making lai.;;- ngular shi) ments possible. The cost of freight and treatmeuc u. \^">6 was about $10 to $14 per ton. At that time 95 per cent of the assay value of the gold and silver was paid for and the percentage of copper carried by the ore, less 1-3 per cent. The coke for use at the smelter cost S17 per ton and was brought from Union Mines, Vancouver island. In 1896, the Red Mountain railway, connecting Rossland with the Spokane Falls and Northern railway at Northport, was completed, giving standard gauge connexions with three transcontinental lines at Spokane. The shipping mines at this time were the LeRoi, War Eagle, Josie, Iron Mask, and Columbia- Kootenay. "Then came the inevitable wild boom. The evil effects of a boom are not confined solely to the thousands of dollars squan- dered in worthless property, the losses sustained by the innocents, and the damaged reputation of the district, but they are manifest in careless work on deserving claims, in a rash expenditure that may for some time survive the boom; in a loss of interest in properties of merit; and in a tendency to maintain prohibitive prices on promising prospects by owners who have purchased during the period of inflation and are not prepared to accept a serious loss, or by owners who, once having experienced the sen- sation of being millionaires, are loth to accept present con- ditions, but prefer to speculate on the improbabilities of the future. Rossland has been called on to pay in full all the penalties attaching to a boom. The phenomenal rise in the value of LeRoi stock, the dividends declared by this company and the War Eagle, and the sale of the latter to Toronto capitalists, for the reported sum of $700,000, produced a feeling of buoyancy that afforded every opportunity to the unprincipled boomster and the amateur mining magnate, the public for the time being 10 cheerfully swallowing whatever was offered. The inevitable slump followed." In 189/", Rossland had an estimated population of 6,000 and was incorporated as a city. A broad gauge railway was built from Trail to Robson, giving better connexion with the Canadian Pacific railway than was afforded by the Columbia river which is very rapid along this portion of its course. Strong- er companies were formed to take over and develop promising prospects. In particular, the British American Corporation purchased the Josie, Nickel Plate, Great Western, Poorman, West Le Roi, No. 1, and Columbia-Kootenay mines. Development work had yielded most promising results. The LeRoi Company, having completed its contract for 75,000 tons with the Trail smelter, erected its own smelter at Northport with a capacity of 250 tons per day. In 1898, the Canadian Pacific railway purchased the Trail smelter and railway line from Heinze, and immediately reduced the smelting charges to $7.50 per ton. The British American Corporation secured the LeRoi mine and smelter by purchasing the stock at a price which was said to represent nearly $4,000,000 for the property. The LeRoi had realized from its operations before the sale in 1898, $975,000 in dividends. The Centre Star was purchased by Messrs. Gooderham, Blackstock, Struss and Company of Toronto in the autumn of 1898 for the reported urn of $2,000,000 cash. The construction of the Crowsnest branch of the Canadian Pacific, built through the Crowsnest coal-fields to Kootenay lake, was an important event for the camp. It meant cheaper and better fuel and coke, and a consequent reduction in cost of ore production and treatment. These reductions brought about a large increase in ore tonnage with a corresponding diminution in the grade of ore mined. Large plants with the most approved machinery for the economical working of the mines, were installed or planned, and operations on a large scale were projected. The construction of the West Kootenay Power Company's plant at Bonnington Falls, 32 miles distant, was another important event, making electric power available ^or the Trail smelter and the Rossland mines. 11 At tht> close of 1899, the reputation of Rossland suffered from the sudden collapse in the price of War Eagle stock. Thi« stock had been run up to a wholly unwarranted point, and was held in the hope that new machinery would permit an increased output, with a resultant advance in the stock. Unfortunately the machinery proved a failure and the stock dropped. A general desire to realize followed and brought about a collapse, with a consequent loss of faith in the camp. In 1900 the Le- Roi No. 2 Company was formed to acquire the Josie, Poorman, Annie, and other claims. In 1901, Rossland again received a set-back, this time in the form of labour troubles, which closed up the mines for a part of the year. These difficulties were amic> ably adjusted, but the evil effects of such troubles in discouraging investments are not quickly effaced. By 1902 the mines had resumed their normal operations and on a more business-like basis than before. Experiments in concentration were commenced in 1903 and are still being made, and serious efforts are being made to obtain the greatest possible profit per ton of ore. In 1906, the Centre Star Mining Company and War Eagle Consolidated Mining and Development Company were amal- gamated by the Consolidated Mining and Smelting Company of Canada, which company in 1911 acquired the LeRoi, Black Bear, and LeRoi Star fraction claims. The latter properties were for many years owned and operated by the LeRoi Mining Company. During t . < months of 1912 a coal strike in the Crows- nest pass and . .«quent high price of coke imported from Pennsylvania iucreased by about $120,000 the operating ex- penses of the Trail smelter. At the close of the strike the cost of electric power was increased to an extent which increased ex- penses approximately $40,000 annually. The improvement in the grade of the Rossland ore, however, and new developments in the War Eagle and LeRoi mines have more than offset this extra expense. The Consolidated Company in 1912 ac- quired the Monte Chr-to, Iron Horse, Abe Lincoln, and Virginia claims. Threatenec .igation between the LeRoi No. 2 Com- pany and the Consolidated was settled in 1913 by mutual agree- ment and concessions. Operations at Rossland in 1913 and 1914 M ii . 12 have been extensive and the pay roll the largest the camp has ever had. New machinery has been installed at the Centre Star, War Eagle, and LeRoi mines and shipments now aggregate 1,000 tons daily. The present cost of mining, freight, and treat! lent amounts to about $7 per ton. In 1914 the Con- solidated Company purchased the Mabel, Paul Boy, Eddie J., and the Annie E. claims, one- filth interest in the Pilgrim claim, and the property of the Canadian Goldfields Syndicate in Ross- land, chief of which were the Sunset No. 2, Alabama, Gold Hunter, and Jennie mineral claims. The development and progress of mining from 1894 until 1914, are shown in the following table of production and diagrams (Figure 2) compiled from the reports of the provincial mineral- ogist. Production Table for Rossland, B.C. Year. Tonnage (2000 lbs.) Gold ozs. Silver OZ. mo a at sa !>* x» m iOOOOO \ i ! 1 - ftM/N i ■■.. '■-. \- 1 I r \ 1 4\ y < v. \ ^ '-~^" too 000 // ^ y \\\ 1 1 _ Production of Ore mith Total VAh*- ' « V ■» M w a «• «iB w It 'i* ndSil*^ " 1 — T SS *QaOOC MOO.OOO toopoo i 1 " , - Ai-i-'i . ■ r7[\[ J ^ / 'm-' l^\; i r- \> ^ /. ^, 1 1 i"i! ^ _ _ Production of Gold a' d Silver witfi&ysr^i^cP'-ce of Serseded by Wilfley tables. In 1904 the Consolidated White Bear Mining Company constructed an Elmore plant of larger dimensions than that of the L eRoi No. 2 Company. This plant included many labour Minis'/. mScH JI^Y. n°3M!°^ ^"^ " ''°"^" "^ "^ »• Brln«»d.. Ml«. «d .«.'--?IS i*^'^ P' l"'?"?'?, '""«■ J'*"'"?.''" to ">« Kiera Tramtles and Polypcrus were noted in the mmet by John Macoun of the Geological Survey. To keep the algold iporei SSth"; f,''!:?i'".<°"' °' "" "'"'?" "" '^"^ I^^™' "« " ha. been .uggetted to^treat toem with Kit Mlution or creowte; Summary Report Geo!. Surv., Can.. WOSTpp. tST-IggT v^JLftJj'^^ 'S!'ii? "»«" on p. 97 at thu report taken from a paper by Mr. M. E. Mi^ 1913. " WeMem branch of the Canadian Mining iStUute at RoMland. i^BI^^B 15 saving devices. The Consolidated Mining and Smelting Com- pany have for several years been carrying on milling experiments at their LeRoi mill. The Rossland ore is shipped to the Trail smelter 9 miles distant by railway from the mines. The smelter is situated on a river terrace overlooking the towr of Trail and on the west bank of the Columbia river where Trail creek empties into it. The folic i'ing flow sheets indicate the manner in which the Rossland ores are treat-d at the Trail smelter:' (Figures 3 and 4). > Since writUii this KCtion a nport on the Copper InduMriea (tf Canada by A. W. G. Wilnn hai been publUhed by the Mine* Branch, and the reader U referred to this publication for an illuttrated deacription of the imeltini worlu at Trail: No. 209 Mine* Branch, Dept. of Mine*, 191.1, pp. 78-94. For further deecrfptlve article* on the Trail arndter » e the Mineral InduMry durlni 1909, Vol. XVIII, pp. 209-212; BuU. Can. Mhi. Init., July, 190'y; The Mineral Induatry, Vol. XI, p. 196. B 16 I 0*td-a^tfr I Sam^im/7 ~\. i r ^t in ^scoftKi0 ntu{y \ Slmgtod«mp c*a to-te% \""''-ir'\ (Z^^ ■' mWw ftflajnm^ca I [g*e/«tfff'** ! ytt/j^iM QM //. o^m 5* 03t >lft oje ft ,8«t «% «M^#i-tfB* > |«fj^fc.^«y |^W#0/»#^/.*rf|*^ Y'lsd. ."rl f «np<<'« * JV'ts .,MM/i Mn0 MkMMMMl Figure 4. Flow sheet for silver-lead ore, Trait smelter, B.C. II It BlBUOGIAPHY. reiKjIl'lnH"^"'' I»t of reference, contain, the more important 1894. '^''TSI a'^R^-^"^'"''^ ^•^P"^ '''*• G«>'- Surv..Can.. P- *» A. KeconnaiMance .urvey of Rowland. 1895. ^'"dTa ^-^^r^""""-^ R«^Port 1895. Geol. Surv. Can., p. 35 A. Note, progress in development. 1896. PP^ M-30. De«:nbe8 geology and ore deposits of TraU """■'S^T •T?''"l''" ?'°- '• «"*^» °^ Mines. B.C. Des- cnbes Trai' Treek mining camp. ^'Too'rt'of Ik""?' °^ ^f""'' ^"*^^'' Columbia-including Report of the Provincial Mineralogist 1896. Gives pr Summaiy Report G«ol. Sunr., Can., 1912, p. 133. • An intnulve body with highly inclined contact*, Imcular thape, and bearing cupola fdatloM to the underlying main mau of granodiorite. > BalluMk meant the largeat kind of Intnuion of moltea lock, geDciBlly granitic and cbaracterlatlcally found in great mountain rangea. ' See pp. SI and 88. • Summary Report Geol. Surr., Can., 1912, p. 136. 28 blende phase and a feldspar phase. In the hornblende phase the tabular phenocrysts of feldspar are not very noticeable, whereas in the feldspar phase they are very abundant and give the rock a decidedly spotted appearance. With an increase in the number of feldspars the rock passes gradually from a porphyrite into a fine granular granodiorite. The chemical compositions of diorite porphyrite and granodiorite may be compared in the following analyses made by the Mines Branch. SiO,.. Alrf), Fe,Oi FeO.. MgO. CaO. Na,0 K,0 . HiO.. TiO,. PfO. MnO. BaO. SrO.. S>.... CI.... 55-62 15-64 1-85 5-63 3-68 5-92 1-37 8-56 0-35 0-88 0-29 03 11 14 30 02 100-58 56-62 16-66 86 55 08 34 OS 46 60 60 14 0-02 009 0-24 0-31 0-11 100-63 •Sulphiir pnient in the fonn of nilplildc-pyiitc or pyrrbotile. 1. Diorite porphyrite frum the hanging wall of No. 895 slope, LeRoi mine N. L. Turner, Analy^. 2. Granodiorite from the UOO-foot level weit. Centre Star mine. N. L. Turner, Analyst. The diorite porphyrite occurs in very irregular forms, the commonest form being that of long tongues (apophyses) which pinch and swell and send off branches (Map 1518 in pocket). The strikes and dips of such tongues correspond to those of the vein fissures which in many places follow the borders of the tongues, thus indicating close genetic relations between the veins and the diorite porphyrite. In some localities the diorite porphyrite bodies have spread out along horizontal planes and in such cases conditions have appsu-ently not been so favourable for ore deposition. 29 AndesUe and Augite Latite Lavas and Tuff Beds. On the summit and upper slopes of Mount Roberts and Record Mountain ridge are exposed a conformable series of lavas and tuff beds, having low dips to the west. The main type of lava is an andesite with a mineralogical composition approaching closely to that of the diorite porphyrite and granodiorite. The uppermost flow is an augite latite corresponding in minera- logical composition to the slightly younger monzonite. These lavas probably represent the surface equivalents of the grano- diorite and monzonite intrusions which have since been largely removed by erosion. Monaonite ChonolUh. The monzonite is conmionly a granular to semi-porphyritic rock of a greenish grey to black colour. The coarser types consist of black prisms of pyroxene or secondary hornblende, flakes of brown biotite, and a light coloured plagioclase feldspar often labradorite. The microscope discloses in addition alkalic feldspar, magnetite, and apatite. An analysis of the monzonite from the 700-foot level of the LeRoi mine made by the Mines Branch, is as follows: — SiO. 54-49 TiOi 0-70 AliOt FeiOt FeO MnO MgO CaO 16-51 2-79 5-20 0-10 3-55 7-06 KiO NaiO 4-36 3-50 HiO- H/)+ PjOi S CO, 0-07 1-18 0-20 0-23 0-24 The monzonite occivs in an irregularly shaped intrusive mass (chonolith) bounded in some places by flatly dipping contacts and elsewhere by steeply dipping contacts. The main mass outcrops on the lower eastern slopes of Red mountain extending as far east as Columbia-Kootenay mountain. The main productive belt of the camp surrounds this mass of mon- zonite. PoTphyrUic Monzoi 'e Stocks. The porphyritic monzonite, used locally for building stones, is a coarse-grained rock with large stout prisms of pyroxene, secondary hornblende, countless small rounded hexagonal 30 flakes of brown biotite and abundant andesine feldspar with ■ome alkalic feldspar and acid labradorite (Plate VII A). It displays pronounced spheroidal weathering where exposed to the atmosphere. The porphyritic monzonite occurs as irreg- ular, generally oval-shaped stocks and dyke-like bodies of younger age than the normal monzonite, having been intruded possibly at the time of crustal movements in the Oligocene and genetically related to the alkalic syenite intrusions.' The Centre Star dyke in the lower levels of the mines is coarsely granular and resembles both in appearance and mineralogical composition the porphyritic monzonite (Plate VII A, B). Lamprophyric Dykes. The granodiorite and monzonite intrusions were followed by fissuring and dyking on an extensive scale. Many varieties of lamprophyre dykes are present which for convenience in undc -- ground mapping have been divided into mica and non-mica dykes. Many of these dykes, in depth, resemble and may be of the same age as the porphyritic monzonite. The principal types are minettes (Tramway and Black dykes), kersantites (Josie and Nickel Plate dykes), vogesites (Upper Centre Star dykes), spessartites (Spokane and White dykes), and odonites, but there are also intermediate forms ranging from those rich in plagioclase to those rich in orthoclase and from biotite-bearing types to those in which pyroxene with hornblende is the predominant coloured constituent. These relationships are made clear in the following table: Orthoclaie dominant Plagioclase dominant Biotite dominant Minette Kersantite Hornblende dominant V'ogesite Speisartite >See footnote on p. 236. II 31 The dykes have a general northerly trend although they cross, branch, and coalesce in a very intricate manner (See stereograms Map 1496 in pocket). "Conglomerate" or "White" Dyke. An interesting dyke known in the Josie mine as the "White dyke" outcrops in a Great Northern railway cut about 400 feet west of the LeRoi mill (Plate VIII). The dyke is from 5 to 8 feet wide striking north-south and dipping to the east at an angle of 80 degrees. The dyke is seen in the photograph to be intrusive into a por- phyritic monzonite stock (locally known as "the plug") but farther north in the Josie mine the White dyke is found cutting all the country rock formations as well as the veins. It has been opened up down to the 900-foot level of the mine and dis- plays in depth the same appearance as at the surface. The dyke is composed of a heterogeneous mixture of large and small fragments of different rocks which are foreign to the district. They are included in a lamprophyric matrix (spessartite). The most common types of rock included are quartzite, gneiss, syenite, quartz, and aplite with here and there large crystals of hornblende in the matrix similar to those found in the spes&ar- tite dykes of the mines. The fragments in the outcrop have weathered out and show smooth, rounded to subangular forms which resemble water-worn or ice-worn pebbles. Many of the pebbles are tabular in shape and longer than they are broad. They lie with their greatest diameters parallel to the walls and in the direction of flow of the dyke. One of the largest fragments near the centre of the dyke measures 21 inches in length. In the mine workings angular fragments and large crystals of hornblende appear to be more prominent than on the surface. A similar dyke was found in the Columbia and Kootenay mine. There it was more agglomerate-like with smaller frag- ments composed chiefly of a siliceous, gneissic rock almost identical in appearance with the vein rock on that level of the mine. Several hypotheses have been advanced to account for the origin of this puzzling conglomerate dyke, but not one of them is entirely satisfactory. It might be considered a true agglomerate . 32 dyke in which the inclusions represent fragments ripped from the sides of the fissure, and rounded both by the corrosive action of the molten rock and by rubbing against the walls of the fissure during their upward course. However, the sharp con- tacts between the matrix and the inclusions, the lack of pro- nounced reaction rims about the inclusions, the ready manner in which the inclusions separate from their lamprophyric matrix, and the heterogeneous character of the included fragments are all adverse to such a hypothesis of origii .. An alternative hypothesis is that the dyke cut through a buried conglomerate, possibly the basal member of the Mount Roberts formation, and carried up with it the water-worn pebbles derived from the conglomerate. No coarse conglom- erate formation, however, containing pebb' .s similar to those included in the dyke, has, as yet, been recorded from this part of British Columbia.* Pulaskite Cupola Stocks and Dykes (Coryell). An alkalic syenite of the mineralogical composition, pre- dominantly, of pulaskite* occurs in irregular boss-like and dyke-like intrusions cutting all the preceding formations. Good exposures of it may be seen on Earl street, at the Jumbo mine, and on the Trail wagon road. The normal rock is coarse in grain and pale pink in colour although the dyke intrusives have a porphyritic texture. The pulaskite is composed essen- tially of long rectangular feldspars (intergrowths of orthocla and albite) with a little biotite and hornblende. The follow ' analysis was made by Dr. F. Dittrich of Heidelberg: — SiO, 62-59 TiO, 0-54 AI,0, 17-23 FeiO, 1-51 FeO 2-02 MnO tr. MgO 1-30 CaO 1-99 NajO PiOi 5-50 on H,0 COi CI SO 0-30 tr. tr. tr.— 99-83 6-74 > Since writing thi* ui article by Sidney Fowera, in the Journal of Geolonr, on tlie "Origin of the Induaiont in Dyket." hai appeared which dlicuMc* tbr "Whiw dyke" at Ho lla n d , Jour, of Geol.. Vol. XXIII. No. 2. pp. 174-177. 1915. ' rulaskili may be defined ai a type of Jkaiic ayenite between a normal iyenlte and a nepheiine lyenite with biotite aa chief ferroriiagneaian conatituent. NcrdmarkiU ia a quarts- bearing pulaakite. 33 The pulasldte intrusives have been correlated with Daly's Coryell batholith' in Big Sheep Creek valley and with similar intrusions in the Boundary district*, which are of Miocene age. Granite Porphyry (Sheppard) and Lamprophyre Dykes. Younger than the pulaskite are certain granite porphyry and lamprophyre dykes which are found cutting it in several places. The granite porphyry is a pinkish to grey, medium to fine-grained fresh rock composed of quartz, microperthite, orthoclase and oligoclase, hornblende, and a little biotite (Plate XIX B). It occurs as dyk>!8 in the LeRoi mine and on Deer Park hill, cutting all the preceding formations; and may repre- sent an aplitic phase of the Coryell batholith. It is correlated Uthologically with Daly's Sheppard granite* outcropping on Lake mountain where it is intrusive into early Tertiary con- glomerate. For purposes of comparison the following chemical analyses made by the Mines Branch of specimens of granite porphyry from the LeRoi mine and of Sheppard granite from Lake moun- tain over 5 miles distant are given: 1 2 SiOi 62-73 1617 0-28 3-58 1-76 303 5-74 5-11 0-45 0-60 014 0-06 0-19 0-25 0-08 013 58-47 AljOi 16-60 FejOi 1-57 FeO 3-45 MkO 2-41 So 5-64 NaiO 4-60 K,0 5-73 HiO 0-45 TiOi 0-60 PjOi 0-29 MnO 0-05 BaO 0-19 SrO 005 S> 0-24 CI 0-02 lOOSO 100-54 ■Sulphur uraent in the form ct nilpblde-pyrite or pyrrhoUte. 1. Granite porf)hyry from the foot-wall of the Black Bear ore shoot, 700-foot level, LeRoi mine, N. L. Turner, Analyst. 2. Sheppard granite from Triangulation station on summit of Lake mountain. N. L. Turner, Analyst. > Gcol. of the North Amerkmn CordUlen at the 49th Pvalld. Geo). Sunr., Csa., Memoir 38, 1912, pp. 358-366. •Geid. and Die Depoflu '-f Phoenix, by O. E. LeRoy, Geol. Surr., Can., Memoir 21, pp. 49-52. • GeoL of North AmeHcan ConliUefa 49th ParaUd; Geol. Surr., Can., 1912. pp. 3S«-3S«. 34 There are a few ' improphyre dykes in the region younger than those already i' i ' oied. They belong to the non-mica class and approach caiipf-mite In composition — a rock in which the predominant feldsp.ir b plagioclaae while hornblende or augite forms the chief f< rr omagneitian mineral. Such dykes are found cutting p .,i!:.. rv 11. i.- '* t LeRoi iron cap was from 6 to 14 feet wide ar i or lot >•> or 200 to 300 feet in fv north- east-southwest direction (I'tu- OCII). At the west end the oxidized vein see- ; d to bvutivti mta two or even three smaller diverging veins. Geological Structubb. The structures may be divided into (a) primary, such as sedimentary and igneous structures and (b) secondary, such as folding and fracturing (joints, faults, and fissures). Primary Structures. Most of the structures have to do either directly or indirectly with igneous activity. Sedimentary structures are of minor importance and restricted to the Mount Roberts formation. The sedimentaries of this formation are as a rule remarkably evenly bedded indicating a lack of strong currents at the time of their deposition. In some places, however, marked cross bedding was noticed as, for instance, in the California tunnel (Plate XA). The primary structures of the different igneous formations have to be inferred from rather meagre field data. The structure of the augite prophyrite is that of an irregular sill-like mass; A the structure of the granodioritc is that of a batholith with •tock and tongue-like protuberance,^ (cupola-stocks') penetrating the roof rocks. Such stocks of granodiorite and injection tongues of diorite porphyrite can be traced to the underlying batholith and probably represent in part conduite through which the gases and magma reached the surface to form the tuff beds and andesite lava flows of Mount Roberts. Both the form of the diorite porphyrite tongues and the fact that "horses" or in- clusions of Mount Roberts formation are found within them afford evidence of the intense nature of this injection which ripped off portions of the intruded rocks and transported them long distances upward. The structure of the monzonite is that of an irregularly shaped intrusive (chonolith). in part flat-lying, which has been intruded slightly later than the granodiorite and probably had access to the surface to form lava flows of augite latite now exposed on the Record Mountain ridge. Younger lamprophyre rocks were intruded in the form of bng persistent dykes which pinch and swell, branch, and coalesce in a most irregular manner. Secondary Structures. Folding. Evidence regarding the nature of folding in the Mount Roberts formation is very fragmental. Erosion has spared only a few isolated belts of the Palaeozoic complex and where bedding planes are discernible the strikes and dips are found to vary a great deal from place to place. The prevailing dips are from a few degrees to 60 degrees west. The fact, however, that the granodiorite truncates the highly tilted and folded Mount Roberts sedimentaries suggests that the period of folding was prior to igneous intrusion. Fracturing. All fractures are accompanied b> some dis- placements and when molten rocks or magmas cool and st/lidify tensile stresses result which form fissures and joints. Such contraction joints and fissures are well developed in the igneous and adjoining rock formations of this district. The planes of jointing vary considerably from place to place and with the > Sec p. 27 for definition. 36 different formations. Two main systems were noted, traversing the porphyrite and monzonite alike. One set appeared to be in a general north and south direction with nearly vertical dip corresponding to the trend of the lamprophyre dykes. The other system is at right angles to the latter and has flatter dips. Locally, the joint fractures take curved or broadly concentric forms about what were probably loci of cooling. The lampro* phyre dykes where narrow, display pronounced columnar jointing; particularly is this true for the non-mica dykes. Where the lamprophyre dykes are very wide, columnar jointing gives place to diagonal jointing. The joint planes have pyrite and biotite in some places developed along them. Faulting. Concerning the faults, Young states: "The district is traversed by innumerable faults and though on an average, the amount of relative movement (slip) due to any one fault is small, yet in the bulk, their results likely are con> siderable. But because of their great number it was practically impossible to map individual faults or to determine the com- bined effects of their throws." Evidence of a fault traversing the low pass between Red and Granite mountains at present occupied by a dyke of pulcisk- ite was noted by Young in 1906. The evidence is structural in that "the beds of Mount Roberts group occupying the western portion of Red mountain strike usually to the west of north and the value of the angle of westerly dip commonly varies between 10 and 30 degrees. Throughout the band of these rocks to the west of the above and from which it is separ- ated by a comparatively narrow zone of igneous rocks, the direction of the strike is the same, nearly north and south, but the beds are highly inclined and usually in an approxi- mately vertical position. This sudden change in the value of the angle of dip seems almost certainly to be due to a fault along which afterwards has appeared the dyke of pulaskite intervening between the two areas of bedded rocks. This fault apparently had formed before the intrusion of the majority of the dykes, since they have the same general vertical attitude both east and west of the supposed fault; but whether the dislocation occurred before or after the intruuon of the large rik 37 body of granodiorite of Mesozoic age now found in the valley of Sheep creek, is not so evident. The small amount of evidence collected would, however, indicate that this fault had appeared before the granodiorite invasion." In the mines where fault surfaces are visible, marked by slickensides, gouge, and fault breccia, the sli^ or relative dis- placement of formerly adjacent points on opposite sides of the fault measured along the fault surface, is commonly determined. On the surface, in dealing with the structures in a broader sense the shift which indicates the relative displacement of regions on opposite sides of the fault and outside of the dislocated zone would more often be determined. Faulting has commonly taken place in and along the borders of the "mica" and "non-mica dykes," particularly along the mica dykes. A good example of faulting along a mica dyke may be seen in the LeRoi and Josie mines where the main and south veins of the LeRoi mine west of the Josie dyke have been faulted along the Josie dyke to the south about 300 feet and downward an undetermined distance (Maps 1518 and 1496 in pocket). Ore bodies in the veins such as the Tregear and the Black Bear (the former on the north border of a granodiorite stock and the latter on the south border of the same stock in contact with augite por-ihyrite), have been faulted approx- imately that amount. The No. 1 vein west of the Josie dyke is in all probability the faulted end of the War Eagle vein (See stereograms Map 14% in pocket). Another fault iias taken place along the Nickel Plate dyke resulting in the dropping of the ground east of the fault to the south. Thus the ore-bearing ground between the Josie and Nickel Plate dykes is a fault block thrust upward and northward with respect to the border- ing blocks or in other words is a 'horsC The planes of movement have irregularities resembling a warped surface and the rocks are in places polished, grooved, and striated along such planes. It was not demonstrated, however, that there had been in the majority of cases exten^e movement. In such a region of igneous rocks, where the faults run in nearly all directions, intersect at all angles, change their direc- iuiidcren, W., Mlaenl DcpoiiU, 1913, pp. 119, 121. 38 lions, are cut off suddenly and in fact show all the irregularities to be expected from interior strains of intrusion and cooling, it is unsafe and unwarranted to extend and correlate the faults. It was possible, however, to correlate some of the most important faults in the mines such as faults K, E, Q, F, L, etc. (Stereo- grams Map 1496 in pocket). Faults of different ages are present, for instance, fault K (which is mineralized for considerable distances) probably shortly succeeded the main period of sulphide mineralization, which is considered to have taken place at the time of or shortly following the Jurassic revolution. The vast majority of the faults and secondary structures, however, are of comparatively recent date and directly due to crustal movements connected with the younger Tertiary periods of igneous activity. The shear zone and compression fissures will be dealt with in the chapter on "Economic Geology." Geological History. A brief outline of the main events in the geological history of Rossland so far as understood will here be given illustrated by hypothetical structure sections of the district at different periods (Figure 5). Palaotoic History — Mount Roberts Formation. During at least a part of the Carboniferous period the diiitrict was covered by the ocean in whose waters abode shell fish, corals, and other invertebrate forms. From the islands and shores of this sea, or from volcanic vents rising above the sea-level, volcanoes burst forth at intervals and deposited vast amounts of volcanic dust or tuff in beds along with the normal clays and sands. The sedimentary materials represented by the Mount Roberts formation are all fine-grained and indicate deposition in waters without strong currents. This long period of relative quiet was brought to a close by a series of great disturbances when the region was uplifted above the sea and the rocks were deformed. The Palaeozoic era closed with the beginning of continental conditions of erosion tWObefom Sea-hvef ¥»nc*Mtimr £fitvonttn0ntA/ ..■■ ^vontw> ■^-^■■|'1i^'-7:=iifc.^iw&*b- -TJ^-r ul'i- Ml Dunng Uie Cmrbon-flireuM Itlount Hoberts normttionj Saurlmr*) Durir^ t/ie Tri»9aic (AgS^omerate. tuff, and atjgite pofy>tynte) ^S&S fr S^H Oomortfie Cr^tacmout/Pnortolarmimae /Hero/utiorO Omiqfical Sunty.Ctrmtl^ Hypothetical Sections illustrating the Progreaaive Devm l opma n t of Vie Geotoi (Line ofSaction east -iiw r^Cm p ^9 A * f _St£, m Ouhagthtenff Tiirtmiyt S ii t aifu e ot to Um L^ramiif H»>ofutiont tUkmnie AcUni^^oT mi0- nrtiiy ^ i ri o^ ^J'r'Cj^XK/ -;-«!iB«i%*»-_/w_f^»-- . r *v OD/r/ig tf m et umf ^nt^ e Geo/ogicm/ Structure At ltq*mt«j»d, B.C. [X] Oom t i n mfitmfam^MmmHtm < Prm-Cmmbrtmn ^UM 7 I. E ■ . »\S«nV?vi[VO* ■Mliii 99 and sedimentation, which have lasted until the present time. There is no evidence in the vicinity of Rossland to indicate that any marine transgression since the Carboniferous has taken place, although the district was probably very near sea-level toward the close of the Cretaceous. Mesotoic History. During the Triassic period an intrusion of augite porphyrite took place, in the form of sills and irregularly shaped masses, which spread out between the bedding planes of the older formations and probably reached the surface to form agglom- erates, tuffs, and lava flows. Jurassic Revolution — First Main Period of MineraUMotion. A most important geological event from the economic standpoint took place toward the close of the Jurassic period, known throughout the Cordilleran region as the Jurassic moun- tain-making revolution. It gave birth to the Sierra Nevada mountains in the United States and the Coast range as well as other ranges in British Columbia, and was accompanied by much igneous activity and accompanying mineralization. The rock formations of Rossland were at this time invaded by the Trail granodiorite batholith from which stocks and tongues were actively injected upward under great pressure into the roof rocks. Some of these injected tongues reached the surface to *orm the tuff beds and lava flows (andesites) so well exposed to-day on Mount Roberts. Mount Roberts may then be con- sidered as a portion of the old rim to the Rossland volcano, whose crater was probably where Red mountain now stands. Such extinct volcanoes may be seen throughout many districts in British Columbia in every stage of decay.' The youngest still show their craters with the streams of lava that escaped from them. Those of less recent date are worn down into rounded hills, or the whole cone has been cleared away and there re- mains only the hard core of material that solidified in the funnel ofthe volcano below the surface. The lava flows from the «6-««^;°f3f "* ''™'"'" ■"»*»« ^^•'^ *-C-. GeoL Surr.. Can.. Memoir 56. 1914, pp. 40 3 Rossland volcano have been cut through by streams and now remain in scattered remnants capping hills. At Trail, the Columbia valley has been cut deep into the Trail batholith whereas at Rossland only isolated patches outcrop amidst the highly silicified roof rocks of this underlying granodiorite formation. Many of the stocks of granodiorite and injected tongues of diorite porphyrite from it, however, are visible both on the surface and in the mines. They have been influential in many cases in the control of the iissuring system, and mineralization zones, as shown by their corre- spondence in strike and dip with the latter and the number of rich ore shoots that are found on their contacts. A slightly younger intrusion but one closely related to the Trail granodiorite took the form of an irregular, in places flat- lying, monzonite mass (monzonite chonolith) one narrow embay- ment of which was important in controlling the trend of the main Centre Star-LeRoi vein. From the north border of this monzonite embayment a great quantity of ore has been shipped. The shear zone fissures were formed chiefly in the cover rocks, following batholithic and chonolithic intrusion and consolidation. The mineralizing solutions circulated and replaced the country rock along such zones of iissuring. The principal channels appear to have been in the proximity of the diorite porphyrite and monzonite and along their contacts with the older augite por- phyrite formation. In many places, however, the fissures broke away from the contacts and penetrated both monzonite and augite porphyrite for great distances. In such cases the distribution of copper and gold values varies with the kind of rock replaced. Following the main period of mineralization, came a long period of erosion, lasting throughout Cretaceous time. The mountains were slowly worn down and the land brought nearly to a base level. The Cretaceous erosion cycle removed in many places the entire cover overlying the Trail batholith, and in certain locaJities removed with it many rich ore deposits. The removal of the cover was accomplished during Cretaceous time, for Eocene river and lake deposits are found lying directly upon the late Jurassic granodiorite. 41 Laramide Revolution. At the end of the Cretaceous the whole Cordillera was uplifted and the present ranges became outlined. The Columbia Mountain system in which Rossland lies, formed one of the axes of maximum uplift and the vein fissures of the mines were probably further shattered and sheared to form channels, possibly, for more mineralizing solutions. Such were the conditions of mountain growth that left the Cordillera with a rugged and youthful relief at the close of the Mesozoic era. While, during the Cretaceous, sandstones, lignites, clays, and such products were deposited, coarse mechan- ical sediments accumulated following this mountain-making period. Tertiary History. Eocene. The Laramide uplift and deformation brought about a change in climate for this section of the Cordillera, from the subtropical •. f the Cretaceous to one of coolness and humidity in the Eocene. This is evinced by the thoroughly leached light- coloured sediments. The coarse heterogeneous conglomerates, containing in places scratched and facetted boulders and pebbles, point towards rugged alpine conditions in the surrounding Columbian highlands with probably local glaciers supplying their quota of material to the conglomerates which were being deposited in alluvial cones at the base of the ranges. At that time, proba!>;y, a river flowed westward from the Selkirks toward the Pacific, a few miles south of Rossland. The boulders and sands laid down in its valley bottom may still be seen on the summits of Sophie and Lake mountains. The old valley bottom of Pliocene time is at present the mountain summit. Oligocene. Following the erosion and continental sedi- mentation of the Eocene, deformative movements took place accompanied by the intrusion at Rossland of the porphyritic monzonite and closely related "mica" and "non-mica" dykes. The old Elocene ri\er deposits were deformed and local dis- placements of some of the veins probably took place at this time. Once more a period of crustal stability ensued and a new erosion interval commenced which was largely responsible 42 for the stripping of vast thicknesses of early Tertiary sedimentary and volcanic records. Miocene — Second Main Period of MineraliMation. During the mid Tertiary, the district was again invaded by a batholith, but instead of being composed of granodiorite and related types of rocks this one was composed of the much rarer alkalic types (dominantly pulaskite). The southern border of the batholith outcrops a few miles north of Rossland on Granite mountain, and arms from it penetrate the rocks in the heart of the town, as for instance, on Earl street. Another arm from it may be seen at the Jumbo mine and dykes occur elsewhere throughout the district. At this time the vein fissures were probably further fractured and the sulphide deposits locally enriched by gold brought in by the alkaline mineralizing solu- tions connected with the Coryell batholith. The youngest intrusions we have record of in Rossland are certain granite porphyry (Sheppard alkalic granite) and lampro- phyre dykes found cutting pidaskite. Good exposures of these dykes may be seen on Deer Park hill and on the Trail road, a few miles below the town of Rossland. Pliocene. Fdlowing the great epoch of igneous activity and crustal movements of the Miocene, came quiet, stable conditions, with a long period of erosion. Rossland owes, in part, its present gentler, though still mountainous, upland topography with broad flaring valleys to this Pliocene erosion cycle. The presence of Pliocene gold- bearing quartz drift in certain parts of British Columbia would imply long subafirial decay and stability of level at this time, somewhat analogous to conditions during the Cretaceous erosion at the end of the Mesozmc. Thus it is considered that both the Mesozoic and Tertiary eras in this region ended with the land reduced to a surface of relatively low relief and near the level of the sea. Quaternary History. Pleistocene. The crustal movement which dosed the Tertiary was in the nature of a broad differential uplift of the land which permitted the invigorated drainage to incise itself 43 deeply within the older upland surface and produce the present •teep-walled valleys, since rounded and modified by glacial ice. Glacial Period. During the Pleistocene a change to a cooler clii> - For detailed dewription of proMitia the rcwlcr I* refencd to tbt Mccecdlni cbMitcn. . "A'»«» F'«U[« '. P- «• The ore on luch flatly dlpoint Mretcfact M T«ta ta, M » rule, loww to fr»de Uum where tin wlB to ««ply dlprfng. ^ ^^^ 47 Spacing ef Vein Fissures. The vein fiMures are quite closely spaced in the LeRoi ground and the so-called Main and South veins might be con- sidered as one composite vein or lode with hanging-wall and foot- wall sections. In the lower workings of the Josie and' War Eagle mines also, the veins are closely spaced'^so that it might Figure 6. Strikes of the prim-ipal veins, faults, and dykes. be stated that the great productive vein fissures on the whole are closely spaced. Although in some cases several smooth walls occur in the shear zone veins and faulting has taken place along the vein fisoures either beforeor after vein filling, the amount of difTerential movement has been slight. This is evinced by the absence of original open spaces or cavities, slickensides, 48 and friction breccias. In this respect these primary ore bearing fractures stand in contrast with the secondary fractures, which have strong gouge zones and cavities lined with crystals of calcite and zeolites. Parallel veins containing ore shoots are in places separated by sheets of barren country rock, generally of a different rock formation. Linking, Forking, and Reticulating Systems of Vein Fissures. The veins fork and reticulate in an intricate manner in some parts of die workings as illustrated on a small scale in the accom- panying photograph taken on the 10th intermediate level of the War Eagle mine (Plate X B). The veins in places ^t or branch both on strike and dip to form linked' systems (Map 1 5 1 8 in pocket) . In the War Eagle mine the forking and branch- ing of the veins appear to be connected with the main trunk and limbs of a tree-like mass (in cross section) of diorite por- phyrite which is intrusive into augite porphyrite. lu the caw of the main shear zone vein the branch fissures traverse the hang- ing-wail territory, following the branching tongues of diorite porphyrite. Relations of Vein Fissures to Country Rock Formations. The vein fissures corre^xmd in strike amt dip wkh tiw diorite porphyrite tongues and for long distaneei follow contacts with the oMer formaticma. They are, however, yo than the tongues, since the tongues are found cut by the fisMiice in many places. The Centre Star-LeRoi main vein fisaure ia also younger than the monzonite and follows for a kmg dis- tance the north border of the monzonite embayment, the ore having a prominent foot-wall of monzonite but no structaral hanging-wall (Plate XXII). The ore passes transitionally into unmineralized augite porphyrite, thus forming a commercial hanging-wail. The vein fissure, however, breaks away entirely from the contact farther ea«t and traverses monzonite alone. ' Uoked veliu are vela* which tit ttnkfd toaMher by dinct continuatknu of divtrtcat M/lkc or by anall ttrinicra intcrKctini »ir country rock #Ucb in-crrniet between tbem. 49 Long productive stretches of the Main and South veins in which the Mulligan, Tregear, and Black Bear ore shoots occur follow the borders of granodbrite stocks (Figure 7). i/35-fJStOfMf j\\ /30O Josie l evel /<#•««' ■ """ O^s^ot^-i'^'f^ few fWUMmltve/ *» • •! Aitgicm pv-phjrttf 1 SQ^ie of ^eet ' ^ CeciogiCal $urvty C»nmd0 Figure 7. Transvene vertical Mction throufh No 1687 raise, LeRoi mine, Rofdand, BC. 50 The vein fiwuies in many caaea fray out, flatten, or terminate against the stratified rocks of the Mount Roberts formation as for instance in the War Eagle vein below the 11th level (11956' stope) and again above the 8th level (Map 1518 in pocket). The Mount Roberts formation, which occurs as iso- lated blocks or inclusions within the igneous rocks of the produc- tive area, seldom carries ore. A schistose type of porphyrite, not so favourable to vein permanence and ore shoots as the less altered massive types, occurs throughout the ore bearing rock belt (Plate VI D). This porphyrite schist type forms indefinitely shaped zones which cut off or deflect the vein and ore in certain localities. One such schist zone appears to follow the lower border of the War Eagle monzonite chonolith (Map 1518 in pocket). Else- where it forms narrow zones appearing to trend with the diorite porphyrite tongues but dipping in a reverse direction to them. Such zones of porphyrite schist may represent, like the shear zone veins themselves, the mctamorphic work of com- pressionai stresses which acted, however, in the case of the schist zones more in the nature of regional mashing* than shearing. The mineralizing solutions favoured the shear zcmes rather thaa the less persistent and less intimately fractured zones of mashing (schist zones). The latter zones, however, were locally MKHfi*^ and pyritized. Persistence of Vein Fissures. Some of the vein fissures have great persistence* and this persistence of ore in depth appears to be, as Madaren has stated,* a function not of depth but of geological structure. Some of the veins are 4,000 f^rt and more in length and from a few • Tbt /pll^wini qrMcm of numlwilnt the •rorklnt plact* In the mine* to und by tke Co»- ('offi|«ny: Th* Irvtit (n numlwnd conwcutlTely from tiM I, 1. i. 4, ett'. In (he numeration the numeral Indlcatini the IDltdiUd MIn lu tnd Suieltlnt Cumiitny collu of ilie ihut down, thui; 1,2.3.4. MVM ll iiIikihI RrH; thr numerale following Indlcmte the preclw padtlon. Poeltion* eait ol Ihr •Imtl Hint on ■ (111 NiMii aip IndlielH by the numenit 01 to SO, if tbore the •ill Boor by St to lil; poiiitont weet of the ihalt end on i till floor ere Indicated by the numeraU 71 to SS. If above ih,- nill Honr b) M to It. Fui Intuncr No. I I9S elope denote* • workini place on the Itth level. i|i Hit utlMt hand. iuSt t]»rt J,|| ifFitiiire |,lanM Ipiiij ef unifon Dr ijmpri ri,i*l) tMfih •!• Iti.WliM to the iteaiUrjiicUim • Rkkard. T. A.; the Peialileuce of Ore In Depth. Min. and Scteo. free*. V'.jI LV, p. 264. •Marlaren. Malfotm: The PertlMenceof Ot«ln Depth. Compu Rendu Xliie Concre* Owl. Tiiternat. pp. Ifi-IIH. 51 incha to 130 feet in width. The main LeRoi-Centre Star vein can be followed from the porphyrite monzonite "plug" west of the Josie dyke fault eastward through the LeRoi, Centre Stor, and Idaho claims; and it possibly extends through to the Kootenay claim (Figure 13, page 94.) The fissures have greatest persistence in the augite por- phyrite, particularly where it is in contact with the steeply dipping tongues of diorite porphyrite, with steep-walled cupola stocks of granodiorite, or with the north border of the Centre Star monzonite mass. The firm and homogeneous younger granitic intnuives have apparently reinforced with strong rock ribs, the older augite porphyrite of the batholithic roof, and formed groimd which would fracture under crustal stresses in such a way as to be traversed by remarkably persistent fissures.* Furthermore, as Brock has pointed out, the fissuring and shearing of the rock, were such that the mineralizing solutions were restricted within a zone of moderate width, and had free movement within that zone. The rock within that zone was thoroughly fractured, while the wall rock as a whole was char- acterized by solidity. In such cases conditions were favourable for persistent ore producing veins. The stratified rocks of the Mount Roberts formation, on the other hand, have been completely shattered and minutely fractured by the great dynamic stresses to which the rocks of this district were subjected. In this way, they did not to the same extent, confine the mineralizing solutions to particular channels, but allowed them to circulate over wide areas. The minerals deposited in the stratified rocks, therefore, while occa- sionally in small veins or bodies, are usually found diffused over great stretches of the fonn.ition. The chemical as well as the phyvkal character of the stratified rocks as a whole may have been less favour^aie, so that replacement and pre- cipitation of the ores occurred only at small isolated points. In the White Bear mine, for instance, the workings to the SOO-foot level are in the stratified rocks, and it was tvrt until the underlying crystalline rocks were reached that a well defined vein was found. _ ■ For a •omcwiMt tlniUar cam nia to Flgura IM Sut-Old Abe iKtloa, HomMUke MIm (KanBont) In "Gold" by Malcolm Madam, p. $K. and cf. map 151(1 In pocket of thit mtfMr. 52 The shear zone fissures persist and are wide for great dis- tances in both the monzonite and the underlying granodioiite, but the ore-shoots become smaller and of a sporadic character. In the lower levels of the Centre Star mine the main shear zone fissure is strongly developed and contains a broad band of ■ilidfied granodiorite containing calcite, chlorite, biotite, epidote, and pyrite but without important ore shoots. The quartz, biotite, and epidote develop in more or less distinct alternating layers, producing a light or reddish banded material that closely simulates a stratified rock. In addition to the well defined fissure veins which may be traced for considerable distances there are in most of the mines a number of less important co-ordinate fractures that are miner- alized, as for example, the cross fracture followed by "839 working"' of the War Eagle mine. This cross fracture is trace- able down to at least the 10th level. The ore producing ground at Rossland, however, was of too heterogeneous a character to readily form any definitely co-ordinated system of fracturing, when it was submitted to orogenic pressure. The force instead of being resolved into two components (as would be the case in a homogeneous mass where the strongest and most persistent veins would be the resultant of the two directions) in the case of Rossland was resolved into many components which had little influence upon the direction and persistence of the main vein fissures. In ground that is bo heterogeneous and altered as that of the War Eagle mine, it is difficult to correlate the numerous sections of veins that are to be found and to determine the num- ber and direction of these subordinate veins. Origin and Age of Vein Fissures. From the foregoing discussion it follows that the vein fissures have originated from a common cause which operated through various periods; and that they were due to compressional stresses set up in the upper portions of the Trail bathoUth and cover formations contemporaneous with mountEiin making. > Set (ootBott oa p. so. TTTTTTTTTnTTT 'J~0 — :T~~ir T J J J I I t i I i I i i ^neni I 1 I I I I I 3 ii 51 The main period of mountain-building was probably during the early Cretaceous or Comanchic following the Jurassic revolution. The stresses found relief in the fissures, which were controlled in their development largely by formational contacts. The fuBures formed passages through which the mineralizing solu- tions ascended from the same deep-lying molten rock or magma reservoir that gave rise to the diorite porphyrite tongues with which the vein fissures are very probably genetically connected. DYKING. The vein fissures are cut by a series of very persistent lamprophyre dykes which have a general north and south trend corresponding to the master-joint planes of the district (Figure 8). The dykes do not disturb the trend of the veins. They are found »>rancbing and faulted in many places (Figure 9) and elsewhere they are together forming mixed or composite dykes (Figure 10). ..C South $i(keF drift Kbt tide cTdnfi BRANCHING AND FAULTING in DIKE Figure 9. Tliey are most numerous on the lower eastern slopes of Red mountain and eastward, averaging in ceruin belts about one in every 25 feet. Some of the lamprophyres are 'older M ^1 than the vein ftMures and are found tM>th cut off by the veins and as inclusions in the ore (Plate XI). In some places the older dykes are slightly mineraiijed. In a few cases, they have followed for short distances the vein fissures, the ore occurring on the underside of the dyki which forms the hanging-wall of the vein, as for instance on the War Elaglc 5th level where the hanging-wall to the ore shoot is a mica lamprophyrt . El^^where the vein is found constricted where it cuts the dyke (F"igure 11). Such pre-ore dykes have played an important rfile in ihe locali- m Ncrt.'i Will/ MIXED DIKES N92 Tunnel e.i.t £jsr Figure 10. CompoMte dyke No. 2 tunnel, Maarot mine. 11 hi zation of some of the ore shoots and enrichments in the veins. In the Josie mine west of the Josie dyke there is a persistent feldspar-porphyry dyke (Map 1518 in pocket) which cuts the ore but does not fault it, nor is the ore bunched against it as is com- mon in the case of the mica dykes. The vast majority of the lamprophyre dykes, however, are of Tertiary age and were formed after the ore deposits. The younger dykes do not appear to bear any genetic relations to the veins as do the more important 111 ss tongue injectioiu of the Metoxoic period. It m important for location and diamond-drill purposes, however, to have the posi- tion, strike, and dip of all such dykes carefully mapped and cor- related. In some localities they are so plentiful that it hardly pays to mine the intervening blocks of ore. VEtN CUTTING DIKE BUT CONSTRICTED BY 11. t^ Le»»l . 50 ftet Ltst oTSOl I8». (tTar Emjle Mn0j Figure 11. Origin and Age op Dyking. The lamprophyres probably owe their origin to the intrusion of molten rock into deep-seated fissures produced through east and west tensional stresses set up in the crust at a time following the maximum period of mountain-building when the stresses were dominantly compressional. The main north and south dykes are of Tertiary age although the older pre-ore set may date back to the late Jurassic or early Cretaceous (Comanchic). The deformation of the earth's crust then was probably widespread in its effects, but here it manifested itself by local and sudden deformations like that accompanying an earthquake or an eruption of igneous rock. The highly fluid basic-dyke material was injected suddenly and travelled long distances from its parent source. FAULTING. Secondary fracturing or faulting of the fissures is common and in many cases has taken place along the lamprophyre MKROCOPV MSmUTION TKT CHART (ANSI and ISO TEST CHART No. 2) 1^ U^ 13. ■ 2.2 ^ ■^B ^ !■£ ■ 1.8 1.6 APPLIED irvHGE I 1653 tost Main Str«t Rochester. Nt« Yorh T4609 USA (716) 482 - 0300 - Phon. (716) 288- 5989 -Fo« u If, ■: 56 dykes. In some instances it was possibly contemporaneous with dyke intrusion. The amount of movement has been greater in the secondary than in the primary or ore-bearing fractures as evid- enced by wide (from a few inches to 2 feet) gouge or attrition clay zones, friction breccias and cavities lined with zeolites and calcite crystals. Some of the secondary fractures diT> at ;ow angles, are very persistent, and form water courses ("mud seams"). The striations on the secondary fracture or fault planes have as a rule lower angles of dip than have the striations on vein-fissure walls. Two sets of striations are often preseat, one set vertical and the other at low angles: as for instance on the War Eagle 3rd level, where one set of striations had a dip of 10 degrees to the south (on the slip plane) and the other set was vertical. The absence of sedimentary strata and the extreme complex- ity of the fracture systems render it difficult to determine definitely the amount of throw, heave, or offset that has taken place. The faults are chiefly dip or cross faults which have horizontal displacements or heaves varying from a few feet to as much as 300 feet in one case. They are of different ages; some, as for instance the ore-bearing fault "K" of the War Eagle and Centre Star mines (Map 1518 in pocket) were formed within the period of ore deposition, whereas others are of more recent age. North and south-striking ore shoots, as the Centre Star No. 284 shoot and certain shoots in the War Eagle mine, were deposited in fault "K" and stand in strong contrast to the normal east-west and northwest-southeast striking ore shoots. There is good evidence of faulting along the Josie dyke to a maximum extent of about 300 feet horizontally. The amount of vertical displacement has not as yet been determined although it is known tliat the ground west of the fault has been dropped down with respect to that east of the fault (normal fault). It is difficult to correlate the veins east of the Joeie dyke with those west of it owing to this faulting and the unfavourable north and south strike of a diorite porphyrite tongue west of the dvke and in line with the Main and South veins of the LeRoi mi-e (Map 1518 in pocket). The Black Bear ore shoot in the South vein of the LeRoi mLie is located on the south border of a steeply 57 dipping granodiorite stock and the Tregear shoot on the Main vein is located on the north border of the same stock. The Black Bear ore shoot has a dyke of Sheppard granite porphyry in the foot-wall. On the 1050-foot level of the LeRoi mine, the Black Bear ore appeared to cease at the Josie dyke, but on drilling through the dyke, some ore was encountered west of it which was thought at the time to be the extension of the South vein and Black Bear ore. This ore is in reality Tregear ore from the Main vein as evidenced by its presence on the north border of the granodiorite stock, the same stock present east of the dyke. Diamond drilling west of the Josie dyke, during the autumn of 1913, disclosed an ore body about 300 feet south on the south border of the same stock which has proved to be the faulted end of the Black Bear shoot with the same Sheppard granite porphyry dyke in its f.ot-wall (Plate XVI B). If this faulting hypothesis is correct, and the evidence seems conclusive in its support, the No. 1 vein represents the faulted end of the War Eagle vein, the Annie vein represents the faulted Poorman or Josie vein, and the Hamilton and Clover or 501J vein the faulted Peyton vein. A similar fault has taken place along the Nickel Plate dyke, but one in which the horizontal displacement or 'heave' has not exceeded 30 feet. The amount of vertical displacement is not known. The dyke dips eastward and assuming that it, too, is a normal fault the most developed belt of ore-bearing ground bounded on the east by this fault and on the west by the Josie dyke fault represents a horst or fault block thrust upward and northward with respect to the bordering blocks. Age of Faulting. The main periods of faulting are tentatively referred tocrustal deformation at the time of the Laramide and Tertiary mountain making revolutions particularly the former. The older set of lantprophyre dykes (pre-ore dykes) have been much more faulted and disturbed than the younger Tertiary dykes which were not subjected to the faulting of the Laramide revolution. The younger dykes, however, are faulted locally (Plate IX) and this second period of faulting is referred to crustal disturb- ances of middle and late Tertiary timi . 58 ORE SHOOTS. Shape and Size of Ore Shoots. The ore occurs in irregular replacement ore shoots along both the main fissures or shear zones and the various branches composing them. The form of the replacement shoots varies, but in general is governed by the character of the vein, being deter- mined (a) by the facility of access to the solution afforded by the fissures, (b) by the presence or absence of impermeable rocks, and (c) by the varying susceptibility to replacement of the original rocks in which the fissures occurred. In the majority of cases the shoots are either lenticular masses with ^radational boundaries or tabular blocks terminating against faults or dykes. The ore shoots vary in width from a few feet up to, in exceptional cases, 130 feet, and in stope or hori;,untal length from 50 to SOD feet and more.' On an average the vertical dimension is greater than the lateral. The main stope of the LeRoi mine had a stope length of 600 feet and persisted to the 900-foot level. The main ore shoot of the upper levels of the War Eagle mine had a stope length of from 300 to 450 feet, a pitch length of 750 feet, with an average width of 8 feet. From this shoot was extracted 10,000 tons of ore running higher than $40 per ton in gold and the rest from $40 ore down to the pay limit (about $8 then). The No. 25 lA east and No. 255A stopes, near the portal of the Centre Star No. 2 tunnel, are high-grade shoots, the former having a stope length of 55 feet and a pitch length of 110 feet. The ore averages $20 in gold, 0-8 per cent copper, and runs as hign as $28 per ton. It is sometimes difficult to trace the vein from shoot to shoot, peuticularly where its continuity is interrupted by faults and dykes. Pitch* of Ore Shoots. The pitch of the Rossland ore shoots varies from nearly vertical to pronouncedly easterly or westerly and seems depen- dent upon purely local conditions. In a general way the pitch**" > The total lenstb of the ore-body developed on the 13th lerd of the War Eaile mlr ■bout 530 feet of hiih STenge nlue. ' The pUrM it the anfle which the pitch-lenith, or Uncar dlttmnoc between the extreme end* ol • eboot. makee with the •trike of the Tein and la mcanucd is the plane of the Tela. S9 correspond closely to the dip of the lamprophyre dykes. The main War Eagle shoot in the upper levels is from 300 to 450 feet loi.^ and has a perpendicular pitch. The Centre Star main shooi is 300 to 500 feet long with steep pitch to the east; the Centre Star eastern shoot several hundred feet east of the shaft, varies from a pitch steeply to the east to nearly perpen- dicular. The LeRoi and Josie ore shoots as a rule pitch steeply to the west. Both the eastward pitch of the Centre Star shoots and dykes as well as the northeastward offsetting and dip of the War Eagle ore-bodies are facts which suggest that the ore bearing solutions circulated upward from a source to the northeast and probably from the same parent magma that gave rise to the mon- zonite intrusion which also dips in the War Eagle mine at low angles to the northeast. Furthermore the fact that the LeRoi and Josie ore shoots pitch steeply to the west with the younger lamprophyre dykes suggests a westward source for the mineral- izing solutions of these latter veins. This possible convergence and mixing of the ore solutions from two main channels of circulation is one factor in many which may account for the great extent and richness of the Rossland ore-bodies. Distribution of Values in Ore Shoots. The higher grade of ore are confined to certain bands or pay streaks in the shoot parallel to the trend of the lode. The high grade bands vary in width from an inch up to several feet. Where the veins are continuously stoped they consist in many places of two or more closely spaced ore streaks composed of almosL pure sulphides, which may be called hanging-wall streaks or foot-wall streaks according to their position in the vein. There is the same variation in the vertical distribution of values in the shoots as there is horizontally as shown by the difference in the grades of various stopes on the same veins. The rich bands pass into leaner portions where the ore is disseminated, filling small fissures and brecciated zones that in some cases form small veins of good ore running for considerable distances away from the main deposit. This is particularly noticeable in contact shoots between augite porphyrite and grano- ^ in 60 diorite or diorite porphyrite. The ore boundary on the grano- diorite or diorite porphyrite side is transitional and forms a commercial rather than a structural wall. The deposit becomes more in the nature of a stockwork as for example the LeRoi 895 shoot (Plate XII). The leaner portions of the country rock in and adjoining the veins are characterized by the presence of quartz in grains and aggregates together with biotite and horn- blende and less frequently pyrt ne, all largely the result of metasomatic action. There are great variations in the values and proportionate amounts of gold, silver, and copper in the ore shoots. The amount of gold in the ores varies considerably and does not appear to depend on the presence of any one mineral that is visible to the naked eye. Perhaps more frequently than not ore rich in copper is also rich in gold. It is consequently impossible to judge of the ore by inspection, samples of promising looking material may prove on assay to be low grade, and what is considered 'waste' may run three or four ounces. The average copper percenuge of the ores in the upper levels of the mines is appreciably higher than in the lower levels, whereas the gold values remain about the same or are higher.' With depth the ores are on the whole more siliceous and more difficult to smelt. It must be remembered, however, that the difference between the values of ore shipped in the early days and that shipped at present, only in part represents a lowering of the grade of ore in depth. In part, it is the result of mining lower grade material that formerly would not pay, but which, under present conditions, is profitable ore. It is true, nevertheless, that outcropping veins show some surface enrichment, in some cases to a considerable distance below the weathered surface. The variation in values appears to be dependent in many cases upon the nature of the country rock. The ore shoots with a monzonite foot-wall or with both walls of monzonite, as for example many shoots in the Centre Star-LeRoi Main vein, are as a rule lower in grade than the shoots on the contact borders of diorite porphyrite tongues or granodiorite stocks or in fissures altogether in augite porphyrite. MA.hw'rt?^* "^"^ "^ '*°^ to that of the upper lerel* occun in the deepcM wcrMon ntly the 'Uiidly' copper rock and f 1 1 t ii J I I I J n n 14 Li QSDD F7\ n «1 f 'I h 1^ 61 Wide streaks of almost solid sulphides are in many places present in veins cutting monzonite but art invariably low grade. There are exceptions, however, in the case of the Centre Star No. 461 and No. 470 stopes which had fair-grade ore in monzonite east of the Nickel Plate dyke (Map 1S18 in pocket). In the No. 461 stope the ore is low grade above the sill floor becoming better grade below on approach to the contact. Some fair grade ore ($8 to $9 per ton in No. 539 stope) has also been stoped from the main vein fissure in monzonite in eastern Centre Star ground several hundred feet from where the fissure broke away from the contact with augite porphyrite. On the 300-foot level of the LeRoi mine there are two narrow erratic veins in r..on- zonite, one striking north 60degrees east with good ore on the sill- floor but becoming leaner above. The stope on this vein is about 100 feet long. The other vein strikes north 70 degrees west and dips 30 degrees to the northeast. The ore is from 1 to 3 feet wide and averages $6 in gold and 0-8 per cent copper. Such stopes in monzonite, however, are few and far between. The manner in which the LeRoi South vein ore shoot is cut off by the monzonite on the 450-foot level is indicated on the ac- companying plan (Figure 12). In the Centre Star-LeRoi Main vein the heaviest ore de- position has taken place near the foot-wall which is very r^ular, distinct, and marked by a narrow seam of calcite. This caldte seam forms a reliable indicator of the position of the vein where the mineralization is slight. The Peyton and the veins in the lower workings of the War Eagle mine have similar calcite indicators on their foot-walls. There is no well defined structural hanging-wall to the Centre Star-LeRoi main ore shoot, the ore fading gradually into waste. In the case of the War Eagle ore shoots of the upper workings, the hanging-wall is generally the most distinct and best mineralized with irregidar extensions into the foot-wall side. The appearance of the vein between ore shoots may be seen in the accompanying photograph (Plate XVII). As already stated some of the richest ere shoots occur on contacts between diorite porphyrite and augite porphyrite. The No. 1352 ore shoot of the War Eagle mine has a hanging-wall 62 of dibrite porphyrite and a foot-wall of augite porphyrite (Plate XIII), whereas the No. 1354 shoot on the same level lies on the other border (northeast border) of the same diorite porphyrite tongue having an augite porphyrite hanging-wall and diorite porphyrite foot-wall (Map 1518 in pocket). The two shoots are separated by a fault along the Centre Star dyke. The War Eagle 656A stope on the 6th level is 40 feet wide in places and is stop Llodfica painu out Uttt on iboou doe to intcnectioM uc niore common In depotlu that hare been farmed nev the Miriicc than la depotiMof deep mtcdoriglti. Ecoa.Gcol. I. p. 43. •The Nature a< Ore Dcporila. R. Beck. p. J91. the wide, pr' nounced vein structure, made up in large part of high tcniperature Mcondary minerali. (5.) The ekemical character of the wall roch. The poeition and structural relations of some of the ore shoots indicate that the chemical character of the wall rock probably played an im- porUnt rdle in their localization. The more salic dtorite por- phyrite appeal to have been more readily replaced by the ore bearing solutions than the femic augite porphyrite. An example of the above is cited from the Josie mine where the shoots in the Annie vein invariably widen ard are richer w' ie ihe vein fissure traverses diorite porphyrite than wh u ♦ traverses augite porphyrite. Possibly, the pyrite in U . i red augite porphyrite adjoining the intrusive diorite porpl.; ..te may have played a part in the precipitation of values. (6.) Chemical reaction. Chemical reaction between the mineralizing solutions carrying gold and those carrying the solid minerals, such as chalcopyrite, pyrrhotite, and molybdenite may have been a factor in thr localization of the ore shoots. The common association of gold with chalcopyrite and molybdenite seems to indicate that such a reaction has taken place.* ROCK ALTERATION. The country rock formations are in places very highly and extensively altered, chiefly by replacement processes con- nected with the ascent c ^ea ed ii,aeous and hydrothermal solutions and the format. ^ of the ores. The ground in the War Eagle and Centre Sta .ines in the proximity of the mon- zonite chonolith is mon- difficult to map than that of the LeRoi and Josie on account: of the contact metamorphism produced by the irti'sion of ti ; monzonite. The wall rocks to the veins and fi'~vT s are altered for great distances, with the develop- ment of a siliceous formation diflFering a great deal in chemical and physical character from the original rocks. The feldspars are clouded and silicified, the augite in places is altered to uralite, and secondary biotite is develop«l. In the lower levels of the Cent re Star mine, for instanr >, where the vein fissure penetrates > Stokct (H. N.): Ecoooniie G«olofy I (IM6) p. 650. 66 chiefly the underlying granodiorite stock, the latter is altered to a white, siliceous, spotted rock. This rock contains consider- able epidote, secondary silica, banded calcite (in the vein proper), finely disseminated biotite grains, and is peppered with iron pyrites. Rock alteration is found to be becoming more wide- spread as greater depths are attained and the underlying batho- lith approached. The main causes of alteration have been the vein forming processes in which the initial stage was probably chloritization accompanied by pyritization. The uprising thermal waters and gases attacked first the iron silicates, augite, hornblende and biotite, forming chlorite, epidote, secondary silica, and iron pyrites. The plagioclase and orthoclase feldspars were gradually altered, resulting in the formation of sericite and second- ary silica. In the case of straight silicification of augite porphy- rite, however, in the Josie mine, the augite phenocrysts were the last to be replaced and stand out prominently in a white silicified groundmass (Plate XV A). OXIDATION. There is comparatively little oxidation of the ores by surface waters containing free oxygen except in the case of ores along a few fractures; and the iron and copper sulphides remain un- changed within a few feet of the surface. If deep weathering ever took place, all trace of it has been swept away by subsequent erosion and Pleistocene gladation. The actual outcrop or iron cap is a reddish brown sintery mass of rotted rock containing residual quartz, limonite, kaolin, and chlorite from which the sulphides have been leached. Slight stains of copper carbonates and silicates are sparingly present, and in protected places an iron-sulphate coating occurs. As may be inferred, no zone of rich copper sulphides exists below the present oxidized surface although it is quite possible that such a zone of secondary enrichment may have existed formerly but has since been removed by erosion. It was difficult for the prospector in the early days to prospect the Rossland shear-zone type of vein on accoimt of the indefiniteness of the vein structure amid the much 67 oxidized and iron-stained surface rocks of Red mountain. Nearly all the work was done along one wall although there appeared in places a certain parallelism of lines of fracture for some distances away from the wall. The best ore, however, appeared to follow the one wall and graded gradually into waste. UNDERGROUND TEMPERATURE AND WATER. Observations were made in 1906 by R. W. Brock and from 1907 to 1914 by Mr. M. E. Purcell of the temperature of the rocks at various levels in some of the mines in order to determine the increase of temperature with depth (geothermal gradient). In taking such observations several factors have to be considered, such as the length of time which has elapsed since the rocks were disclosed, the seepage of cooler waters from upper levels, or of heated waters from below, air currents, machinery in operation, the varying thermal conductivity of rocks and other minor but still influential factors. The temperatures were taken with chemical thermometers fitted with wooden handles 4 feet long, having openings to per- mit reading and to leave the bulbs free. Observations were taken whenever possible in drill holes in crosscuts where there was a minimum circulation of air. The thermometer was placed the length of the handle in the hole, and at first the mouth of the hole was plugged; but it was found that no difference in readings resulted when the holes were left open.' Thirty temperature readings taken on ten levels of the War Eagle mine from the 2nd to the 16th level, and twenty-four readings from twelve levels of the Centre Star mine from the 2nd to the 16th level have been kindly furnished by M. E. Purcell, Superintendent of the Centre Stor-War Eagle mines. Mr. Purcell has given the exact location, time exposed, and varying conditions under which the readings were taken. On account of the varying conditions under which the measurements were taken and the great number of influencing factors, as mentioned above, that should be considered before I Sumnury Rept., G«ol. Surv., Can., 1906, pp. tO, At. 68 presenting any definite results or conclusions it has been deemed advisable not to plot increment curves from the determined average temperature at different elevations, but amply to state that from the information at hand the figures indicate that the mine temperatures increase in a rather regular manner from the surface to the deepest working. This rate of increase as calcu- lated for the Centre Sur mine amounts to 1 degree in 84 feet and for the War Eagle mine 1 degree in 65 feet. The minimum temperature was 1 degree Centigrade taken on April 1, 1907, ui No. 218 crosscut of the War Eagle mine. The time exposed was two days. The maximum temperature was 27} degrees Centigrade taken on January 12, 1914, in No. 1417 winze (320 feet below No. 1421 drift) of the War Eagle mine. The time exposed was two days. The temperature of the water in No. 1673 winze of the Centre Star mine below No. 1672 drift was also 27} degrees Centigrade as recorded by Mr. Purcell on January 20, 1914. The quantity of water pumped does not vary, at least immediately, with the rainfall. The amount of water is estim- ated to be from 250,000 to 500,000 gallons per 24 hours. Ground water stands at about 50 feet. The upper levels down to the 400-foot level are quite wet where the normal surface waters have found courses through fractures and stopes locally lowering the water table. In this zone flat diamond-drill holes are always wet and some carry a large flow of water. Below the 400-foot level the amount of water steadily decreases until at 1,000 feet (below 3,000 feet above sea-level) the workings are practically dry excepting in a few places where persistent secondary slip planes or mine workings have afforded local channels for the water to percolate downward. Where old water courses have existed in the deeper levels and damp portions of the workings have be- come warm and dried, epsomite needles are abundant. This fact suggests that the mine waters in depth were sulphate waters containing considerable magnesium and possibly alum- inum obtained from the pyrite and wall rocks. 69 CHARACTER OF ORES AND GANGUES. CLASSIFICATION OF ORES. On the basis of mineral content the ores have been classified by Brock as: — (a) Massive pyrrhotite and chalcopyrite ores with some pyrite and occasionally a little arsenopyrite, massive or mixed with rock matter and gangue (Plate I). Free gold occiirs, but it is rarely to be seen with the naked eye, although the proportion of free gold runs from 10 per cent to SO per cent of the total gold contents. Rarely, some molybdenite and magnetite are found in this, the typical ore of the camp. Galena and blende have been found at one or two points. The pyrrhotite at times contains up to 0-65 per cent nickel and 0-59 cobalt. (b) Massive coarse-grained pyrrhotite carrying very little copper and little gold. (c) Veins of pyrite and marcasite with arsenopyrite and perhaps galena and blende (South Belt). Silver may form an important part of the values in such veins. (d) Impregnations of arsenopyrite, pyrrhotite, pyrite, molyb- denite, a little chalcopyrite, bismuthinite, and native gold, particularly in and around small pegmatitic or aplitic alkalic syenite dykes (Giant, Jumbo).' (e) Gold bearing quartz veins carrying some iron, copper, and lead sulphides (O. K. and I. X. L.). NATURE, PARAGENESIS, AND VALUE OF ORE AND GANGUE MINERALS. The gangue is principally country rock, with some quartz and, in places, calcite. The country rock is generally altered. In addition to its impregnation or replacement by the sulphide minerals, the formation of biotite an<^ silica (sometimes in separ- ate layers, constituting a banded brown and white rock) is the principal change, but chlorite and hornblende are also extensively formed in places, and muscovite, tourmaline, garnet, > Theanmopyritein thbcamptofrequeatlyUnottlwayicobtltifanaii 70 and wollastonite also occur. Zeolites (chiefly apophyllite and chabazite) are frequently found where alteration by thermal solutions is pronounced. Epidote was observed in the Jumbo mine' where molybdenite and bismuthinite are uncommonly prevalent. The ore varies considerably in appearance and composition in different parts of the same mine. Typically, it consists of more or less altered rock matter, although in places fresh-looking rock is seen, with reticulating veins or irregular masses and impregnations of pyrrhotite and varying amounts of chalcopyrite and perhaps a little quartz, the sulphides forming 50 to 75 per cent of the mass (Plate XV B). The sulphides are usually intimately intermbced or intergrown. They, in many places, show marked banded structure as shown in Plates I and XVIA, the latter taken in the No. 1452 tope of the War Eagle mine (foot-wall section). The banding is probably due, in the main, to replacement along closely spaced fissures or planes of move- ment, or possibly it is due to the original sheeted structure at the borders of the diorite-porphyrite tongues, or it may be due to shearing of the early formed ore masses. The chalcopyrite is in many cases later in forming than the pyrrhotite, occurring in veins and impregnations in it. Sometimes arsenopyrite and pyrite occur with the chalcopyrite. From this typical ore all trfmsitions occur, between solid sulphides on the one hand forming larger masses or shoots, and rock matter or gangue on the other with little apparent mineralization, but carrying pay values, and sometimes a high percentage of gold. Consequently, constant sampling and assaying is necessary to distinguish ore from waste. In places, the ore is quartzose, and caldte is occasionally abund- ant as gangue. In the Giant and Jumbo mines the quantity of copper is negligible. In the former, the ore is largely rock matter im- pregnated with and containing stringers and masses of arseno- pyrite, pyrrhotite, and molybdenite, whereas in the latter pyr- rhotite is the most abundant sulphide, but a little arsenopyrite, molybdenite, bismuthinite, and visible free gold occur. In ireUurlde of toM U laid to occur in Jumbo ore, but tiie ipeciinaii n tat CTimhwd bavt failed to nepond to tellurium teit*. 71 these two mines the proportions of sulphides to rock matter are coniparatively small. In the White Bear and Spitzee mines pyrite is more abundant, as is also the case in the South Belt properties. The values in typical ores of the camp are largely in gold, with copper and a little silver. The ores mined from near the surface were, on an average, much richer, the first 128,428 tons shipped averaging 1 -46 ounce of gold per ton, 1 -96 ounce of silver per ton, and 1-73 per cent of copper (after smelting deduction of 1 • 3 per cent). But the proportion of free gold does not appear to diminish in depth, and some of the ore encountered in the lowest levels compares favourably with that of the earliest shipments. The gold values do not appear to be dependent upon the presence of any one mineral, although in many cases ore richer in chalcopyrite is also richer in gold, but exceptions are frequent. The fine-grained variety of pyrrhotite in some instances is gcJd bearing whereas the coarse-grained variety is invariably very low grade. The copper content reaches in local instances 10 or IS per cent. Ore running $4 and under is graded poor; from |4 to $8 medium; from $8 to $15 good; and from $15 up, very good. 1^ inf:' "ill 72 The following average analyses niay be taken as typical of the ores being mined in the larger producers. Year of ship- menu. Gold oxs.per ton. Stver OM.per ton. Copper percent wet. Iron per cent. Silica per cent. Alum- ina pw cent. Lime per cent. Sulphur P« cent. War Eofl* Mint. 1903 0-40 1-2 1-3 160 42-5 17.5 7 7-5 1904 0-35 0-9 1-2 14-7 42-8 18-3 5-1 7-0 1905 0-36 0-7 10 145 430 18-5 6-0 6-2 1906 0-33 0-6 1-2 14-2 43-2 180 5-6 6-5 1907 0-49 1-3 1-5 17-7 40-3 140 6-5 9-0 1908 0-94 1-4 2-8 165 40-9 13-8 8-1 8-8 1914 0-48 0-3 0-7 171 42-3 160 10-2 9-5 Centr* Star Mine. 1903 0-53 0-3 0-9 20-8 38-8 130 50 90 1904... 0-42 0-3 0-7 20-6 38-8 150 4-1 10-0 1905 0-42 0-4 0-8 22-2 35-9 15-2 5-3 9-0 1906 0-46 0-2 0-6 18-8 400 16-9 4-0 6-6 1907 0-41 0-3 0-5 190 41-8 444 5-5 7-0 1914 0-35 0-2 OS 140 47-2 16-7 9-8 7-3 .Mill 1914. 1914. 019 0-20 0-21 018 0-25 0-24 0-36 0-20 Idaho Mine. 0-73 0-74 050 0-70 15-9 14-3 141 11-3 45-2 45-2 45-3 511 15-4 15-6 16-3 16-8 LeRoi Mine. 3-9 3-6 5-2 8-2 71 71 6-7 60 0-45 049 107 11-7 44-3 19-3 4-7 0-45 0-28 117 140 460 13-4 55 0-39 0-39 1-43 17-2 440 15-3 8-3 0-28 0-25 0-53 141 451 151 7-5 0-24 0-5S 3 00 170 41 12-5 7-6 0-23 0-29 0-45 27-6 31-9 9-2 5-7 crown Point Mine. 1906. 78 0-50 .M-9 24-7 14-9 7-6 14-3 7^ 0-66 32-6 26-3 8-7 9-5 16-3 70 0-50 27-9 30-4 13-6 80 12-4 17 0-47 27-5 31-8 9-7 8-7 n-3 73 MINERALOGY. In the following description of the minerals occurring in the Rossland district those found only as rock forming con- stituents are not included. Descriptions of those will be found in the general geology section (Chapter II, Part II). While the list of minerals found is rather large, well-crystal- lized specimens are the exception and the ore minerals are practically always massive. Most of the minerals are found in close relationship to the veins. I'he order of arrangement follows Dana's classification according to chemical composition. The list is as follows: NaUv* tUmenlt Gold, silver. Sulphides Chalcopyrite, pyrrhoUte, pyriu, gertdorffite, gal- ena, sphalente, stibnite, Usmuthinite, moG'b- denite, marcasite, arienopyrite. Oxides Quartz, magnetite, limonite. Arsenate Erythrite. Carbonates Caidte, mabchite, azurite. Silicates Wollaitonite, actinolite, garnet, epidote, prehnite, tourmaline, apophyllite, gmeunite, natrolite, laumontite. chabazite, grttnerite, muKOvite, biotite, chlorite, serpentine. Sulphate Epsomite. Native Elements. Gold (Au). Native gold occurs in impregnations of arseno- pyrite, pyrrhotite, pyrite, molybdenite, and bismuthinite near alkalic syenite dykes at the Giant and Jumbo mines. It is also found in small flakes in quartz veins in the mines of the O.K. group as well as in finely disseminated specks, and rusty patches in quartz ore from the foot-wall of No. 1686 stope in the War Eagle mine. A part of the gold of the ordinary sulphide ores is in the free state, the percentage of the free millin" gold varying from 10 to 50 per cent of the total golf intent. The relative percentage of free gold remains constan > the deepest workings of the mines. In what form the combined gold occurs has not been deter- mined. Tellurides have been reported by assayers in specimens of ore from the main mines, and from rich specimens from the 74 Jumbo, but so far test* on material sUted to be Mmilar. made by Mr. Brock, and by Mr. Connor of the Mines Branch, have failed to yield reactions for tellurium. It is quite possible, how- ever, that it is present at isolated pdnts, and possibly some of the minutely disseminated gold may be in this form. Outside of the possible tellurides, bismuthinite is perhaps the mmeral richest in gold. In the Jumbo, this mineral occurs in masses and aggregates up to one inch in diameter. In thin sections and fine concentrates of typical Red Mountain ore a mineral which may be bismuthinite has been detected. Chalcopynte often carries gold sometimes in considerable amount, but its gold values vary within wide limits. Pyrite is usually auriferous to some extent, and pyrrhotite has ordinarily a small gold con- tent. Arsenopyrite is generally a gold carrier, but vanes in richness. The molybdenite of the Giant is said to assay about $7 in gold to the ton. Free gold occurs in No. 1354 stope of the War Eagle mine impregnating molybdenite. Gold occurs at a few points adjoining the veins, in mineralized fault planes formed subsequently to the main vein formation. Silver {Ag). The ores are always argentiferous but no native silver has been reported. Wherever galena occurs it is silver-bearing, but even in the ores free from galena, silver is present. It seems likely that it is associated with the sulphides in a relationship similar to that of the gold. Sulphides. I It 1 i. 1, H 4 [ 1 ,il Chakopyrite {CuFeS,: Sulphur 35, Copper 34-5, Iron 30 5 per cent). Possibly the most important ore mineral of the camp is chalcopyrite. It is always massive and both coarse and fine- grained, occurring as veinlets and impregnations in association with pyrrhotite and pyrite. An extremely fine-drained variety is occasionally encountered in the Josie mine. It vanes con- siderably in amount, in the various ores, even of the same lode, but is present at least in small quantities in prrctically all of them. The Josie mine, where it is present in proportionately greatest amount, furnishes the Bnest specimens of this fine- grained variety. Chalcopyrite has not been observed crystal- 75 lized. It carries both gold anu silver values. A large part of the ore contains only a small amount of chalcopyrite, with less than one per cent copper. Rarely, however, ore shoots are found in which the sulphides consist largely of chalcopyrite and the copper content will run up to 10 cr 15 per cent (Plate XI.) The chalcopyrite is in large part of the same age as the p>Trhotite although in some cases it appears to be younger. In places, it would seem that it had been concentrated by secondary action in primary ore or along subsequent fault planes in the immediate vicinity of the vein. The very finely dissem- inated particles of chalcopyrite developed in the pyrrhotite and silicate minerals of the ore renders its concentration in an ore dressing plant difficult. Pyrrkotite {FetSt: Sulphur about 39, Iron about 61, per cent). Pyrrhotite or magnetic iron pyrites is one of the most abundant and important ore minerals. It is massive and granular in character, both coarse and fine-grained, and probably of dif- ferent ages of deposition. Some specimens show the pyrrhotite as distinct veinlets cutting chalcopyrite, but this does not seem to always hold true. One or two specimens have been found in the Centre Star mine with pyrrhotite in crystal-like forms appar- ently hexagonal prisms about 8 mm. long. The pyrrhotite is auriferous, but the coarse-grained varieties so common in the monzonite country are usually low grade. An exception to this generalization may be cited from the War Eagle No. 1352 stope where coarse-grained pyrrhotite carried several ounces in gold. Here, however, the country rock is porphyrite and not monzonite. The pyrrhotite nearly always carries a determin- able amount of nickel and a trace of cobalt. C. W. Dickson' states that the Rossland pyrrhotite agrees with the formula FegS*. in the Sudbury ore he states that the nickel did not replace part of the iron in pyrrhotite but occurred in the mineral pentlandite. So far no pentlandite has been recognized at Rossland but gersdorffite* NiAsS has been reported. Analyses of pyrrhotite from the Monte Christo property gave NiO 0-13, Co trace. Samples from the Evening Star ran > T. A. I. M. B.. Feb. 1903. p. 22. I Summary Report 1901, p. 163 H. 76 NK) 067, Co 158. Pyrrhotite ia one of the fint formed of the ore mineraU and in only alightly altered wall nxk nuy be the only ore-mineral formed. Pyrik (FtS,: Iron 466, Sidpkur. 534 ptr cttU). Pyrite of wveral generations is prr^ent in the rocks and ores. In the Mount Roberts' slates it is a constant accessory often forming cubes and cubo octahedra, a third of an inch in diameter. In the vein it is usually massive and is probably of different periods of mineralization. Some of the pyrite carries very little gold whereas in other places it seems to rank with the pyrrhotite and chalcopyrite as an ore mineral. As a rule the pyrite shows in No. 944 stope of the Josie mine, no crystal outlines in the ore, but samples from the 14th level of the War Eagle mine contain large unmodified octahedra. Cubes of pyrite up to 1} inches in diameter occur surrounded by chalcopyrite. GersdorffiU {NiAsS: Nickel 35-4, Arsenic 45 3, Sulphur 19-3 per cent). Nickel sulpharsenide has been reported in small octahedral crystals distributed through sulphide ore, which shows an intimate association of massive pyrrhotite and chal- copyrite, from the Columbia-Kootenay vein« and also from the War Eagle mine. The follf^wing analyses of om containing gendorfHte, from the Columbia-Kootenay and Evening Star mines, were made by F. G. Wait: 1 2 Gangue 29-63 Preient 0-65 trace 0-98 62-73 Preaent 0-25 0-59 0-67 0-58 Cjpper Nickel Cobalt Nickel (in the metalHc portion) Cobalt (in the metallic portion) 2. Evening Star mine. Galena (Pb S: Lead 86-6, Sulphur 13 4 per cent). Lead sulphide is found rather sparingly in the Centre Star-War E^e-Josie group of mines, but, in the South Belt properties it ■Ann. Rapt. GcoL Sur., Cu.. 1901. pp. 117 H. 151 H, 1«J H. n becomet one of the more imporUnt ore mineraU. At the Lily May mine conuderable galena occun in the maauve form ahow- ing cleavage cubea a quarter of an inch in diameter. It is argen- tiferoua and aModated with sphalerite, chalcopyrite, pyrrhotite. and a little stibnite. SpkaUriU or Bknde (ZnS: Zinc 67, Sulphur 33 ptr ciU). In uaor Monwith galena, zinc sulphide is one of the prominent mineral, m the ores of the South Belt It is found rather rarely in the deposits of Red mounuin. A specimen from the 11th intermediate level of the War Eagle mine shows a brownish- black variety of sphalerite cutting vein-like through chalcopyrite and pyrrhotite. Massive fine-grained sphalerite of a deep brownish colour was also observed as small irregular veinlets and blebs in a greenish siliceous rock from the 900-foot 'evel of the Josie mine. StibnUe {ShtSt: Sulphur 28 6, Antimony 71 4 per cent). Stibnite occurs sparingly in a fine-grained massive form at the Lily May mine. It is associated with sphalerite, galena, pyrrhotite, and chalco|; yrite. Bismuthinite (Bi,St: Bismuth 81-2, Sulphur 18 8 per cent). Bismuth sulphide occurs in impregnat' ins near pulaskite (alkalic syeniti!) dykes at the Giant and Jumbo mines. Particularly in the small aplitic dykes from the alkalic syenite of the Jumbo mine and in fractures and jointe in the adjoining country rock, good specimens of the mineral may be obtained. It occurs in particles or aggregates up to an inch or two in diameter. It usually shows perfect cleavage and a lustre intermediate between lead-grey and tin-white. It may be distinguished from galena which it sometimes resembles by its lighter colour, by the lack of cubical cleavage and the suggestion of a fibrous structure on the cleavage faces, by its inferior hardness, and by iu being somewhat sectile. Pyrrhotite and other sulphides are associated with bismuthinite. In the country rock it is often seen as a thin film along cracks and fractures. Visible free gold is fre- quently found with it. A mineral which has the same colour and lustre and which may be bismuthinite was seen ir thin sections of the gold-copper ores. 78 HolyMtnUt {MoS%: Molybdenum 60. Sulphur 40 p«r emU). Molybdenite occurs in a fine-grained maiMve form an-« su scaly aggregates in masses or veinleu, associated with the other sulphides of the ores. At the Velvet mine en Sheep creek 10 miles west of Rossland, there is a lens of soft flaky molybdenite 2 feet wide by 3 inches across. The mineral is a common mineral in the veins of the Coxey and Novelty claims on the west slope of Red mountain. Here, it is the massive, fine-grained variety. In the Novelty ore arsenopyrite with but little chal- copyrite is present, while in that from the Coxey arsenopyrite is almost absent and chalcopyrite rather abundant. The two claims are located on different parU of the same vein. Molyb- denite also occurs on the St. Elmo and Deer Park claims and is most abundant in the Giant ore, associated with arsenopyrite, pyrrhotite, a little chalcopyrite, and magnetite. It forma frequently along small fractures m the rock, and at the inter- sections of such fractures develops into masses, in some places • foot in diameter, of pure molybdenite. The pulp from samples of 3,000 tons of ore shipped, according to information furnished by Mr. R. Matah. ran 3 per cent in molybdenum (Mo). In a stope of the Jumbo mine, against the main mass of alkat-w syenite* the ore is rich in molybdenite. Mdybdeni:e is occasionally found in the Centre Star and War Eagle mines where it is very fine-grained and usually forms very thin layers along fracture planes. In the lower levels of the War Eagle mine it is inti- mately associated with free gold where the gangue is altered diorite porphyrite. MarcasUe {FtSt'. Iron 46- S, Sulphur 53-4 per cent). Mar- caaite is reported to occur in South Belt veins. ArsenopyrUe (FeAsS: Iron 343. Sulphur 19-7. Arsenic 40 per cent). Arsenopyrite occurs with sulphides as impreg- nations, stringers, or bunches in the country rocks and also occasionally as a constituent of the vein filling. In the stratified rocks of the South Belt and of Red mountain, it is disseminated in the same manner as the pyrite and by ite weathering helps to give the rusty colouring to the Mount Roberto formation. Where ver much arsenopyrite is present the gossan assumes a yellowish colour. In the Coxey-Novelty vein arsenopyrite is a 7f prominent mineral along with molybdenite and «omechalropyrite. Here it is a fine-grained matwive variety. In the South Belt cryiuU were found in the Deer Park vein showing the usual cr>mbinat>on of the brachydome j(Oll) and macrodome «(101) The arsenopyrite is nearly always cobaltiferous and some of it may approach danaite (FeCo) S, (FeCo) As in composition (4 to 10 per cent cobalt replacing iron of the arsenopyrite). An analysM of such a specimen gave the following resulu.* At 47-60 S 19-70 Fe 29-65 Co 305 Oxides. QuartM (Si Of- Silicon 467, Oxygen 53 3 per cent). Quart* occurs as a massive milky-white mineral in veins at the mines of the O. K. group. It carries free gold and some sulphides. TTie rocks near the main veins in all the mines are often highly siliafied and quartz stringers are found in the workings. It also occurs as blebs and masses in the sulphides of the ores Magnetite (ft,0«.- Ir n 724, Oxygen 27 6 per cent). Mas- sive magnetite showing good octahedral cleavage was found on the Sunset and Dr-r Park dumps in the South Belt. It is also spanngly a constituent of the Red Mountain ores. In thin sections it may frequently be seen in cbse association with pyrrhotite and chalcopyrite. It is also found in microscopic particles with the arsenopyrite-molybdenite ores of the Giant and Jumbo mines in which it in r me places adjoins or surrounds as a thin nm, arsenopyrite grai '.. It is also scattered through the minerals adjoining the .odes in isolated particles. Specimens from the Novelty and Coxev claims show rather large amounts of magnetite. LimonUe (2 Fe^.3 HtO: Iron 59 8, Oxygen 25-7, Water 14 -5 per c»a). Hydra .ed iron oxides, mosUy limonite, are found abundantly wherever the surface waters have had an opportun- ity to act. The rusty colour from which Red mountain derives Its name, is due to the alteration of disseminated sulphides to hmonite. Fissures where surface waters seep downward into •Ann. Rent. G«oL SufT.. Qm., IWJ. p. 13 a. 80 the ores, are filled with soft earthy limonite and the walls of the workings are covered with a thin coating of the mineral. In old drifts stalagmites of limonite are forming consisting of a hard brownish-black outer shell with a soft, earthy filling. Arsenate. ErythriU {CoiAs^^KiO: Arsenic Pmtoxide 38-4, Cobalt Protoxide 37-5, Water 24-1 per cent). Hydrous cobalt arsenate (cobalt bloom) forms as an earthy alteration product from cobalt- iferous minerals. It is found chiefly as a thin coating on pyrrho- tite or arsenopyrite. Bladed crystals have been reported from the Evening Star claim. On the exposed surfaces of danaite, the cobaltiferous arsenopyrite, a beautiful pink earthy encrusta- tion of erythrite, is in some places formed. Carbonates. i CalciU {CaCOf. Lime 56 0, Carbon Dioxide 44 per cent). Calcite is found in two varieties: a massive granular form filling fissures and as an impregnation in the rocks; and as fine crystals in vugs and open fissures. Some individuals are almost cubes with curved faces due to the development of vicinal planes (Plate XVIII). Their colours range between white and colour- less and most of the crystals arc transparent. The curved faces render measurement difficult, but they approach the rhom- bohedron e(Olll). These are often twinned with c(OOOl) as twinning plane. Other specimens show combinations of the base, rhombohedra, and scalenohedra. The scalenohedral faces are dull and striated while the other forms are bright and smooth. Measurements are not satisfactory but approximate an index (1232) for the scalenohedron which the cleavage shows to be a negative form. A doubtful series of faces gives the index 077S. Another specimen shows a combination of the basal pinacoid c(OOOl), a scalenohedron with curved and striated^ faces, possibly (1232), a rhombohedron corresponding to M(4041) and a series of rhombohedra the intermediate and best developed of which gives angles nearly agreeing with the index <»(0554). Thus the 81 IS.x'^^'fT* -"* = '^^^^' ^(°"*>' ♦(05M), M(4041). /(0221),>r(0775).1232(?) (Dana's symbols). JfatocAJte (CuCO,Cu (OH),: Cupric Oxide 7 19, Carbon DtoxuU 19-9, Water 8-2 per cent). Green copper carbonate is the common alteration product of the copper-bearing ores It forms coatings on cleavage planes and other openings, and col- ours the gouge in the upper portions of the fissures. It can be sera m the process of deposition wherever downward seeping surface-waters trickle into the mine workings. Azunte {2CuC0». Cu{OH)t: Cupric Oxide 69- 2, Carbon Dioxide 25-6, Water 5-2 per cent.) Blue carbonate of copper IS not so common but was observed in a small cavity in quartz at the O.K. mine. I I I Silicates. Wollastonite (CaSiOt: Lime 48-3, SUica 5 17 per cent). Wollastonite occurs as a white fibrous mineral in tiie altered rock of the Giant ore-body associated with pyroxene, arseno- pynte, and molybdenite. The optical properties of a greyish- bladed mineral from the War Eagle mine indicate tiiat it should be referred to this species. ActinoHu (Ca (MgFe), SiA,). Actinolite occurs in a sample of ore from the 600-foot level of the LeRoi mine (Plate XIX A). It forms rosettes of silky-green needles between which chalcopy^ nte and pyrrhotite have been deposited. Also in a small cavity m monzonite from the City of Spokane tunnel and in the lower levels of the War Eagle mine, small dark green radiating needles of actmolite occur. It is an associate of the chalcopyrite ore of the Deer Park mine and in general seems to be ratiier frequenUy developed as a secondary mineral near ore-bearing fissures Garnet (CatFct (Si0i)i: Lime 33 0, Iron Sesquioxide 31 5 SUtca 35 -5 per cent). Massive reddish-brown garnet occurs in the ores occasionally and in vugs small deep-red crystals are some- times found, as for instance in No. 895 stope of die LeRoi mine. The usual form is the trapezohedron and occasionally well formed dodecahedra and icositetrahedra. In the ore die garnet is generally associated with pyrrhotite and chalcopyrite, which :1 l! :i i 'i 82 also occur in fractures in the garnet, and with quartz. In slightly altered country rock it is sometimes found with quartz, seriate, and rarely epidote, as in the granitic rock of the 1350-foot level of the LeRoi mine and Josie 900-foot level east. Deep red-garnet crystals occur in the hanging-wall of the LeRoi No. 1086 stope (Tregear shoot). Epidote (HCa, (AlFe)» Si,Ou). Epidote is a frequent secondary product of rock alteration and is found in fissures and irregular masses in all formations, but more especially in the older granitic rocks. In the deeper levels the rocks sometimes exhibit a faint banding that seems to be due in part to the presence of epidote along certain zones. Prehnile {HtCotAk {SiOi)*: Lime 27 t, Alumina 24-3, Silica 43 7, Water 4 4 per cent). A large specimen of prehnite from a drusy cavity in No. 3 tunnel of the War Eagle mine w^' collected and presented to the Geological Survey by Supenii tendent M. E. Purcell of the Centre Star mine (Plate XX). Mr. Eugene Poitevin of the Mineralogical Division jrts as follows concerning the specimen: "Definite crystals »_e not found on the specimen observed. The mineral has a tendency to appear in translucent, coralloidal structure, olive green in colour, fading into white on exposure. Minute isometric crystals of iron pyrite are disseminated on the prehnite." Tourmaline (Complex Borosilicate). Rather rarely slender black prisms of tourmaline form in association with the vein fillings. ApophyUiU {H-,KCai{SiOt) t+4\ HtO: Potash 5-2, Lime 25-0, Silica 53-7, Water 16- 1 per cent). Apophyllite is one of the most common of the crystallized minerals in the vugs and the open fissures. Crystals of three different habits have been noted. (o) Crystals from 12 to 25 mm. in ler ♦h of the type com- mon in apophyllite consisting of the almost cubic form of the prism and basal pinacoid. The comers are usually modified by the unit pyramid. The colour of this variety is white with a pearly lustre. (b) The second type has the prism relatively elongated parallel to the c-axis and the pyramid developed to the exclusion of the basal pinacoid. The colour is a faint pins. 83 (c) The third type ia flat tabular. The prism is only slightly developed and unstriated. The base and unit pyramid are the prominent forms. The crystals are aggregated either in parallel groups with the basal faces in contact or in radiating growths (Plate XXI). The colour is pink. Apophyllite of the first type with crystals one-fifth of an inch in diameter forms an incrustation on brecciated vein matter on the 1200-foot level of the Centre Star mine. Crystals from the second level approach the second type, but still retain a small basal pinacoid. Two specimens were examined by Mr. Eugene Poitevin who reports, "one exhibits a rose-red tint while the other is white or colourless. Both are transparent and possess a pearly lustre on the base c(OOl). In general most of the crystal faces are corroded giving indefinite reflections. The cube and the pyramidal-like crystals showing the forms a(lOO), c(OOl) and p (HI) are the dominating habits of the rose- red variety. The usual short square crystals with the prism o(lOO), the base c(OOl) and the pyramids p(lll) are characteristic of the white colourless apophyllite." GmeUniU {In part (NotCa) AhSitOu+6H^) and NatrolUe (NotAltSi^io+ZHtO) have also been reported.* LaumontUe {HtCa AkSuOu+2H^). This mineral is also commonly found among the minerals of the vugs. It forms delicate needle-like crystals showing the unit prism terminated by the orthodome e(201). When first obtained the crystals of laumontite are bright ai-i transparent, but on exposure to surface conditions they Iv « water and soon become white and opaque and finally disintegrate. Chabazite ( (CaNot) AltSuOit+6H^). Chabazite occurs under the same conditions and in association with laumontite. It forms almost cubic rhombohedra :ne-thiid of an inch in dia- meter and often forms penetration twins. The variety is white with a delicate pearly lustre. GrUnerite ( {Na^Ca) i4/,5»«0„-f tf H,0). Griinerite has been reported to occur as reddish-white well-formed translucent ' Geol. Sort., C«n. Ann. riept.. Vol. XII, 1899. p. 21 R. 84 crystab of rhombdiedral habit occurring in the War Eagle worldngB.' Muscovite ((HK) AlSiOi). Muscovite is common as an alteration product and a constituent of the zone of secondary minerals developed by the ore solutions. It is most frequently formed at the expense of feldspar, but is not wholly confined to such alteration. It occurs in some places in large plates but more frequently in small seriate scales. BiotUe ( (HKh (MgFe)^ {AlFe), SuOu). Biotite or black mica is aiso produced rather commonly in the neighbourhood of the ores as a secondary product in the alteration of the country rock, during the we-forming processes. This formation of biotite in the country rock by mineralizing agents is rather unique, being characteristic of dynamic metamorphism rather than of ordinary mineralization as noted by Lindgren.* Here, however, its formation takes place ir the vein and wall rocks, in the same way as, and accompanying the formation of, the sulphide minerals of the ore, and seems to be due to the .^action of the mineralizing agent' i the minerals of the country rock. The coloured cop- .ents such as pyroxene and hornblende are usually the nrst to alter to biotite, but the feldspathic and oth?r minerals are also replaced by it. Its formation is not confined to any one country rock, but like the ores, it takes place in all, even in the siliceous stratified rocks, which become biotitized to resemble the extreme alteration products of the porphyrites and monzonite. The biotite generally develops in very small, usually microscopic flakes, associated with quartz, hornblende, chlorite, etc. The sulphides, where extensively developed, give the rock a reddish-brown colour and these along with silicified layers yield a very fine-grained banded, stratified- like material. Chlorite (SiUcate of Aluminum mth Ferrous Iron and Mag- nesium and ChemiaUy Combined Water). This mineral is found in large amounts as a secondary product in relationship similar to muscovite and biotite. The chlorite most frequently forms fro'" the dark cok)ured constituents of the original rocks. 'Ann. Kept. Cm' Sur.. Cu.. 1«99. p. 2 R. • Tniu. Am. InU., Mining Engincera, 1900, p. 69. 85 Serpentine (HtMgtSiiOi). Impure serpentine forms a rock type exposed at various places near Rossland. An outcrop is found on the Great Northern railway near the O. K. mine. It is probably a product of the alteration of a pyroxenite or similar basic rock. Serpentine is also common in fissures and along fault surfaces. Sulphate. EpsomiU (MgSOi 7H,0). A silky hair-like incrustetion frequently covers the walls of the warm drier workings. In undisturbed places these crystab often reach a length of 1 to IJ inches usually in curved forms. The substance examined consisted almost entirely of magnesium sulphate. A small amount of alumina was present and may represent a slight admixtiu« of aluminum sulphates. ORIGIN OF ORE DEPOSITS. The ore deposits must be either primary, formed at the same time as the country rock, or secondary, formed at a later period. They must be either of igneous origin or ot » origin. Each of these possibilities has fotmd advocates. Largei> from the mineralogical resemblance between these ores and the Sudbury copper-nickel ores and from the fact that an important country rock in both cases is a rather basic igneous rock, it has been urged that the Rossland deposits have been formed by the segregation, at particular points, of the basic constituents, such as sulphides, of the country rock while it was yet in a molten condition. In that case the deposits would be primary (con- temporaneous) or syngenetic. Few who have personally ex- amined the Rossland deposits will maintain this theory, for it is absolutely negatived by all the facts that are known regarding the mode of occurrence of the ores. From the way in which the ore occurs in veins and lodes, along fractures or bands of fract«irp«!. and replacing che minerals of various country rocks, it is evident that the deposits are secondary (epigenetic), that is, formed after the country rock through the agency of aqueous, mineral-laden solutions closely connected with igneous activity. ' i ] * ! I I !■! H 96 An additional proof of this origin of the ores is afforded by an examination of microscopic sections of the ore which show the secondary origin of all the ore minerals, and the gradual re- placement of the original components of the rocks by them. The ore deposits of Rossland, then, may be classifi^ as epigenetic replacement deposits along shear or sheeted fissure zones. That is, the sheared and brecdated country rock along such fissure zones has been slowly transformed into ore through the action of hot, alkaline, aqueous solutions and gases ascending from below under conditions of high temperature and pressure » The ores as indicated by their coarse eutectic texture* and the min- erals present have been deposited in the deep-vein zone» but under conditions approaching that of the contact metamorphic zont. The transformation of the minerals of the shear zone into others of different chemical composition was effected by practi- cally simultaneous (or concomitant) solution and precipitation or in one word 'replacement' (metasomatism). In such a pro- cess the reactions take place in part in rigid rocks of the ana- morphic zone* where the new minerals are forced to make room for themselves by solution of the host minerals: in that case, the volume of the replacing minerals would equal that of the minerals replaced and no spaces of solution would be left. The force of crystallization would be of no direct influence, but solution would prevail at places of maximum pressure and deposition at those of minimum pressure. Exceptional supplies of heat contributed by igneous intrusion probably carry such reactions of the so-called anamorphic zone close to the surface. The conclusion that the direction of movement of the ore transporting agents was upward, is corroborated by the manner h»v« oytuUixeJ limiUtaneoSSy. '"""•^V intergrown. It tbowi that the mineral! DD 6ni« ^°"°<»* "A G«netic Clatpification of Minenli": : Econ. Geol. Vd. Ill, No. 7. |The Relation of Ore Depottion to Pbyiical Conditioai": Econ. GeoL, pp. «1|.«27. . W. Lindgren. • Vol. II. pp. lOJ-127. 87 in which the vdns branch and terminate upward, as well as by the way the ore in places is found concentrated along the foot- waU or underside of dykes and tongues. The ascending waters were probably propelled by the expansive force of the gases Furthermore it was observed in the Josie mine that the augit^ of the augice porphyrite was the last mineral to be replaced bv «hca (Plate XV A). If the waters had been descending surfaci instead of ascending waters the reverse would have been the case for such downward penetrating waters, charged with more or les^ carbon dionde. would at ordinary temperatures gradually k- oompose the silicates particularly the pyroxene, amphibole, biotite, and the calcium feldspars; the alkaUc feldspars woulH be more slowly attacked. The source of the mineralizing solutions is a matter for much speculation. Brock discusses this question as follows:* "All waters that circulate underground are chemical agents and are more or less efficient as vein-producers. They may be waters from the surface or meteoric waters descending through small fractures or cavities in the rocks and dissolving mineral matter from the rocks through which they pass, to deposit this matenal m major fractures, performing theirwork as theydescend Or they may be meteoric waters that have travelled a long dis- tance below the surface and have acquired a high temperature m the depths to which they have reached, and on reascending on much the same principle as the water circulates in an ordinary heating system, they deposit the load of mineral matter they have acquired, in the highways used during their ascent Or again, they may be waters that have been buried in sediments laid down near some ancient shore line, that after long ages, are permitted to escape through the fracturing of the overiying sediments, now consolidated into rocks. Or again, they may be what 18 termed juvenile waters brought up in molten rock magma and given off by it during and after its irruption and consolidation, ascending to reach the earths surface for the first time. Such magmatic waters would be almost certain to be highly charged with mineral matter in solution." I UnpubUabcd muiucript of R. W. Brack. iii : II, , "1 ^ { !i ri! if ^Ji >3 1 ■■I-: 1 I n; "The tntrution of multen magma by heating up the rock* would in any caae greatly increase the efficiency of the under- ground waters, by raising their temperature, for on heating, water becomes a mudi more powerful solvent, and not only is the heated water able to attack and disserve more strongly, but it can ca-ry a heavier kMtd of mineral matter. These heated ascending waters on entering a region of diminished temperature and pressure, or meeting with cool currents from nearer the surface or other conditions favourable for precipitation, will deposit their load of mineral matter, often exchanging it for matoial which they can dissolve out of the country reck, in this way forming veins and replacement veins. That hot ascending water does carry up mineral matter in solution and is able to form mineral veins is shown by the hot-spring deposits and the formation of mineral veins by hot-spring waters now going on in Native's labora- tories."' The geological conditions in Roasland were favouraUe for the mineralizing action of underground waters. The orogenic distitrbances fissured the country rocks, thus affording highways for the waters to follow. The great intrusions of molten magma from time to time afforded heat to increase the efficiency of the waters to a maximum, and probably furnished the mineral matter, and mineralizing waters themselves. The latter prob- ability is well supported by the general character and relationship of the vein minerals, the country rock formations, and the inti- mate association of the veins with intnisive tongues of diorite porphyrite and granodiorite cupola stocks' of late Jurassic age. It seems safe to infer from the data at hand that the ore solutions were derived in large part from a deep-lying molten portion of a magma reservcir as 'after effects' of the intrusion of the Trail batholith. The diorite porphyrite tongues with which the ores are doeely related are thought to have originated > A. DMibrae, Mem. mr te tOtlou do (ennct Uicnnalci le Plombioci arec la Uooi metaUifcni. Ann. d. Mines. V. Scr.. Vol. XIII, pp. 227.?S«. H. MUler, Uber die Beiiefaungcn ZwMbm MincnlqueUeB and Eiisufen in nopOlchtn BOhmea und in Saduen. B. V. CotU't GuiMudien III, pp. 361-309. W. H. Weed, Minenl Vein FonnMion at Booldcr Hot Sci9ii«a Montana: 2lit Annual Kept. U. S. Gcol. Surr.. 1900, Part 11, pp. 227-US and Ttana. AmTlaat.. M. B., Vol. XXX. • Since writinc tlila an article liaa appeared entitled "Relation of Ore Dcpoelt* to DiSe^nt Typea of intnuiTe Bodice" by B.S. Butler, who in refarinc to Utah depoeiu natea: "The ore desoeita aeeodated with the laccoUtha and deeper troncated atocki have been of com- paratirdy tlifht commercial Importance while aaodated with the apically-truncated itocki are depoeiu ol great value." Econ. r<«oI. Vol. X, No. 2 (191S), pp. 101-122. from the same source but repreaent the earliest tongue (aschistic dyke) intrusions accompanying the invasion of the granodiorite batholith. The tongues were probably injected under in' >n8e pressure into tension fractures which formed in the cover rocks due to batholithic doming and which they enlarged, whereas the ore solutions represent the later 'aftereffects* (solfatarism) of the same batholithic intrusion, having been forced into the younger shear zone and fissure fractures (due in large part to compreasional stretwes in the crust). The closing phases of periods of volcanism are generally marked by 'eruptive after actions' and periods of solfatarism. The water that existed in the solution which constituted the bathohthic magma, ..ould. when the magma crystallized or was irrupted into higher levels rf the outer crust, be liberated as tme of the moat volatile constituents, thus permitting its ascent to cooler levels. Much of the pyrite and quartz may have been denved from the granitic walls at great depths through chemical processes. The intensely altered condition of the Centre Star shear zone in depth is due probably to the high temperature and vigorous chemical activity of the gases and solutions passing upward. Such solutions had originally an abundance of hydro- pn sulphide and potash' and extracted sodium and calcium from the wall rocks as a result of their high temperature, adding sulphur to form pyrite, and potash to form biotite, thua becoming more alkaline on ascending to upper n^ons. In upper and cooler levels the gases would condense to liquid solution: precipitation would begin by reduction of pressure and temperature or by reactions with the adjoining rock minerals. Meteoric waters may have mingled with the magmatic and this ^am would cause deposition; ultimately the still warm waters may have issued as ascending springs at the surface. That there was more than one period of mineralization in Rossland seems evident from the manner in which the gold values are distributed through the sulphide veins. The gold val- ues m some sulphide veins cease abruptly at the intersection of lamprophyre dykes or slip planes with the vein, whereas the sul- phide vein, too low grade to mine, continues uninterruptedly • See chemical uialyMf of freth and altered waU racb on pagta 205. 223. f W' t' ■i" , ii ,f. m if i f beyond the dyke. The dyke uppean to have played the part of an impervioua dam preventing the younger gold>bearing aolu- ti(Mu from circulating farther; consequently they have deposited their burden of precious meul in the continuous vein which is older than the dyke. It will be remembered that 10 to SO per cent of the total gold content in the ores is in the free state and that the high gold values in the Jumbo, Qant, Velvet, and Spitzee mines are closely associated with dykes of alkalic syetiite (pulaskite). It is inferred from the field data at hand that there were at least two periods of mineralization: in the first and main period there were magmatic emanations containing copper, sulphur, nickel, iron, goW, lead, silver, cobalt, antimony, and molyb- denum, following the intrusion of the Trail batholith (grano- diorite and monzonite) ; in the second period there were alkaline solutions conuining gold following the intrusion of the Coryell batholith (pulaskite). The metallic gold in the alkaline solu- tions may have been precipitated by the chalcopyrite* and molybdenite. Further it is inferred that during the first main period of mineralization some of the veins were fractured (fault 'K') and brecdated, and ore genetically similar to the first deposits was introduced in cross fractiuvs, or possibly fault 'K' antedates the time of ore deposition and represents a north and south channel. Such mineralized faults ar d cross fractures are particularly prominent in the augite porphy.ite zone wedged between the War Eagle monzonite mass and the Centre Star embayment of the same rock mass, and exposed in the workings of the War Eagle and Iron Mask mines. F- jm an examination of the structural relations of the different formational units to the fissure veins and ore shoots and noting the manner in which the veins follow for long stretches formational contacts with the richest ore shoots on such contacts, it is inferred that the fissures and shear zones were in large part controlled in their development by the Mesozoic formational contacts. The firm homogeneous augite porphyrite of the bath- olithic cover, where reinforced and ribbed by the steeply-dip- ping cupola stocks and tongues of granodiorite and diorite > Boon. GcoL I (1906) Stoka (H. N.) p. 650. ft porphyrite, haa been the most favourable ground for persiatent fianire veina. The comprcMbnal atretaes aet up in the cruat found auch contacta linea of weakneaa for fiaauring and formation of ahear zonea. Naturally, the fiaaurea did not follow the exact contacu the whole way but traveraed independently the rocka of both formationa. The character of the ore whether high in copper or gold, or bcth, aa well aa the aize and ahape of the ore ahoota, appeara to be largely dependent upon the kind of country- rock formation and ita varying auaceptibility to fisauring and replacement. The Roaaland ore depoaita reaemble in many ret>pect8 the well-known copper depoaits at Namaqualand, Cape Colony, South Africa, which have been in operation atnce 1852. The ore ia chalcopyrite, pyrrhotite, and bomite muted with diorite. The ore from aome of the ahoota averagea 21 per cent copper (Ookiep depoeit), othera average 6-90 per cent (Nababiep de- poait), while on some propertiea it ia moetly pyrrhotite and low in copoer. The ore-bodiea form lenticular maaaea (replacement depoaita) in diorite dykea. The diorite dykea have a general northeaat course and are intruaive into gneisa and achist whone banda run east and weat and dip at a low angle aouthward. The ore-bearing fractures follow the diorite dykea having the same strike and dip. The dionte ordinarily carries traces of copper, aa ahown by the green-staiaed outcrop, but the workable ore ahoota appear to be formed at pointa where the dyke is crossed by barren northweat fiaaures extending acrosa the gneiss. The low eastward dip of the elongated lenses of ore seems to conform to the intersection of the dykes and the gently dipping gneisses. The Nababiep ore-body is a very large one, but the ore occurs scattered through the diorite.* The Rossland deposits also possess some structural features in common with those described at Butte, Montana. There the ore-bearing fissure veins cut granite and appear to be closely connected with dykes of quartz porphyry (diorite porphyrite in the case of Rossland) whose trend and dip correspond in a gener- al way to the trend and dip of the veins. Sales states that: "The principal part played by the quartz porphyry haa apparent- '••Tht Copper If tact eformation at close of the Palcocoic. Triassic erosion and intr;t,ior l' augite ^lorphyrite. Jurassic mountain-making revolution, intrusion of Trail batholith and allied injections, extrusion of lavas and tuffs, intrusion of lomprophyric dykes. First main period of minercl^ion. Replacement by sul- phides along fissure and shear zones formed chiefly in the cover rocks of the Trail bathoUth and along forma- tional contacta. Cretaceous erosion cycle and removal of probably several thousand feet of cover rocks of batholith bringing possibly the upper extensions of some of the present veins close to the surface. Land surface brought down to one of low relief. > BuU. An. IBM. UlB. Bnf.. No. W. Angaat 1913, pp. 1S2J-IU1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. Laramkle mounuin-nuldng revolution and re-elevation of Columbia range. FattUing of ttitu. Eotm eroMon and continenul tedimenution. Sophie and &^ke Mountain conglomerate. Oligocene (?) deformatiMi. intrution of porpkyritie man' MonUt stocks and lampropkyrr dykes; eroaion interval. Miocene vulcaniam. Intrusion of Coryell batholith and pulaildte porphyry dykc«; intrusion of lamprophyric dykes. Second main period of mineraUmUion. Secondary enrich- ment by ascending alkaline solutions containing free gold. Intrusion of Sheppard alkalic g'-anite stocks and dykes. Block faulting and intrusion cf youngest lampropkyres. Pliocene erosion cycle. Production of present mature to late mature upland topography and removal of upward extensions of veins in upthrust fault block or 'horst.' Late Pliocene uplift and erosion of deep valleys. Pleistocene glaciation: removal of possible oxidation tone of deposits: accumulation of morainic material. Recent vieatkering and oxidation. 94 i [| 11 ^1 if ill' mi CHAPTER IV. DESCRIPTION OF MINES-NORTH BELT. INTRODUCTION. There are two main mineralized belts in the Rossland dis- trict known as the North and South belts respectively The North belt is by far the most important and embraces the pro- perties situated on Red, Monte Christo, Columbia-Kootenay. and O. K. mountams, thus including the Centre Star-War Eagle LeRoi, and URoi No. 2 groups of producing mi.ies. The South belt embraces mineralized land stretching from Lake mountain south of Rossland and Trail creek, to Deer Park mountain. This belt 18 still in the prospect stage of development and the ore- bodies with the exception of the Crown Point and Deer Park have not yet been proved to be of large size although some of the fissures (dominantly east and west in strike) are very persistent and the ore of fair value. The ores differ from those of the North belt in the paucity of pyrrhotite and in the presence of much pynte and arsenopyrite with some zinc blende, galena, and stib- mte, whereas the silver values run higher than the gold. The accompanying claim map (Figure 13) indicates the position of the different claims and properties in both the North and South belts. MINES OF THE CONSOLIDATED MINING AND SMELT- ING COMPANY OF CANADA. The Consolidated Mining and Smelting Company of Canada was formed in 1905 and has a capitalization of $7,500,000 shares $100 par, issued $5,805,200. The company took over the following properties, either by direct ownership or by stock control: War Eagle Consolidated Mining and Development Company, Limited; Centre Star ^•ining Company; St. Eugene Consolidated Mining Company; the Rossland Power Company ill (^nh^^tt aJ SurMf^y C^ '«01, p. 361. ■■I IM 96 unfavourable nature of the ore-zone ground which is traversed in many places by lime seams rendering the walls to the stopes difficult to support. Local red fir and tamarack with some spruce and cedar are used in timbering'. Centre Star-Wap. Eagle Group. The Rossland mines which are operated by the Canadian Consolidated Company will be described under the two main groupings of Centre Star-War Eagle and LeRoi groups. The following claims which are all situated on the lower slopes of Red and Monte Christo mountains are included in this group: Centre Star, War Eagle, Iron Mask, Mugwump, Idaho, Enterprise, Virginia, Red Mountain, Stewart Fraction, Pilgrim, City of Spokane, Iron Horse, Monte Christo, Butte Fraction, Lulla Fraction, Mabel, Paul Boy, Eddie J., and Annie E. The workings on the main claims in this group are at present con- nected by drifts and crosscuts and are being worked from the Centre Star shaft. The history and development of the princi- pal properties may be referred to under that heading in the intro- ductory chapter (Chapter I, Part I). Location. The mines are situated on the southeastern slope of Red mountain overlooking to the south and east the town of Rossland and Trail Creek valley. They adjoin the LeRoi and LeRoi No. 2 groups on the west. Production. According to the last annual report (September 30, 1914) of the Consolidated Mining and Smelting Company the total production of the Centre Star- War Eagle group since 1894 to date amounts to 2,206,343 tons of ore, containing 1,107,405 ounces of gold, 1,082,499 ounces of silver, and 36,065,200 pounds of co pper, the gross value being $28,629,137. -__if°X •P«'«« o* detractive funal bdonging to the loien Ttamtia and Pdypcm mn 5^.'°„.^ PS".^" j^ ^youB oTthe GeoloEical Survey. To keep U>e algoid ^^mofS* fuMui out of the timben and thua pievent rot it has been lutceated to treat then with ialt •oluUon or creo«Jte. Summary Report Geol. Surv.. Can., tSOTpp. 187-188. 97 Equipment and Ore Handling. The mine is equipped with eight electric locomotives, hauling two-ton side-dumping care to the underground ore pockets of the Centre Star shaft. The ore jckets are on the hanging- wall side of the shaft, two on each level one directly behind the other, the front bin of 70 tons capacity, being for waste, and the 150-ton back bin for ore. The Centre Star mine has a Mac- Dougall 200-gallon electric centrifugal turbine pump on the 4th level, one Aldrich 180-gallon quintuplex electric on the 6th, one No. 5 Cameron sinker on the 8th, one No. 7 Cameron sinker on the 12th, and a 10 X 7 X 5 Knowles sinker on both the 14th and 16th levels. The mines are equipped with electric signals throughout. The old surface plant of the War Eagle mine which included an 1,100-foot incline tram, having a 300-foot drop down to the railway ore bins, was dismantled some yeare ago. To June 1913 the 1,500-foot three compartment War Eagle shaft sunk at 50 degrees was used for handling men and supplies. In con- nexion with the latter was a 300 horse-power geare ' hoist, run by compressed air which was reheated before using. The head works and engine room were destroyed by fire in June, 1913. "Tie old shaft from the level of the No. 3 War Eagle tunnel, where a small hoist has been installed, is now used for handling timber and tools down to the 9th level. All the ore from the Centre Star group is hoisted through a 2,200-foot three-compartment shaft (27^ X6 feet clear of outside timbers), sunk at about 68 degrees with 16 levek opened at inter- vals of from 125 to 1 75 feet. This shaft is che deepest in Canada. The manner of handling and sorting ore at the Centre Star mines has been described by Superintendent M. E. Purcell who states: "Ore is hoisted from the mine in 4}-ton self-dumping skips, and is dumped over a grizzly, the bare of which are spaced li inches, the fines going into the fine ore bin and the middlings into another bin. Directly under the large bin containing the overeize, there is a 24 by 36 inch Parrel crusher with jaws set to a 4-inch opening. The coarse ore from the bins above feeds by gravitation to the rock crusher, and the fines, resulting from the ii I Li il : El 1 i: 1 !' crushing operations, goes into the fine ore bins, and the coarse ore into the same bin as the middlings. The ore is now reduced to two classes, viz., fine and coarse, and is in separate bins. At the mouth jf each bin is a chute filled with . rack and pinion ore-bin gate. Below each gate is a shaking apron. The ore descending from the bins is fed by the shaking apron on to a Hnkbelt steel conveyer, 58 feet from centre to centre. The belt for the coarse ore is 4 feet wide over all, and the fine ore belt 30 inches wide. These two conveyers dump the ore on two other conveyers of similar size and pattern and 302 feet 6 inches in length between centres. These long belts take the ore up at an angle of 10 degrees into the ore-sorting room, through which they travel horizontally, carrying an average load of 90 to 100 tons per hour. The load can be increased to 150 tons in an emergency. In the ore-sorting room, which is 50 feet long and is well lighted and heated, men placed on both sides of the coarse- ore belt sort out the barren rock, bits of wood and steel by hand, and drop this refuse into chutes conveniently arranged, through which it descends into the waste bins below. The waste from the bins is sampled daily, as a check on the material thrown away, and special samples are taken occasionally from each waste-bin as an individual check on the ore-sorters. The sorted ore, after passing the sorting-room, goes over a sampling mill, and a Vezin sampler cuts out a sample. The ore in going over the sampling mill falls irto a bin situated over the west end of the main ore-bins at th t railway track. From this bin there is a bucket conveyer, i/5 feet between centres, that distributes the ore into the various bins ready for loading into the railway cars. The regular ore train running between Rossland and Smelter Junction consists of twelve 50-ton cars. In loading, the engine spots the cars under the bins; in this manner the entire train, containing approximately 600 tons of ore, is loaded in from 20 to 30 minutes. In the head-works there are also special ore-bins which may be used in connexion with, or independent of, the regular ore-bins whenever it is desirable to sample a special lot of ore from any level, or any particular working place in the mine." 99 The Centre Star engine house has an l.lOO-horae power 28X60 inch Nordberg hoist, with two 10-foot drums of S-foot face. These are good for a 10-ton load to a depth of 3,000 feet and a speed of 2,000 feet per minute. They use a l}-inch plow- steel hoisting rope. There is also a 500-horse-power 14X18 inch Wellman-Seaver-Morgan geared auxiliary hoist which it used for the lowering and hoisting of men. The main hoist takes skips 10 feet in height, boxed on 3 sides and open in front, having hinged bottoms. When hoisting ore the l>ottoms are turned back and 4i-ton skips are swung under to form a double skip. The buildings at the Centre Star-War Eaglt group include a large carpenter shop, a well equipped smithy, and a good machine shop for doing all ordinary repairing. These are all conveniently placed with respect to the collar of the Centre Star shaft and the portal of No. 3 tunnel of the War Eagle mine. Power. Electric power is u&ed extensively, the mine taking current at 20,000 volts from the Bonnington Falls plant of the West Kootenay Power and Light Company, 35 miles distant. The current is stepped down at the mine to 2,000 volu for distribution and use. The compressor room has a 120-kilowatt direct current generator, driven by an alternating current motor, supplying current at 250 volts for the electric motors on the surface and underground, and for lighting purposes. The Centre Star plant has two 40-driU compressors, one a Canadian-Rand Corliss duplex compound two-stage compres- sor, with 22-inch and 40-inch steam cylinders and 48-inch stroke, and with 28 X 32-inch air cylinders. The steam cylinders have been dispensed with and the compressor is rope driven by a 650- horse-power Westinghouse induction motor. The other com- pressor is a hybrid, built over from an Ingersoll straight-line with a duplex machine having two Canadian Rand cylinders, rope-driven, by a 600-horse-power Canadian Westinghouse sjoichronous motor. These two compressors supply the air for all the drills, the hoists at the War Eagle and LeRoi shafts, the 200-horse-power hoist at the winze on the 11th level of the War Eagle, and all the pumps except the electric ones. § i ii I i! too General Devdofiment. The total amount of development work underground in the Centre Star-War Eagle group of mines up to September 30, 1914, was 185,434 • 5 feet or 35 • 12 miles. During the facal year ending September 30, 1914, 11.824-5 feet of drifting and cnwKutting, 1,1085 feet of raising, 2490 feet of sinking, and 10,479- 1 feet of diamond drilling were done in the Centre Star-War Eagle group.' Costs. The following are costs for the year ending September 30, 1913, at the Centre Star- War Eagle mine.— Drift, and croMCUt. $16. 68 per foot. «5^ 37 . 60 per foot. fc«..::;;,::::;:::::::;::::::::::1;ifpste |3fc».v..:::;;::;:::::;;:::::;:::::;;: U\W.'Z'J^ ^''P'"' 2.86 Sr ton rfiipSd. CharaxUr of the Ore. The ore fri- n the different mines of the Centre Star-War Eagle group, which consists of an intimate r ixture of pyrrhotite, pyrite, and chalcopyrite in altered country-rock, varies a great deal in its gold, silver, and copper content from place to place. The ore from the Centre Star claim itself would perhaps average 0-6 per cent copper, 0-3 ounces in silver, and $7 to $10 in gold per ton. The War E^gle and URoi ore averages higher than the Centre Star, whereas the Iron Mask ore is about the samf gold and silver but runs higher in copper. The more siliceous ore from the lower levels of the group, which is closely associated with an intrusive tongue of diorite porphyr;te and in many places represents the latter replaced, carries higher gold values than that of the upper levels which represents chiefly replaced augite porphyrite. The ore enclosed in monzonite and at great distances from the porphyrite is as a rule low grade in character although local enrichments have been found. •Annul Report Coonlidated Mlntng ud Suwlting Compuy, 1914. 101 Geolopcal Structure. The vein* in the Centre Sur group which conUin the ore- bodies may be divided into two definite tystems which have different trends (Figure 6). One system may for convenience be called the Centre Star, with general east and west trend, and the other, the War Eagle system, with northwest and southeast trend. The Centre Stor system includes the main Centre Sur vein which strikes through the Idaho and Enterprise claims, the Centre Star North vein, the Iron Mask North vein, and the Josie-Poorman vein; the War Eagle system includes the War Eagle vein with its parallel hanging-wall branches. The ore shoots, as mentioned in the preceding chapter, occur in moat cases along steeply dipping contacts. The main ore-produdng contacts are between diorite porphyrite and au- gite porphyrite, and also between monzonite and the por- phyrites. The size, shape, and pitch of the ore shoots in the Cen- tre Star and War Eagle mines are shown in the longitudinal sections (Figures 8, 14) along with the intricate dyke and fault systems. A transverse section through the War Eagle min*» (Map 1518 in pocket) illustrates the manner in which th' ore shoots have the tendency to become offset to the hanging-wall and indicates as well the structural relations of the ore shoots to the various country-rock formations. The ground in the vicinity of the boundary es between the War Eagle, Centre Stor, and Iron Mask claims, where the augite porphyrite is almost surrounded by intrusive monzonite, is characterized by numerous veins (eight at least) striking in vari- ous directions. This ground, which is much fractured and traversed by a series of north and south faults (viz N,0,Q, etc.), contoins many high-grade ore shoots, as for instance War Eagle 452M stope situated between the Poorman and Centre Star North veins and having ore running up to 12 per cent copper and $30 in gold per ton. This ore shoot has a hanging-wall of augite porphyrite and a foot-wall of diorite porphyrite and appears to terminate westward at a 20-foot spessartite dyke and fault Q. Fault Q also forms the west boundary of the 102 ii ' V. 103 rich No. 5S5A War Eagle stope now stoped up above the Centre Star 2nd level. The No«. 464A and 45 IM stopes on the Poor- man vein arc also high grade. The No«. 458A and 459A stopea on the War Eagle vein have stope lengths of over 80 feet and a pitch length of 100 feet averaging $24.40 in gold and 3 -6 per cent copper. On the Iron Mask 200-foot level which corresponds to the War Eagle 400.foot level the Iron Mask vein is cut off between the 250-and 200-foot levels by a south-dipping fault which is in turn cut by a north and south striking fault with steep dip to the east. This latter fault displaces horizon- tally the War Eagle. Centre North, and Iron Mask veins— the heave amounting to from 10 to 20 feet. Practically no values are derived from monzonite territory although the sul- phide veins are strong within it.' Iron Mask. The Iron Mask vein was opened up first by a shaft sunk on its outcrop, a narrow crevice thought to be the continuation of the Josie vein. The shaft went down vertically for 20 feet when the vein widened to the full width of the shaft and con- tained a fine high-grade ore that averaged 2-3 ounces in gold. This high-grade ore persisted to the 100-foot level which was opened up in 1896. In 1897, the Iron Mask shipped considerable ore, but then shipments were deferred by reason of the law-f^uit pending with the adjacent Centre Star mine over extra lateral rights. In 1898, 3,370 tons were shipped for which i72,600 net cash was received from the smelter. In 1899, 5,.' 78 tons were shipped with gross value of $70,268.87. In 1907 the Iron Mask was taken over by the Consolidated Mining and Smelting Company. The size and shape of the ore shoots on the Iron Mask Main, North, and South veins are shown in the accom- panying projections (Figures 15, 16).« Virginia. The Virginia claim, which was located by Joe Morris in July 1890, adjoins the Iron Mask to the east. In 1896, the claim was being developed by a short crosscut tunnel run in ■See Addenda, p. 252. 104 ■ii I 105 I .1 f i )^ "■ 106 to tap an ore-body exposed in a small shaft farther up the hill. Previous to 1898 the shaft was down 400 feet and 816 feet of drifting had been done. The plant then comprised a 13S-hor8e- power hoist, two No. 5 Cameron pumps, and power was supplied by the Monte Christo compressor. The main sulphide ore-body was 25 feet wide in a vein striking east and west and dipping steeply to the north, but It was not of sufficientiy good grade to ship. The country rock is entirely monzonite. Red Mountain. The Red Mountain claim which was located by Frank Hanna in April 1891, is situated north of the War Eagle an Pilgrim and west of the City of Spokane. Toward the west border of the claim is a shaft 20 feet deep and 350 feet east is a tunnel 85 feet in length which cut the vein 59 feet in from the portal. The vein outcrop which has an east and west strike and northeriy dip shows as much as 3 to 4 feet of low-grade pyrrhotite with some chalcopyrite in quartz and altetBd country, rock (augite porphyrite) gangue. In a small cut east of the tunnel there is from 3 to 16 inches of solid pyrrhotite dipping 60 degrees north. The country rocks are augite porphyrite, diorite porphyrite, and monzonite, the contact passing diagonally from the south- west to the northeast comer of the claim. City of Spokane. The City of Spokane claim, which was originally located by E. Haney and L. Corbin in May 1891, is situated in the saddle between Monte Christo and Red mountains, directly north of the Iron Mask and Virginia claims. The property was equipped in 1896 with an air compressor (3-drill 12 inch X 6 inch Rand), a 45-horse-power boiler, and employed 18 men. Heavy sulphide ore was first disclosed in a prospect shaft toward the east border ot the claim. The vein in which it was found had an east and west strike and northeriy dip. A tunnel was driven easterly from near the centre of the claim, just above the road. The tunnel was oflF the ore at the start but 85 feet in 107 encountered nearly 3 feet of solid pyrrhotite and iron pyrite, carrying, however, low copper and gold values. The country rock near the surface is entirely monzonite. The heavy sulphide follows the foot-wall side of a lamprophyre dyke, but on account of its low grade character has not been developed. Another small vein striking east and west is exposed in a prospect pit farther north on the claim. Ikon Hokse. The Iron Horse claim was located directly east of the Vir- ginia on the south slope of Monte Christo mountain by S. St. Onge in July 1890. On it is a vein carrying heavy but low-grade sulphides which strike east and west dipping to the north at an angle of 60 degrees. Two prospect shafts are present on the claim. One of these shafts is of two compartments. Another shaft is sunk vertically for 50 feet and to it a tunnel was driven 100 feet long which intersected the low grade sulphides. Twelve hundred feet of diamon-" drilling was done in 1896 on this pro- perty. A shipment of 37 tons of ore was made in 1908 to the Trail smelter. Iron Colt. Adjoining the Iron Horse to the east is the lion Colt claim which was located by Joe Michaud, Augi jt 6, 1890. The property has two tunnels No. 1 and No. 2; the former is 65 feet long and the latter with its portal on the Alberta claim and known as the Alberta tunnel is about 1,596 feet long. There are four open-cuts from 10 to 30 feet long and 5 to 10 feet deep and a 75-foot prospect shaft. Power was supplied by a 5-drill air-compressor plant. About 20 men were employed. At 30 feet down, the shaft is in 2 feet of solid sulphide ore and follows the foot-wall of the vein. No. 2 tunnel has a drift on the vein which is 3 to 35 feet wide. The vein, which is possibly the westward extension of the Columbia-Kootenay vein,i8 striking north 63 degrees east with steep dip to the north, and contains the characteristic Columbia-Kootenay ore, light grey in colour, close textured, and containing caldte seams with patches of - r^ 108 chalcopyrite scattered here and there. The Alberta tunnel is m monzonite, porphyritic monzonite, and pulaskite porphyry. The Iron Colt shaft is on the contact between the Mount Roberts formation west and monzonite east. The Mount Roberts sedimentaries here are striking north 20 degrees east with west- wardly dip of 60 degrees. Work on the Iron Colt was suspended January 18, 1898, but continued for a short time in 1899. Since December 1899 about 748 feet of drift and crosscut work has been done on the property, but without discovery of shipping ore. The tunnel on the Iron Colt was expected to develop the North Star ore-body at a depth of 400 feet. From the North Star property SO tons of mixed ore shipped to the Trail smelter m 1900 yielded returns of from $5.60 to $9.60 per ton. ; ! Monte Christo. The Monte Christo claim, which was located by S. St. Onge in August 1890, is situated on the west slope of Monte Christo mountain one mile north of Rossland. A vein with east and west course and dip 70 to 75 degrees north outcrops as a heavy iron capping through nearly die entire length of the claim. This was prospected by several open- cuts and a prospect shaft 60 feet deep which disclosed 8 to 12 feet of solid pyrrhotite. The old prospect shaft dips nortii at 75 degrees for the first 30 feet then becomes gradually flatter. The equipment of the mine, when in operation, consisted of one 15-horse-power hoist, one No. 6 Cameron pump, one 80- horse-power boiler and one 7-drill compressor, the latter two bemg mstalled near die creek 200 feet below tiie mine. About 20 men were employed. The upper or No. 1 tunnel (elevation 4,035 -18 feet A.T.) rtarts in a vein 2J feet wide witii a slight dip to die northeast. For about 75 feet the vein widens to the full width of the tunnel and steepens its dip to about 70 degrees. The ore is cut off by a vertical mica dyke and fault zone. The vein, which is well marked by a strong slip plane, was again encountered 210 feet m and drifted on for 300 feet to the face of the tunnel. Sixty feet back from the face, the vein, which varies in width from 2 if ' 109 feet to 2 inches, Is .aulted several feet. The large shoots of sulphides, mainly pyrrhotite, have proved valueless, assaying from traces to |2 or $3 in gold. The country rock is mon- zomte. In the main or No. 2 tunnel (elevation 3,918-21 feet A T ) the vein is present and carries a little higher gold and copper values. The face of the first crosscut to the south is in vein matter and a narrow stringer of vein rock appears 30 feet in on the second south crosscut where the vein is dipping 70 degrees north. It IS again encountered 70 feet west of the long north crosscut where the tunnel follows it for about 300 feet when the vein was lost in a zone of north and south trending dykes and faults. This level is connected with the No. 1 tunnel level by a raise which has heavy sulphides in it. A 10-inch str«ak of arsenopynte was found in ore on No. 2 tunnel level a few feet past the raise. The long north crosscut encountered two veins, one 220 feet in from the tunnel. This vein was drifted on for 60 feet. The other vein was cut 240 feet in and drifted on for VO feet. Ore from the latter vein assayed 0-79 ounces in gold. Beyond this point the ground is highly altered, dyked, and miner- zed and IS the northern extension of the same zone which cut "le mam vein to the south. The main country rock is mon- ^1 although the stratified rocks of the Mount Roberts for- ma, .i. appear as banded red and gr«en dense rocks whose contact with the granular monzonite lies beyond the extensive nuneralized zone near the northwest comer of the claim. The moMomte appears to overiie, laccolith-like, the Mount Roberts banded altered rock. It will be remembered that this same mass of monzonite was found to overiie in somewhat similar maimer the porphyrites and Mount Roberts formation in the War t^le mine (Map 1518 in pocket). Work on the Monte Christo was suspended in 1898, the total amount of development work being 5,050 feet (2,160 feet tunnelling, 300 feet shafting, 190 feet raising, and 2,400 feet of drifting). Buckeye. Adjoining the Monte Christo claim to the north is the Buckeye or Colonna claim on which is a tunnel (elevation 110 IIV ! i 4,045 -66 feet A.T.) driven on a narrow vein about 6 inches in width. Good copper values were found 120 feet in, south of a winze. A few feet farther east, however, the vein was lost in a fault zone. The country rock here is an altered rather coarse- grained monzonite. A vein 1} feet wide with east and west strike and dip of 70 degrees north was encountered 430 feet in, but not drifted on. What is probably this vein was crosscut from the face of the tunnel and found to be a couple of feet wide. Beyond the dykes and fault, the country rock is somewhat granitic (in places mineralized) and a granitic agglomerate similar to that at the end of the Monte Christo tunnel is present. The end of the Buckeye tunnel is in a fine-grained, grey, sedi- mentary rock (Mount Roberts formation) which dips about 30 degrees to the west. LeRoi Gboup. Location. The following claims are included in the LeRoi group- Le Roi>, Black Bear. LeRoi Star Fraction. Pack Train Fraction, md Abe Lincoln.* They adjoin to the west and soutii the claims of the Centre Star-War Eagle group (Plate XXIII A). The first four claims were acquired in 1911 by tiie Consolidated Mmmg and Smelting Company, from the LeRoi Mining Com- pany which had shipped since 1894 about 1,500,000 tons of ore with a gross value of over $20,000,000. Production. According to the 1914 annual report of the Consolidated Mining and Smelting Company the total production of the Le- Roi group from 1894 to date amounts to 1,682.237 tons of ore, containing 795,942 ounces of gold, 1,148,362 ounces of silver, and 46,451,012 pounds of copper, the gross value being $23,357,532. * ■ 35f LeR?!^" WM recorted by E. S. Topptiw. July 17 1«90. • Thl. property i. to the South sJt (ChaptiS'v^: pltiiiSStim m w 160. Ill Dioidenda. AM^^A ^^°' ''" ^^^ ^ **•* reputation of being a rich dmdend I«yng m.r._. Up to the time of the sale- of the prZ lS/i""M •• ''V° "^ ^"^"^ A'"'^"'=^ Corporation. tSZ SLyTlS? "'"''• *^'"^ °' *'''^'' ''^ paSTduring rfn-Jf'°'''r<5.*'*^ ^''' *•'*' "hipments *t^ temporarily cut ment work bemg done and to place development well in adva^S o it M Lrr^M °": J^' "*" """'^"y P^'d a dividTn" Deodopment and Equipment. built^'th^h™ •™"' n^ •! ^'"O-footfive^mpartment shaft 67^ 1? *^^''""8"'«-^»» «d«.of the Main vein at an incline of 67 12 . One compartment is used for pipes, manwav etc and two are used for hoisting men and suppli^ ?SSr tJ^' are not m use at present. The shaft ho^* is equippTStH hk^/S' . H If'.'' " "°' **•"« "'^- A smaller hoin sS; ro™ •""• ^"^" •'y compressed air from the CenSe hSt^r"^'' 'l"r.'" "^- *^^°"« to »899 the ore ^ ho«ted through a shaft situated 300 feet west of the east-end ILm I sto^^; r' ""^ °1** hanging-wall side of the ^dnTn ?J ^ t *^^ *° "-^^ "°'^''' *»''<=»» «'0Pe or dip after 60 tetto^'rSnS/^rr Tl '™'" '•'^ 350-foot level do^ to the AeSu T? rf "^^ '•'"^^ '^^™* "^"'y vertical. On the 9th level a tnple electric 7* X 15 inch StUlwell-Bierce-Smith- t^tS"r. '"x^ 250 gallons per minute to the Black TSear 6^ f^H . "° """"r P""'" °" ^•^^ "* »"d one on th" 1 , 650-foot level pump to the 9th level of thi Centt"sr'' °^ *^' i*^°' ™"^ "^ ~°"«^ '^th those oTthe Centre Star mme and practically all the ore from the Le- the itmer !• referred to "The CcSi)2 ifiSSbSk." 1906? rSS!"^ '^ Northport .adtS 112 11 I i I Roi group is hoisted through the Centre Star shaft and handled in the same manner as the ore from the Centre Star groups. Some of the ore from the 1.650.foot level is being hoisted through the LeRoi shaft and shipped from the Black Bear tunnel. The station of the Black Bear tunnel, which has its portal at the lower workings (including concentrating plant) beside the rail- way about 800 feet west, is 268 feet below the collar of the Le- Roi shaft. All the framing of timber, blacksmithing, and ma- chine repair work is done at the lower workings and the Black Bear tunnel is, therefore, utilized a great deal for handling sup- plies and men. The property has full mining equipment in- cluding a 20-drill compressor driven by induction motor, power drills, pumps, and other necessaries. The total amount of development underground up to September, 1914, in the LeRoi group of mines, was about 79,011 feet or 14-96 miles. During the year ending Septem- ber 30, 1914, 3,026-5 feet of drii. g and crosscutting, 220-5 feet of raising, 12.0feetof sinking, and 12,016-5 feet of diamond drilling were done in the LeRoi group. Costs. The following are costs for the year ending September 30, 1913, at the URoi miner- Drift, and crosKuti $16 6, per foot. 5^- • : ■: •.;,: 24.60 per foot. Diamond dniling 2.22 ^r foot. n^^Efn,;,.-; 3.23 per ton stoped. ^nt? 1.72 per ton .hfe ^"P"** 3 . 05 per ton *hip^. Composition of Ores. An average analysis of LeRoi ore shipped in 1914 is as follows : - FeO SiO, CaO MgO A1.0, Cu S Au Ag •^ « 6-5 30 U 13 6 0-34 0-17 An average assay of 1,800 tons of LeRoi second class ore shipped in 1896, ran 1-34 ounces of gold, 1-4 ounces of silver, ^•6 p er cent copper, or $27 . 97 per ton. ■ See page 97 for method of bandlini ore on the mirfBce. 113 Get^iical Structun. TTie geological structure of the LeRoi mine as well aa the Josie is much eaner to decipher than that of the Centre Star and War Eagle mines. This is largely due to the fact that the URoi IS farther away from the main mass of monzonite which was responsible for the intense alteration of the ore-bearing formations in its vicinity. An embayment, however, of the main mass extends nearly halfway across the LeRoi claim, appearing m plan as a hyperbola whose apex cuts off and forms the eastern termination of the ore shoots in the LeRoi South vein and whoM northern side forms the foot-wall to the Main and Miller ore shoots of the Main vein. The older ore-bearing formations of the LeRoi which the monzonite cuts off are augite porphyrite (the kindly' copper rock), diorite porphyrite and granodiorite (the kindly gold rocks). No Mount Roberts sedimentary formation was noted in the mine. Cupola stocks of granodiorite and tongues of diorite por- phyrite penetrate upward into the augite porphyrite roof rock from the underlying Trail bathoUth. The LeRoi veins with their included ore shoots are closely associated with such steeply dipping granitic intrusives. They are shown with their strike and dip in the accompanying plan (Map 1518 in pocket) and include the Main, North, Peyton, South, and Pack Train veins. All the veins, with the exception of the Peyton, have a general CMt and west (Centre Star) trend a. d a steep dip to the north which corresponds to the strike and dip of the contacts witii which the ore shoots are associated. The Peyton vein has a northwest and southeast trend corresponding to the War Eagle system. The Miller, Main (foot-wall monzonite). Mulligan (hanging-wall granodiorite), and Tregear (foot-wall granodiorite) ore sho-ts (Map 1518 in pocket) constitute one shear-zone vein with a strike of south 68 degrees west, while the Black Bear and Centre Star South vein, constitute another with strike of south 62 or 63 degrees west. The shapes and sizes of the ore shoots are indicated in the accompanying longitudinal pro- jections (Figures 17, 18, 19, and 20). 114 i 4'!) Intniaive into all the above formatioiu and veins are a tenet of north and louth striking mica and non-mica dykes which have prevailing westerly dtps. The lar^t dyke of aU to the Josie mica dyke (kersantite) along which a great fault has taken place. The Josie dyke fault dropped and heaved southward the veins and ore shoou which extended westward mint/i Wfthd' 800 ft /eve/ mtllevd i 050 ft level leOO ft lever 1350 ft level KSOftkvel^ 'tcMkal Sunn Cdntda uoe. Saltiffirt -i m It f Figure 17. Ungitudinal projection ol the main vein, URoi mine. RoMland, B.C. beyond the dyke. In the case of the Black Bear ore shoot the heave or horizontal displacement amounted to nearly 300 feet.» A granite porphyry dyke (Sheppard) which is in the foot- ^rau^of the Black Bear ore shoot east of the Jode dyke and follows >SMAddnda.p.2Sa. 115 I I ! OS i 116 the South vein right through into the Centre Star claim ww found to be faulted along with the ore and in the foot-wall of the faulted end of the Black Bear .hoot west of the dyke. There are njany other faults in the mine but none with considerable throw ■^'le veins west of the Jo«e dyke ate intruded and cut off for .. Itetance by an intni«ve stock ("the plug") of porphyntic iio/iaonite (See stereograms Map 1496 in pocket). *^^ ^ "* Figure 19. Longitudinal projection «"= *«« only two or 3 qH ''''^j°7 P^'f^t pita. About that time a tunnel (elevation J,v ^ t«> <^ N «j IT) t«i ^ »" '-' ooeeiddoeieie ieiei K^Min^r^r 0000 0600 ei 000 art »^ ee CO e — •^'^'^ — SoooSSS o"o"o"o"ddddddg»' « fn — ^t- ^ dd>Nddddddddd ■MMpnns ■nueanuniii 'OAnoidx^ So dd sssaa2ssss22 oddodddddddd S:£3§::SS33SSS oooooooooboo **3iiS3S3SSSS3 ooodddoooddd .•ss??^ •jnoqeq taajipui pa« vMJip psiiaius uo) jad' 1803 'aaSimp Suiiiauig doddddeiddeidd "•■OOl <-i»-d-^»"'-«"ddcddd ;.»2 Tt "3 "^ '* ■" o © -" •» t^ « *• ^ « t^ 11 <.• m t« 3> 00 ■>. o 9 •pajeajj uo) jad )so3 'Suiii;)^ -Supinaraojs puB Suayu ']ooj jad )t03 'SuiAug •» «„ ,».'^~'^5;0>c5oo *^ ^^ «.4 v4 O O ^^ "^ ^^ -)OOj jad )So3 'Suiiiup p.'ouieici Of jdag JIuipna jwj^ 0o^eot~S2S «>iear to affect it m the least. The accompanying longitudinal projection (Figure 21) of the mine shows the shape of the ore shooto and extent of development work as well as the dyking system present. Two carloads of ore were shipped prior to 1896 to the smelter to determine the value of the ore. One carioad from one part of the mine proved too low grade but the other was reported to average over ISO in gold per ton. Up to 1898 about 4,700 feet of developmen. -k, comprising drifts, crosscuts, raises, and wmzes had been done, of which 3,200 feet was work done during 1898. The property had at that time five adit tunneU Nos. 3, 4, 5, and 6 (Figure 21), all being advanced; the lower. No. 6 tunnel, is about 700 feet below the crest of the mountain and 400 feet above the bottom. ^ I 4' 129 In the tunnel the vein ii found to be very ttrawht «<»k :^^i^'T'""^- ^;--'"-<'thfromi;?e^cl«* ^.fn 7o« "~''y •°"*1 Pyrrhotite. The equipment of the I««or and 6-indi nam to connect with the tunnel. No •hipped th^ gro« value being $1,600. Development ^ .mounted toS.0S0feet.4.300feetofdriftingand750fmTJJ^; Forty men were employed at that time. In 1904. the R^*: Kootenay M.n.nK Company took over the property^^ Jamjary 1 to July 31. 1904, the work by the u^^Z>J^. averaged $11 per ton. In No. 6 tunnel the «Uphid«r^ w. J» a width of from a few inche. to one foot. Dyke, are nS JO numerous on thi« level a. on ,he upper level, and thT^l^ [h^ J/n .T ^ ""' mo.uoaite and porphvnte schist. In IrJ^ • fu "*' '" '''•^ '^ encountered a SO-foot ^inJmZ'to'il r ft'' "^ ^"^ "^"^ '»i'«-'i^ rocK similar to parts of the vein. Ro«Ld'^mi„r'.K°' "*•' Columbia-Kootenay mine, like othe- R^dand nun«^the persistence of the ore shoots depends alra, «^urely on geological structure and the most p^f5.M^ Z •hoot, are contact rfioots. It is rather significant tha. , .": z^ T"^ ""'" '"u*^ '''^^ '"S^« mi;:;,;:,,:-'^ along the monamite-porphyrite contact there is an -N, ,„. r ^!^^*!^^r'^ ^'^'^ ''^ ^^^ ^"^ ^«« which .r.;.^n. ally associated with the latter formation. t..nn?" ^r^^y « '>'«" opened up and developed b lo l tunnels and rawes so that mining costs would be low^ po^ . . not more than $2 per ton. pofc^. • othe^r tT'*' *^'. *••* Columbia-Kootenay mine, like the S?„L .^ "^P*?*" °'^«* ^y *he Ro«land-KootenaJ tention of the company to open up the mine shorUv and snenri from $50,000 to $100,000 on diamond drilC^d'^XrZj ii 130 MASCOT. The Mascot claim which adjoins the Cdumbia-Kootenay on the south and east (Figure 13) is not owned by the Rossland- Kootenay Mining Company, but on account of its proximity to the latter's property will be described here. There are three main formations outcropping on this claim, a porphyrite-chert group (Mount Roberts), a granitic rock probably granodiorite, and a porphyritic monzonite. The north- em half of the claim is in the porphyrite-chert group and the porphyritic monrnnite occurs as a boas-like mass towards the south of the claim intrusive into the granitic formation. There are three tunnels and several prospect shafts on the claim. The upper or No. 1 tunnel discloses a couple of feet of fairly solid ore which is chiefly magnetite with little chalcopyrite. The same vein is tapped by shaft No. 1 and by No. 2 tunnel. In shaft No. 3 is a 4- to 6-foot quartz vein carrying, it is said, good values. The No. 2 tunnel commences in faulted mineral- ized ground too severely altered to determine and cut by many •yenitic and mica dykes. On the south wall the massive pyr- rhotite displays pronounced spheroidal weathering. The country rock is an altered granitic type which extends to within 25 feet of winze No. 2 where the older chert commences. There is a pocket of ore at the contact of the two formations. The chert, which is the same banded rock typically developed at the White Bear and California, occurs at the first winze and is con- tinuous between the various dykes to the second winze. There are several feet of ore on the wall of the winze station (No. 3 winze) which comes in again in the crosscut just west of the sta- tion. The vein is 2 feet wide of solid sulphide in a quartz gangue. The syenite was found to conuin some chalcopyrite although the ore in the vein itself has very little of the copper sulphide. Some of the syenite dykes have porcelainous-chilled borders and contain inclusions of limestone, granite, and other rocks. A good example of mixed or composite dykes is found (Figure 10) in the south wall of the No. 2 tunnel on the Mascot claim. In No. 3 tunnel the cheru, where present, dip 60 degrees west, and here a syenite dyke displaying flow structure and a i: 131 /??'-"^? •'^""- '''=^cs,s.a2;?r^--''„™^«^e COMMANDER. ''^^ Commander claim is situated on the lower slooe of wide. The shaft followed a smooth wall for Tm. ^w «^ral tons of ore being uken outTn the Sli^; "^^S,^^^ pulasldte-porphyry dyke -t, Zu^. ^ pr^rty InTnoS! ^ll^^^rtvJL J^rr''''*^ •'^ * 60-horse-power boiler ana uie property had a 3^nllair compressor, two power machine. . olacksmith Aop, shaft hou«. and other buildi^ ' 132 (n CLIFF-CONSOLIDATED ST. ELMO MINE. The Cliff-Consolidated St. Elmo property is controlled by a local Rossland syndicate headed by Mr. L. A. Campbell. The Cliff claim, which is situated on the lower east slope of Red mountain one mile north of Rossland, was located in September, 1890, by Gay Ruder and has extra lateral rights. Immediately west of the Cliff the Consolidated St. Elmo claim was located in October of the same year (1890) by Will Springer. In 1904, the Cliff was worked for a short time and 1,517 tons shipped, but so far the ore has proved to be of such a grade as to leave only a small margin of profit. The average analysis of the ore shipped in 1904 was: Ag 0-7 ounces, Au 0-23 ounces, Cu 1-4 per cent, FeO 27 0, SiO, 30, AI,0, 12-8, CaO 7 0, S 130. In 1910 the Granby Consolidated Mining and Smelting Company acquired the property and did some diamond drilling. The equipment of the Cliff included a 3-drill Ingersoll- Sargeant compres«)r and a 35-horse-power boiler. On the Con- solidated St. Elmo there is a shaft 48 feet deep and a tunnel about 60 feet long which follows a slip plane along which is 5 feet of solid pyrrhotite and pyrite and some scattered chal- copyrite. Considerable sulphide ore is piled up near the shaft. There is a well-defined vein on this claim dipping from 60 to 70 degrees north which can be traced neariy the whde length of the daii" and is thought to be continuous through the St. ElmoCoMoiidated, St. Elmo, Mountain View, and the Monte Christo claMM. Much sufiace work has been done, but the surface ore, m a rule, carries only traces of gold. About the centre of the claim is a 45-foot shaft full of water, with several tons of ore at the top, and bek>w in the hillside several open-cuts akrng the vein from which there has been taken high grade ore. The ore-body was first encountered in a tunnel (No. 1 tunnel) 350 feet long, with 100 feet of crosscut. The first 90 feet was in solid ore of km-grade character ($8 to |9 per ton) and averaging 4 feet in width . A slip was then encountered which threw the ore 20 feet to the northwest where it continued for 65 feet, beyond which it is much broken and a small strin^r of ore 2 to 10 inches wide is found running t-as* and west. 133 -M ?"* *'"?*?"^ ""^ ***"*y ^^' '*»^^ down i. tunnel No 2' J^rrtJ""^""* on the «me vein which dip. 40 to 50 T^r : . ?** "^"^ "'^^^ " "*"•«>* and forked but becomes Th^K ^'°::i:'".^r'- '" ^ ^^* ^»>-« « ^ood copper oreXr wh ch 18 absent below. For 65 feet, the tunnel isall in^^rl^: grained pyrrhotite. 21 feet wide in place,, that as^yiT^ countered and then the on. shoot continued 90 feet farther bemg m places 12 feet wide but also low grade. The v^n pLclS down to about 3 feet 80 feet farther in and then the o" '^i^:2 to become d.ssemmated and lost in a zone of faults T^ t3el" rr f rr' ""^ '^^"^^ -- encounterejfn nI 2 ti,r oth K "* ''T '*" ^"^^"^y '° ^'''^^ ^J'- veins some- tim« to the hang.nK-wall and sometimes to the foot-wall. whereL Jheir'l!;^ ''"^' " '^^ ''^'^"«»' '"« -- -^•^o- d'isplacS No 2^lLr«r!'.^'^^'' *^ *" •*•"• '- 6^ ^~t -outh of No. 2 tunnel and follows a narroir vein not more than 3 or 4 feet mde with d.p o 43 d. grees north . The ore in the vZ\Z^nZ to a zone of faul,^ and dykes where it .s lost. Beyo^ t^XZ a small streak of ore appears near the face of tL tu^l c^ »«Ung of massive pyrrhotite with some chalcopyrito anT^ynTe verucal. On the surface the ore .n this vein is from 1 to 2 feet S^^er^ hT iT ^ r '"'^'^ "•*•' ^'^^ vein first mscwered if thf latter w the case and d^ first vein is the S^tTT" ^'^^--'^ vein the foot-^^ l^l un^e in dforh U ""^' ''expected that the two shoots would unite m depth. However. ^^ undoubted faulting has taken Srsl. ?'«""d,.t seems more probaWe that both belonTto the sanje vem which has been faulted. The country rock of ^'rtir^tS'^rTrr'''^' ''?'"**' ^'^ '™ ^' ^^^ portion of the Chff claim is underlain by di.>rite porphyrite and^a small exposure of diorite porphyrite outcrops STer up • laacce«ibl« in 1913 mi 1914 OB Mcount oi wMm. li the hill. The diorite porphyrite tongues appear to strike with the vein fissures and not as indicated on the geological map (Map 1002). The vein at the surface has both walls composed of augiie porphyrite. The presence, however, of diorite porphy. nte on the surface in the foot-wall country and the silidfied Character of the augite porphyrite in the neighbourhood of the vcm pomt towards the presence of this favourable formation m depth. An mtersection of the vein with diorite porphyrite in depth would be likely to bring in better values. SOUTHERN BELLE. .u^ «^''T'"*x>*l?f Cliff-Consolidated St. Elmo on the north » the bouthem Belle claim which has a small vein (one foot wide in places) with sulphide ore that runs as much as |20 per ton There IS a winze SO feet deep sunk on a 2-foot mineralized zone. Another prospect shaft is sunk on a pyrite vein 2 feet wide with strike of south 77 degrees west, and dip 80 degrees norji. Thu is the same vein disckMed in the lower tunnel and contains three bands of low grade pyrite 6 inches, 1 foot, and 2 inches m width respectively. The country rock is augite pmphyrite. ^ ST. ELMO. Adjoining the CoMolidatri St. Elmo to the west is the St. Elmo daun. Near the wert end of this daim is a large promment diff exposure of a very quartzose rock (Mourn Roberts formation)contaiBing pyrite, pyrrhotite, zinc blende, and a Uttle chalcopyrite, and deeply stained with red ittm oxides. Just east of this exposure is a 100-foot tunnel driven to the northwest in a fine-grained dioritic rock with much iron and copper pyritii disseminated through the mass. Nearer the east end is the main St. Elmo tunnd 225 feet long with a short crosscut. The tunnel is driven along an east and west wall from which sulphide ore con- fdlnini mmtt molybdenite, blende, and galena in caldte-ouartz feaiigue was exlractei T|m sine blende and pyrite appear to have crystalhzed simultaneously In the same vdnlet. The coun- 135 In 1908. 77 ton. of ore wer* diippS fim til S Lo n^^J^- to the Trail smelter. ^^^ property VIEW. MOUNTAIN VIEW, PEAK, SAM HAYES FRACTION. ?»»1 »« bd«, com™»c«l i„ 18% iX SI* r° ■ the adjoining Pftak and ^™ u , '" . ** ^"""> " well as i. I-.W irj.ls^,tu,X^^ ^si.'tr^r' to dttermtoe the e«ent of mtoerJtattLn ^ ^ ° ''°'" GOOD FRIDAY. 136 ■iita of about 950 feet of tunndling and shafting. In 1896 when the property waa being worked tunnelling cost about 116 per foot and diaft sinking $20 per foot. There are two short tun- nels near a group of cabins. The lower tunnel which is near the base of the hill shows no ore, only a granitic rock. The upper tun- nel is driven in a wide band of mineralized agglomerate similar to that on the Coxey claim. This band strikes in the direction of the Jumbo mine and contains pyrite, galena, and zinc blende. Some diorite porphyrite also outcrops on this property. NORTHERN BELLE. The Northern Belle claim is situated on Red mountain north of the St. Elmo and Peak claims. Two veins striking east and west are exposed on the property as well as a north and south striking vein which cuts the other two at right angles. The latter had been opened up between the east and west veins and was well marked. WHITE BEAR MINE. The White Bear claim is bounded on the north by the California property and on the east by the Black Bear claim of the LeRoi group. Previous to 1898 the length of the shaft was 250 feet. It was well timbered. The total drifting amounted to 400 feet. There were crosscuts at the 100 and 200-foot levels which showed from 7 to 10 feet of vein matter. The mine equipment then included a 60-horse-power boiler, a 20-horBe-power hoist, a 4-drill compressor, three Rand-drill machines, one station pump, and one No. 5 Cameron pump. Ten men were being employed. In 1899 the main shaft was sunk to 368 feet and drifting amounted to 750 feet. By 1902 development had reached the 900-foot level. The barren Mount Roberts formation had been sunk through at 500 feet and diorite porphyrite and ore encoun- tered. In 1904 the Consolidated White Bear Mining Company constructed an Elmore plant of larger dimensions than that of 137 the LeRoi No. 2 Company. This phnt included many labour saving devices. In May 1905 the mine closed down, but resumed operations again in March, 1906. In 1907, the company located an ore shoot just west of the porphyritic monzonite which was 12 feet wide, consisting of almost solid pyrrhotite and chalcopyrite running 1 to 1-5 per cent copper and S2 to $3 in gold per ton. The Consolidated White Bear Mining Company dosed down in the latter part of October, 1907, and has been idle ever since. The mine workings were inaccessible during the field season of 1913. The following is an extract of a paper by Mr. H. H. Yuill on the White Bear mine< which gives a good synopsis of the development work done to date on this property : "There has been a considerable amount of exploratory work done in trying to find the extensions of these [the LeRoi and Black Bear] veins. In 1902, when the present management took charge, a shaft had been sunk to 350 feet, and an aggregate of 1,000 feet of cross-cutting done on the 150-,200,- and 350-foot leveb. These workings were all in a formation (Mount Roberts formation] in which none of the pay veins of the camp had been found, and, as no ore had been encountered, the company decided to sink the shaft deeper. At 420 feet they passed out of the overlying formation, which is an overflow of altered basic volcanic rock, into the porphyrite formation in which the pay ores of the camp occur. A sUtion was cut at 680 feet, called the 700-foot station, and crosscuts were run easterly and westerly from the shaft. In the westerly crosscut a low grade vein was found, which was called the 'West Vein.' It has a northwesteiJy and south- easterly course or strike. This "West" vein belongs to the second system of veins found in Rossland camp, that is, it is part of a different system from that to which the LeRoi and Black Bear veins belong, as the latter have a general southwesterly and northeasterly strike, practically at right angles to the West vein. The strike of the West vein corresponds very closely to that of the vein encountered in the Evening and Giant claims. It may be the southeasterly extension of one of these. > Jour. Can. Min. iMt., VoL XI. 19SS, pp. 525-M4. 138 In the earterly croMcut three veiiu were encountered: No. 1 and No. 2 were unall and of low grade ore. No. 3 waa a large vein of low grade ore with a few ttreakt of higher grade ore in it. These veina have the same general strike as the West vein (Figure 23) and undoubtedly belong to the same system although a contrary opinion was held by the consulting engineer of the company at the time of the discovery of these veins, November, 1902. The mineralized fissure cone was thought at that time (1902) to be the westerly extension of the LeRoi and Black Bear veins. The management sunk the shaft to 900 feet, cut stations at 800 feet and 950 feet, and ran crosscuts easterly and westerly as on the 700-foot level .... They developed the West vein, but, finding it to be very km grade, directed all their energies to locating the ore-bodies eas*^ of the shaft. The veins of the 700-foot level were found to continue to the 800- and two of them to the 9S0-foot level, but No. 3 was not located on the 950-foot level. Therefore, the management raised to the 800-foot level from where they thought ore should be if it were continuous and in place. At 900 feet they struck ore and ran a drift. The highest grade ore in the mine has been taken from this intermediate level. The No. 3 vein (Figure 24) was picked up in the 950-foot level Augint 1, 1907, with ore of as good grade as in the inter- mediate. The ore conusts of country rock more or less impregnated by pyrrhotite. accompanied in places by small proportions of chakopyrite, pyrite, arsenopyrite, and quartz. The pyrrhotite when it occurs by itself, even in solid masses, as it does in the 700-foot level, carries very little gold. The chak»pyrite is the principal carrier of gold, and ore of commercial value occurs only in those localities where chalcopyrite and nynte, sometimes with arsenopyrite, have been deposited with the pyrrhotite." In certain parts of the mine the ore carries some lime which slacks when exoosed to the air. «0:^'SS^t,te!i>Vo.'¥?T'^ i. !«. -: A. OS. A.O.2.C. , '<,P«Ol<0. "rff . Csnada Plan of 850-foot level Wht Sea/* baccomfm/tf mtmo,^ ^mOryta^ls Plan ofSSOfaot level White Bear Mine.ltossland.B.C Scair of fleet t .'?? «» JUO «t> haoMfrfiifll, ttmartf,C0OrnamM MIOOCOPV nSOUJTION TBT CHAIT (ANSI and ISO TEST CHART No. 2) lit US Itt 12^ 112 1 40 J2. tarn 1.8 ^^ ^ ^IPR-JEDJVUGEJ ^S^i I'" '^"'•' "O'" Slrt«l .^S ("6) 298 - aaa - ro. !fr il'ii 139 }peo/qilics/. Survey. Caneaa M^^node ore V/7/h77T77i intermediate /eve/ fOOOf^W^ Scale of fket o. 19 to *p «> Figure 24. Longitudinal projection of No. 3 vein, White Bear mine. RoMiand, B.C. 140 As is the case in all the other mines of the camp innumerable shattered zones and dykes are encountered, often accompanied by faults, which in some cases cut the ore off. Frequently, however, the ore continues right through the dykes. Two kinds of dykes are found: (1) the hard mica dykes which are mica lamprophyres (2) the soft or black dykes, which are so greatly altered and decomposed that their identi- fication is difficult." SPITZEE MINE. The Spitzee Mining Company was organized in 1905 as a reconstruction of the Spitzee Gold Mines, Limited, with a capital- ization of $350,000, shares $5 par. The mine was worked for a short time by this company, but had to close down owing to lack of funds. The Spitzee mine, which is situated in the middle of the town beside Trail creek, has produced to September, 1905, about 5,030 tons of ore averaging $12 per ton in values. In 1907 the ^': 'perty was bonded to the LeRoi Mining Company and a little diamond drilling was done. The LeRoi Company, however, failed to redeem the bond and the mine has been idle since 1908. The property is worked from a vertical shaft with 100-foot and 200-foot levels opened up from it. On the 100-foot level the stope ends against pulaskite. In the vicinity of the winze the pulaskite is slightly impregnated by sulphides near joint planes. A 6-inch streak of ore is present along the contact of the pulaskite and the monzonite. The monzonite is quite coarse-grained in places. Some of the mica dykes are faulted from 3 to 8 feet and composite mica and non-mica dykes are present. One dyke parallels the drift dipping to the north at an angle of 60 degrees and on it occurs 1} feet of ore. Pulaskite is present on the 200-foot level at the shaft station and for 5 feet east of it. Elsewhere tongues of pulaskite cut the monzonite which is coarsely granular in places, as for instance in the north crosscut. Mineralization is present along joint planes. The ore consists of veinlets, stringers, or impregnations of pyrite, pyrrhotite, and chalcopyrite traversing the country 141 rock. The average analysis of ore from 200 cars shipped in 1906 was: Ag 0-5 ounce, Au 0-25 ounce, Cu 0-7 pe. cent, FeO 15 per cent, SiOi 42 per cent, A1,0| 17 per cent, CaO 5 • per cent, S 7 • 2 per cent. Small veins parallel or branch of! from the main vein which varies a gre.'t deal in width and is cut by slip planes. The vein dips to the north at an angle of 60 degrees and in the south crosscut the pay streak varies from 15 inches to 2 feet in width. There is a certain amount of miner- alization along joints in dykes and in the pulaskite, but the ground is not so well impregnated with ore as is the monzonite country rock. GIANT-CALIFORNIA MINING COMPANY. Tie Giant-California Mining Company was organized in 1907 as successor of the Giant Mining Company, Limited. The capitalization of the company is $5,000,000, shares $100 par, in $400,000 of 7 per cent preferred, and $4,600,000 ordinary stock. Giant Mine. The Giant mine is located north and west of and adjoining the California and Novelty claims (Figure 13). It has about 500 feet of workings and shipped 4,344 tons of ore, before sus- pending operations in 1903. In 1902, under the management of Mr. M. E. Purcell, good results were obtained from ore treat- ment and the operating expenses were paid by ore receipts after the shipments were started. The Giant ore contains sulphides of cobalt, nickel, arsenic, iron, and molybdenite all with gold. The average analysis of ore from 100 cars shipped in 1903 was: Au 0-9 ounces, Cu 01 per cent, FeO 12-5 per cent, SiO, 500 per cent, A1,0, 160 per cent, CaO 10 per cent, S 4 per cent. The strike of the vein is in a ,erly and southerly direction with steep dip to the east, me country rock is Mount Roberts formation and the ore shoot is located on a contact of pulaskite porphyry (mica syenite porphyry) at the intersection of co-ordinate i I Ij ;.:hi 1 1 ' 142 fracture planes strildng nearly at right angles. The pulaskite porphyry forms the hanging-wall of the ore shoot in the upper part of ^e stope and the foot-wall in the lower. i '■ 'j • m CALIFORNIA MINE. The California claim adjoins the Annie claim on the west and is 1,500 feet west of the LeRoi and Josie mines on the south slope of Red mountain. The mine has a 1,000-foot tunnel with a 200-foot winze, which is practically a blind shaft planned to be sunk to the SSO-foot level. Also near the southern end of this claim is a 50-foot tunnel running north into barren country rock and higher up the hill are several shallow cuts and trenches. The equipment includes a small hoist and 10-drill duplex Rand air compressor using electric power. No. 1 tunnel was started on a pyritic vein following a contact between diorite and quartzite. This ore assayed from $1.50 to $3 per ton. The tunnel was driven 350 feet in on the vein crosscutting in one place a 6-inch streak of mispickel which carried no gold values. Some samples of this mineral ran 35 per cent arsenic. The main California tunnel is in the Mount Roberts formation whose stratified members are pro- nouncedly crossbedded in places (Plate X A). A prospect shaft was started on a vein strildng north and south and dipping east, which is said to have assayed on the surface $60. JO per ton. The ore was followed for 35 feet when it played out. The quartz- ite of the Mount Roberts formation has specks of chalcopyrite disseminated through the mass and much pyrite. In olaces such mineralization is concentrated in definite bands 60 to 110 feet wide which as a rule follow the micaceous syenite porphyry dykes. This holds true for the Novelty, Coxey, Giant, and other properties underlain by the Mount Roberts formation. In 1899, 78 feet of drifting was done on the California, a wagon road was constructed, and more buildings were erected at a cost of $4,300. Twerty-five men were employed on the property at that time. A Montreal syndicate operated it under an option for $50,000 and took out a small shipment of paying ore. The Bennett syndicate had charge for six months, the Macintosh iifi' 143 ^dicate for two years, and then in the early oart of July, 1907 the Giant-California Mining Company commenced operationi but only woiked for a short time. Since then the Granby Consolidated Mining and Smelting Company had the property under option, and it is said spent over $80,000 in development chu-fly with the diamond drill, before throwing up the option Of late years the property has been idle, although the California was leased for a few months in 1912 and 1913 when a shipment of ore was made from the dumps. In 1914 the LeRoi No 2 Company took over the property of the Giant-California Mining Company. " On this property as on the White Bear it will be necessary to sink through the overlying cover of Mount Roberts sedi- mentanes before encountering favourable ore-bearing ground COXEY. The Coxey claim is situated directly north of the Giant and has very similar geological conditions. The development work consists of two tunnels, one shaft, and several open-cuts. In No. 1 tunnel the ground is much fractured particularly in the vicinity of the ore which consists of pyrite and chalcopyrite in a siliceous gangue. The best ore is present along a mica dyke and varies up to one foot in width. Chalcopyrite is present along several fractures forming in places irregular zones one foot in diameter which appear to dip to the west similariy to the vein at the winze. The frac- tures, however, are very irregular, and only a few are mineralized, buch surface enriched deposits may be of secondary origin. Shaft No. 1 discloses a well defined vein striking in a northeriy and southeriy direction and dipping to the east at an angle of 72 degrees. It follows the east wall of a syenite porphyry dyke. This vein carries some good copper values, the ore consisting of pyrite, pyrrhotite, chalcopyrite, molybdenite, the pyrite occurring in plates and dodecahedra. This vein should inter- sect the No. 1 tunnel near its mouth. In shaft No. 2 there is a httle molybdenite and chalcopyrite. 11 144 No. 2 18 the main tunnel and crosscuts through slightly mineralized cherty and biotite-bearing rocks of the Mount Roberts formation until it encounters a mineralized fissure zone with sulphides best developed near the fissure. The mineraliza- tion continues to a set of dykes aiid from there to the end there is little or no ore present. The mineralized zone or vein is very siliceous and carries pyrrhotite, molybdenite, a little chalcopyrite, and considerable pyrite. The sulphides also occur as impregnations in the country rock. The country rock in the vicinity of the vein is much altered to garnet, and occasionally epidote is present in streaks or blotches. Mica and non-mica dykes are present in the tunnel. The banded i'ocks of the Mount Roberts formation dip to the southwest. The south crosscut follows a slip plane and the country rock is brecciated and calcified with slight mineralization in the slip plane itself. The north crosscut also follows a slip plane on its east wall with one foot of vein matter developed in it. This mineralization was strong for a few feet east, but played out to the west and is entirely absent in the face of the short crosscut. A tongue of diorite porphyrite outcrops on this property and nuty be traced for considerable distances. The strike of the western border of the diorite porphyrite tongue in contact with the Mount Roberts chert formation is north 30 degrees west. NOVELTY. The Novelty claim is a fraction bounded by the following claims: on the west by the Giant, the north by the Coxey, the east by the Gertrude, and the south by the California. Most of the development work on this claim was done prior to 1896 and consisted of several open-cuts and prospect shafts which disclosed three veins. The main vein was opened up the whole length of the claim and assays of the ore obtained from it ran as high as $28 to the ton in gold. The ore is very similar to that on the Coxey and contains molybdenite in the filling of a shattered granodiorite. 145 GERTRUDE. The Gertrude claim is located north of the California and Annie claims and adjoins on the east the Novelty claim. It was staked by Will Springer, July 28, 1890, and $14,134 has been expended on it in development work and buildings. The main workings consist of a tunnel and prospect shaft, the latter dipping 70 degrees east and containing very little ore. Th« country rock is Mount Roberts formation underlain probably on the east side by augite porphyrite. The stratified rocks of the Mount Roberts formation strike south 20 degrees west and flatten up a little toward the centre of the tunnel and become more highly inclined near the shaft. There is a little mineralization in the vicinity of a granitic dyke. At the shaft where the granitic rock appears there are a few streaks of ore along bedding planes and in the granitic rock itself. There is a fault near the entrance of the tunnel, but it was im- possible to determine the amount of the throw. Seams of calcite are present. The ore on the dump consists of pyrrhotite, chalcopyrite, pyrite, and arsenopyrite with a little molybdenite. EVENING STAR. The Evening Star claim owned by the Evening Star Gold Mining Company was originally located by John McKinley and Chas. Dund'il in September, 1890. It is a 20-acre claim situated on t'u: . > ; le of Monte Christo mountain between the Monte C : Georgia claims and one mile north of Rossland. i 1 e cobaltiferous mispickel, danaite, was found on tl The claim wmch is mainly underlain by Mount Roberts formation has a large exposure of much decomposed rock through which two veins appear to run. The main vein, which is wide and irregular, strikes about north 43 degrees east (magnetic) and contains ore consisting of arsenopyrite and pyrite with a little chalcopyrite. The wall rock is a cherty silidfied rock of the Mount Roberts formationand through it the oreoccursin bunches and reticulating masses. Considerable stoping has been done :| m 146 and two open-cuts disclose a strong vein of pyrrhotite and chal- copyrite which lin«i up with the main vein. In 1896 the mine •hipped 22 tons of surface ore to a Tacoma smelter which netted $32.80 in gold per ton according to statement made by Mr. H. B. NichoUs, secretary-treasurer of the company. A tunnel (Old Cronin tunnel) was at that time run into the vein matter for 50 feet, but without meeting ore. A shaft was then sunk above the mouth of the tunnel, but at 15 feet the vein flattened out to the horizontal. Work was then resumed in the Old Cronin tunnel and a few more feet disclosed a small stringer of ore, carrying molybdenite, and free gold in quartz gangue. This stringer widened out to a considerable width, and had a dip of 45 degrees to the west. Some of this ore was reported to assay as high as $1,600 per ton. The average ore ran about $20 per ton, is highly siliceous, and carries a fair percentage of both iron and copper. Sylvanite, the gold telluride, was aldo reported. Sixty feet below this tunnel a second ..unnel was driven which was expected to encounter the ore at 135 feet. Eleven men were being employed in 1896. In 1897 some more ore was encountered, but the mine had to dose down en account of lack of funds. In 1898, 260 feet of drifting, 85 feet in the uppc«- tunnel and 175 feet in the lower, was accomplished. A nrw ore shoot 4 feet wide and 20 feet long, as exposed bydrifting, was reported as being encount- ered in the upper tunnel. This ore is said to have averaged some $24 per ton in gold. After encountering this ore shoot, drifting was begun in the lower tunnel which is 60 feet below, to cut the same ore shoot. In 1908, the property was leased and 877 tons of ore shipped to the Trail smelter. JUMBO MINE. The Jumbo claim, which was recorded by A. D. Coplen, September 3, 1890, has an area of 21-6 acres and is located 2} miles west of Rossland on the west bank of the east fork of Sheep creek. This property was owned and operated by the Jumbo Gold Mining Company of Spokane. W. A. Carlyle reports on the property in 1896, as follows: "On this claim is a very prominent exposure of iron-stained I • 147 fine-grained eruptive rock with more or len decompoMd tul* phides in which a shaft was sunk showing some low-grade ore, and afterwards a tunnel was run in about 260 feet with about 125 feet of crosscuts. For 150 feet there was no ore. then the tunnel entered and continued for near' • «0 feet in a body of very low grade, coarse-grained pyrrhoute. in which, however, there is ore contoining some copper pyrite. mispickel, and cal- ate that carries enough value in gold to make it shipping ore. No ore has yet been sold. A good wagon road, IJ miles long, has been built from where the Red Mountain railway intersects the Northport road up to the mine, and a new tunnel is now begun about 200 feet north and 175 feet below the upper tunnel described, and as this advances, crosscuts will be run. The trend or conditions of this large body of sulphides are not known, but immediately to the west b what appears to be a large dyke of very coarse-grained syenitic rock from 200 to 300 feet wide, strike north and south. (Seven men were being em- ployed in 1896.) Near the claim the High Ore is being prospected by a tunnel at the north end line of the Jumbo for the continuation of the Jumbo ore shoot, while across the creek the Nevada is also running a tunnel in search of the same." In 1897 work progressed s id much more low grade material was disclosed. In 1899, 500 feet of tunnelling was accomplished. In 1904, the mine shipped about 12.000 tons of or > to the Granby smelter at Grand Forks. B.C. In 1905, the Jumbo was working a small force of men and making regular shipments. The mine was supplied with steam and electric power, compressed air, etc., and the company plannedonb- -ng a 6,000-foot areal tram from the mine to the Columbia and i Mountain railway. In 1906, the mine operated until Marc. 10, when it closed for 2 months and then operated until August 1 and closed for the remainder of the year. After operating for several years and after ship- ping about 30,000 tons, the mine shut down in 1906 and has been idle ever since, having extracted the known ore. The vein ranges up to 30 feet and more in width and is developed both underground, and on the surface by open-cuts. The ores carry from $7 to $20 per 1 a tn ^ross values; the pure III !.l 11 14S pyrrhotite only rum $4 per ton, but where syenite dykes cut through the vein the gold values are reported to have run up to S600 or even |i ,000 per ton. The siliceous ore carries the values and the presence of a blotched sparry rock is a good indication of values. Fine-grained syenite or aplitic dykes are closely con- nected with the rich pay streaks and such dykes are in places impregnated .vith or have in seams sylvanite ( ?) pyrite, pyr- rhotite, chalcopyrite, bismuthinite, and free gold. Pegmatitic facies in places also have bismuthinite and octahedra of pyrite in reticulating and branching veinlets, lenses, and irregular impregnations aboui one inch in length. No. 1 tunnel of the Jumbo has at its entrance a small dyke of syenite in contact with a mineralized white, siliceous chert rock (Mount Roberts formation). The same rock is present in the stopes but with chlorite, mica, and other secondary minerals devek>ped and pyrite or pyrrhotite scattered through in pin points. In other localities the vein is almost all sulphides. The dykes of aplite or syenite are intrusive into the vein at low angles and are themselves mineralized. They appear to make rich pay streaks. On the hanging-wall of the vein there is a gneissic rock that often contains free gold, bismuthinite, and other sulphides impregnated in the rock or more generally along seams in close proximity to the aplite dykes. Telluride of gold has been reported from the aplites. Tourmaline occurs along seams in the country rock. The fault which forms the west end of the glory hole rups through the rich stop<> and to the south drift. Dykes of syenite may be seen in the glory hole. The ore in it contains a large percentage of pyrrhotite most heavily developed on the muth wall. Ore from the winze drift ran 129 and from the long crosscut $10 to $12 per ton. The alkalic syenite (pulasldte) is in the 'backs' or roofs of the west stopes. The stope on the southeast side, vhich is of low-grade ore, dis- closes syenite dykes cut by slip planes. Along these planes masses of pyrrhotite are developed up to %vcral inches in width which are in turn cut and faulted by slips >ere appears to be a tendency for the western blocks all t!irougt. co be dropped down. An intermediate ttmnel connects with what is known as the "molybdenite stope" which lies along the eastern edge of the ! i 149 ^kalic tyenke (pulaskite) Intniwve. Here, there is a Si net of ■lip« mineralized with pyrrhotite and impregnated with molyb- denite; ■omc of the latter mineral m in the syenite itself. The No. 2 tunnel of the Jumbo commences in a cherty siliceous rock more or less mineralized with pyrrhotite. A grey granitic rock is also present much altered in places ai. cut by a diamond-drill hole near the north crosscut. This granitic rock conuins a few bands or inclusions of the quartzoee rock. There is one prominent mica dyke and beyond that the tunnel is in the alkalic syenite (pulaskite). The country rock is chiefly the grey to green siliceous member of the Mount Roberts for- mation which is reddish where mineralized. The altered bands in it are usually narrow with pyrite seams down the centre. The south wall of this tunnel is more altered '^an the north and a dyke of syenite cutting the Mount Rober. formation is pyritized. No. 3 tunnel of the Jumbo traverses a fine, grey, argillaceous member of the Mount Robertsformation containing a little pyrite, also a soft reddish micaceous member, and a calcareous member dipping at a high angle to the north. The almost vertical con- tact, between the calcareous rock and the alkalic syenite, is mineralized with molybdenite, arsenopyrite, tellurides(?), bis- muthinite, chalcopyrite, pyrite, pyrrhotite, and tourmaline. The country rock at the contact is much shattered and the alkalic syenite appears to have corroded it. GOLD HILL. The Gold HUl claim northwest of the Jumbo mine was located m 1894 and on it a fair sized vein of high-grade c ^ outcrops. A 50-foot shaft was sunk and 10 tons of ore shippt ' which it is said averaged 100 ounces of silver to th> ton. A crosscut tunnel was driven 350 feet west from a poiat farther down the hill to intersect this vein in depth, but without success. The face of this tunnel is in a light-brown spotted rock con- tammg quartz blebs, the same rock that is present at the upper tuiinel. At the upper tunnel, however, it was cut by quartz stringers or veinlets containing pyrrhotite and some calcite along with the quartz. Drusy cavities are present in the vein- n 150 lets. The country rock is black argillite (Mount Roberts formation) with some coarser, banded, brown rock resembling an ash bed or tuflF. The stratified rocks strike parallel to the hill side or north and south, and dip west at high angles. An agglomerate is present containing fragments that resemble the rocks from Red mountain. The eastern portion of the Gold Hill claim is underlain by a syenite porphyry (pulaskite) which may be traced 600 feet up the hill. DELAWARE. The Delaware c'dim is located directly northwest of the Gold Hill claim. The country rock is a banded siliceous strati- fied formation with agglomerate on both sides of it. Brownish and yellowish garnet and green . pidote are present as secondary minerals. The agglomerate is mineralized along seams with pyrite and a little chalcopyrite. WALLINGFORD GROUP. This group of claims consists of the Wallingford, Minnie, Minnie No. 1, Summit, and Wallingford Fraction comprising 100 acres of crown-granted land and 60 acres not crown-granted. The claims are situated in Wallingford basin on the north slopes of Record mountain. The development work, so far as done, is all on the Wall- ingford, and comprises 200 feet of tunnelling, and 54 feet of shafting (40 feet in No. 1 shaft and 14 feet in No. 2 shaft). The ore contains gold, silver, and copper. The country rock is a pink syenite (pulaskite) intrusive into andesitic lava beds, tuffs, and agglomerates. Seven men were employed in 1897. ATLANTIC CABLE. The Atlantic Cable claim is situated southwest of the Gold King and Jumbo claims. Previous to 1898, the develop- ment work comprised 27} feet of shaft well timbered and 55 feet of shaft straightened and retimbered; also 122 feet of crosscut 151 and drifts from tunnels driven in the hillside at 100- and 200-foot kvels. Power was supplied then by a California horse whin ^mr^'^^^' """" ""^'^ «'"P«oyed. Work was suspended ron.^'^*''^' T- °^ ''"'^"'"' °'^ "^ °" ^^^ prospect dumps One shaft which dips 70 degrees west is over 200 feet deepin Mount Roberts silicified argillite. ^ O. K. AND I. X. L. MINES. n,«J?-^ °-^' ^"''tI' •'^- ^- properties are the only free-milling properties m the Rossland camp. The O. K. was locaJS Mait9l''' Tf • /""^ '''''. ^"' ^•'^ ^•^- ^- ^>' Th- H^aS B »^i \r ^^ '''^""' "* "'*"**«' o" ^''e south slope of Mount ?he r;.°'', ^'>^N-thport road 2J miles west of RosslanS The O. K. claim is owned by the O. K. Gold Mining Company Traversing the claim is a regular goidKjuartz fissure vein 8tnkmgaI.ttlesouthofeast.2to3feetwide.andcarrying^o^; percenuge of jron and copper sulphides and galeTa L ^TZ inr^T*,"!^"^*^ ™^'^'^''^ ^"^ ^""te. The ore assayed $178 and $200 per ton and upwards. Mr. W. F. FerriS found 2i ounces of gold in 6 square inches of ore. The average ore however, would run about $38 per ton. An average analy^s ounTL r rr °^ " ^^ ^^^^^ ^^- ^ ^-^^ ounces Au 4^5 ounc^ Cu 2-5 per cent. FeO 13-6 per cent. SiO. 53-0 per cent CaOS-Oper cent. S 7-1 per cent. The country rocks Se fine: grained eruptives, serpentine, and sericite schists. The serpentine .s probably an altered basic phase of the augite porphynT raise of 70 f^eJ^Ti ""'"'^'^"t T ^^' ""^ ^'""^ '' ^«^^ ^^ ^ 1^894 1 I . '''"' ^"^ ^" ^^"'^« '''d'*^ of 4 feet. 70 !!?• ! *"""j':^ «^t«"d«J another 100 feet, an upraise of 70 feet made, and 250 tons of ore were shipped. During Seo- tember. 893. the three owners of the mine E^means of a hand mortar alone extracted $4,000 in one week. In 1894. 125 feet of tunnelhng was done and a S-stamp mill erected. A gold brick from the O. K mill valued at $2,000 was sent to Spf Jane tSe same year. In 1896. the property had three tunnels, one about m i 152 70 feet long, the second 400 feet, and the upper nearly 300 feet. The tunnels are closely spaced vertically as the vein appears to flatten out. When the upper tunnel was in 96 feet a break and cross ledge were encountered which interfered with the develop- ment for a time. The break was successfully passed, howev«, and the vein found as true as ever on the other side. The vein presented the usual characteristics, varying much in width from a few inches to 5 or 6 feet of ore. In it conaderable stoping bad been done. The ore went to a small S-stamp mill, where the free gold was amalgamated; thence to concentrators, a Perfection bumping table and a Woodbury machine, to recover the sulphides. The erection of a new mill was commenced in 1896, to contain at first two S-stamp batteries, two Blake crushers, automatic feeders, and concentrators. In the engine room two 40-horae- power boilers and a 5-drill Rand air compressor, for operating rock drills, and a diamond-core drill were to be installed. It was planned to bring ore from the mine by a gravity car tram, 600 feet loi« and dropping about 200 feet, while the water for the mill would be pumped up with a steam pump from Sheep creek. It is stated that ore to the value of about $20,000 has been taken from this mine. In 1904, the I. X. L. was operated under lease for some time and 600 tons of ore were put through the O. K. null at a loss to the lessee. In 1906, the O. K. and I. X. L. furnished very nch gold-quartz ore from a vein in serpentine, but the vein does not reach the lowest level. Sixty-five tons were nulled before the lease was thrown up. In 1908, the I. X. L. shipped 6 tons, valued at $500; and in 1909, 21 tons from the I. X. L. and 12 tons from the O. K. were shipped to the Trail smelter. In 1911, 97 tons were shipped. Sheriff R. L. Evans leased the I. X. L. in 1912 and shipped 12 tons running about $60 per ton. A small ship- ment was made in 1913 by lessees. The two lower tunnels on the property are caved, as well as the main tunnel which is full of water for about 200 feet in. The upper workings are accessible; here the quartz vein has been well stoped out and appears to flatten. The ore U very rich, but in small pockets. II 153 EUREKA. The Eureka claim is situated between the I. X. L. and the California mine. On the property there is a vein of quartz outcropping on the east side of Little Sheep creek which carries pyrite and a little molybdenite and chalcopyrite. The vein matter weathers very readily forming cellular quartz. Pyrite is present in cjbes and octahedra and resembles in colour mar- casite. The pyritized fractiire planes have a general north and south trend. A tunnel driven below fails to disclose the down- ward continuation of the vein. The country rock is Trail granodiorite. GOLD KING. The Gold King claim is situated due north of the L X. L. on the slope of the main valley. Several quartz showings on which a little work has been done, are present. The country rock is stratified (Mount Roberts formation) and is cut by a granitic dyke probably altered syenite. The stratified rocks are brec- dated by faults and calcified — the caldte developed as a binder in long hexagonal crystals terminated by rough nail-head-spar (rhombohedra). FLOSSIE. The Flossie claim adjoins the Gold King to the south and is also underlain by the stratified rocks of the Mount Roberts formation, intruded by feldspar porphyry dykes (pulaskite) and impregnated with pyrite in such a manner as to give rusty outcrops. There are two tunnels: one in the northern part of the claim on the east side of the creek, which strikes north 60 degrees west and is 175 feet long; the other tunnel is west of the creek. The last 25 feet of the first tunnel is in a grey alkalic syenite (pulaskite). Boulders of this formation were found on the property to contain inclusions of the stratified Mount Roberts formation, which display pronoimced absorption rims up to 3 inches. 154 i VELVET-PORTLAND MINES. Although not within the area of the Rossland map-area the Velvet-Portland mines will be described here on account of their proximity to Rossland, the similarity of their ores, and the amount of development work that has been done on them. The Velvet-Portland property is situated 6} miles southwest from Rossland on the northwest slope of Sophie mountain in the valley of Big Sheep creek opposite Santa Roea creek (Plate XXIII B). It is 9i miles by wagon road to the Great Northern railway siding. O. Geldness and Jeff Lewis were the original locators. Olans Geldness located the Velvet claim on September 12, 1896, for Jefferson Davis. The Portland was located by John Cromie on April 3, 1896. A good outcrop of copper-gold ore was discovered in 1897 while doing assessment work just 300 feet from the end line of the Triumph claim. In 1897 an English company represented by Sir Chas. Tupper secured the Velvet and other claims on Sophie mountain (Bluebell, Triumph >Vhoo-up, Last Chance, and Velvet Traction). In 1899 develop- ment on the Velvet claim consisted of 564 feet of drifting, 460 feet of crosscutting, 55 feet of sinking, and 75 feet of raising. About 25 men were being employed. On the Portland property 250 feet of drifting, and 147 feetof sinking were done, 12 men being employed. In 1902, the operating expenses were paid out of the ore receipts after shipments were started. The ore was shipped to the Hall smelter at Nelson. The old company spent over £20,000 in development. The shaft was sunk to the 300-foot level, with levels at 100 feet, 160 feet, and 250 feet. At these re- spective levels there were drifts 300 feet, 250 feet, and 100 feet in length. The total amount of underground development was 2,000 feet. Work was suspended in 1903 and the man- agement changed. At a distance of 1,450 feet down the hill from the top of the shaft a tunnel .vras opened for the purpose of driving in at a depth of 300 feet or thereabouts, with a view to draining the mine. In 1904, the Velvet-Portland Mining Company constructed a small concentrating plant using straight water concentration. The plant included two crushers, six gravity stamps, six steam 156 stamps, five Jenckes concentrating tables, sacking and loading platforms for the concentrates and scales. With the exception of a three-days run of the mill no work was done at the Velvet during 1905. The mine was operated for a few weeks and em- ployed 15 men during the early part of the summer of 1906. On the 4th level 260 feet of drifting was accomplished in 1906, of which 110 feet were in ore. The work had to be suspended, Figure 26. Transverse (east and west) projection through Velvet mine, Rossland, B.C. however, on account of lack of funds. In 1909, 188 tons of ore were shipped and in 1910 the pr'^perty was leased to Ed. Ehrcn- berg of Spokane who shipped 664 ions of good grade ore. At present the cost of transportation, including the long haul to the railway, is so great that the property could not be profitably worked. The size and shape of the ore shoots and extent of mine workings are shown in the accompanying longitudinal and transverse sections (Figures 25, 26). Mi 157 Samples analysed by the LeRoi No. 2 Company, from a 2- foot vein of solid ore on the No. 3 level of the Velvet mine, ran as follows: S?'^, 0-61ouncef. uli!r^ 13-30 per cent. Sfj^ 27-60 percent. |X*;,V 26-60 per cent. ^"'P''" 19 - 80 ^r cent. ^ general sample of advancing face" on No. 4 level from a vein ut indeterminate width gave the following results: Sf'i 0-52 ounces. fflX"-; 0-30 ounce*. VJ^P" - 60 per cent. IJS": 16-70 ^r cent. ^'*" 46-50 ^r cent. A sample from the sill of No. 3 level ran 1 -00 ounce in gold, 0-60 ounce in silver, and 1-00 per cent copper; another sample assayed 0-19 ounce in gold, 1-21 ounces in silver, and 2-90 per cent copper; another piece with more sulphide than the preceding, ran 0-80 ounce in gold, 1-60 ounces in silver, and 3-70 per cent copper. The cost of drifting at this mine amounted to about $16 per foot. The fissure veins, which are replacement veins with wall rocks impregnated for some feet, strike north and south parallel to the main dyking system and dip to the west at steep angles. There are many dykes cutting through the ore-bearing ground some of which are pulaskite (alkalic syenite) tongues (aschistic or undifferentiated dykes) from the underiying Coryell batholith and others complementary dykes (diaschistic or differentiated dykes). The dykes invariably show pronounced chilled borders and all the enrichments in the veins occur either alongside such dykes or at the intersection of slip planes. The most productive area in the mine ard the one most cut up by dykes is that south of the Main Velv. i Aaft. The upper three levels are in a zone of marked oxidation whicl appears to extend in places down to the 4th level. Good sulphide ore nmning $12 per ton up to 48 inches in width, but averaging 24 inches, occurs on the 4th level. > This tace wm beiog worked when the mine w»i ckMed down. 158 The average content of the ore which was drifted on for 1 10 feet before the mine was dosed down, ran 0-58 ounce in gold, 0-73 ounce in silver, and 1-9 per cent copper. The values in the ore fluctuate very rapidly; in some localities running high in gold and low in copper and in others the reverse is true. Besides the main north and south vein there are a few east and west strikin j veins that so far have proved short and unimportant. The country rock is a mottled grey irruptive rock, with coarse siliceous and chloritic phases, which is much epidotized in places. There is also a severely altered, silicified, eruptive rock. Serpentine and altered chloritic rock with which magnetite is associated, are also present in depth and tapped by diamond-drill holes. The 75-foot shaft on the Port- land claim is in greenstone belonging to the Rossland Volcanic group which is much pyritized, silicified, and broken by slip planes. It was impossible to examine below the 4th level on account of water. The topographic conditions of the mine are very favourable for crosscut tunnelling. The shaft collar is 1,240 feet above the creek bottom and the valley slope is so steep that the 600- foot level of the mine could be tapped by a tunnel driven 1,600 feet in from a point farther down the hill. A 1 , 200-foot level in the mine could be tapped by a 2,700-foot crosscut tunnel. There is plenty of good cedar and fir timber convenient to the property for mining purposes. LORD ROBERTS. The Lord Roberts claim is situated at an altitude of 5,350 feet above sea-level near Rock creek on the divide between Sullivan and Murphy creeks, a few miles north of Rossland. The prop- erty is owned by S. Forteath and M. Mclver. Outcropping on this claim is a vein some 30 feet in width striking east and west and dipping steeply to the north. Magnetite is developed on the south side of the vein and pyrrhotite on the north side. An upper trench opened up on the vein discloses a fine-grained dyke of micaceous syenite porphyry (pulaskite porphyry) which follows the hanging-wall. Besides the bluish massive magnetite 159 and pyrrhotite there » considerable pyrite. epidote, hornblende. feld.par. and garnet present in the vein. A pegmatite vein 3 About the middle of the claim are two open-cuts 30 feet or more in length, which expose a vein containing magnetite and pyrite on the south side and pyrrhotite and about 0-2 or 0-3 percent chalcopynte on the north side. Magnetite and pyrite aVe most abundant near the foot-wall and pyrrhotite anTchalcoi^te near the hanging-wall. K.«^tf- f°*«f* •'»a^t «Po«» magnetite, pyrrhotite. pyrite. bumuthinite (?). and chalcopynte in a quartz-hornblende- feldspar gangue. The ore is in some places banded. This large deposit of magnetite is interesting as representing a Bound- aiy Creek type of contact deposit in the immediate vicinity of R«8land. The deposit is close to the contact between the Trad granodionte and the Rossland Volcanic group (augite porphynte) with stratified rocks, including limestone. GREEN MOUNTAIN. Green Mountain claim is located on the north slope of Red mountain off the map-area about halfway between Sheep and Stony creeks. The property has been opened up by several crosscuts across the entire length of the claim. Development 80-foot shaft. The equipment in 1898 included a steam plant, machine shop, shaft house, and other buildings. a 160 CHAPTER VI. DESCRIPTION OF MINES-SOUTH BELT. The South Be'' properties, which may be said to be all still in the prospect st. gt of development, will be described in their alphabetical order as follows: Abe Lincoln, Bluebird, Crown Point, Curlew, Deer Park, Florence, Gopher, Grand Prize, Hattie, Homesuke, Mayflower, Maid of Erin and R. E. Lee, Monday. Phoenix, Richmond-Lily May group, Sunset, and Trilby. Abe Lincoln. The Abe Lincoln claim is kxrated on the east slope of Deer Park mountain adjoining the Sunset and Phoenix claims to the east. It is owned by the Canadian Consolidated Mining and Smelting Company who acquired it in 1912. There is an old shaft 197| feet deep on the property with an 18-foot crosscut all full of water and inaccessible. The power for sinking this shaft was supplied by a horse whin. Stringers of pay ore were encountered in the workings. On the surface a small east and west striking vein, three-fourths of an inch wide, containing pyrite, pyn. itite, and a little chalcopyrite, was noted. The country rock is monzonite much of which is coarsely granular. A wide granite porphyry dyke (Sheppard granite) outcrops not far to the north and west o* the workings. Bluebird Mine. The Bluebird claim adjoins the Homestake to the south. The Columbia and Western railway passes through the centre of thf "'aim. In 1908, 159 tons of ore were shipped from this p ty; in 1909, 30 tons; in 1911, S2 tons; in 1912, 107 tons; 913, 53 tons; and in 1914, 38 tons, all by lessees. The property which is owned by th» Rosalia Mining Com- pany is developed by r ''aft striking south 76 degrees west 161 and dipping north at an angle of 70 degreen. which follows the vein. It was reported that the first 97 feet of the shaft showed from one to 2| feet of solid ore running east and west with no apparent structural foot-wall. The shaft is down between 200 and 300 feet and connected by a crosscut tunnel driven in below the railway track. The first 90 feet of this tunr-* is in altered augite porphyrite; then for 35 feet it is in Mouni .voberts chert, the augite porphyrite appearing again with inclusions of chert. In this tunnt: at the foot of the shaft is disclosed a strong vein striking east and west and dipping steeply to the north. The length of the ore shoot is about 30 feet. The vein varies in strike but has a general tendency to strike towards the Mayflower property. It is only a few inches wide, has an almost vertical dip, and consists of pyrite, zinc blende, galena, and fine white metallic needle-like crystals of stibnite often arranged in groups crossing or radiating from a centre. Galena aid pyrite containing about 6 per cent zinc are associated with some stibnite, siderite (0, and mispickel or arsenopyrite. The pyrite is fine grained and in cubes and octahedra ; the arsenopyrite is also in the usual prismatic crystals. The pyrite, arsenopyrite, and zinc blende are thj most abundant minerals and together form probably SO per cent of the ore. Quartz is the principal gangue mineral. Twenty-five leet south of the shaft is a small vein from which several cars of similar grade ore were shipped. One hundred and fifty feet to the north of the same shaft is another vem from which a carload of carbonate ore running about 128 per ton was shipped. The country rocks include augite porphyrite and Mount Roberts cherte with some altered bands of limestone. One car of ore shipped in 1908 from the Bluebird mme retted $80 per ton; the average value, however, was |3S per ton. This property was unwatered early in 1915 with a view to doing further development work. Crown Point Mine. The Crown Point claim was recorded by Jas. Maher, August 20, 1890, south of Trail creek, on the north slope of Lake moun- tain, 2i miles southeast of Rossland. 162 A wagon ro«l one-h«lf mile long connects the mine with the Columbia and Weatern Railway track from which a .pur couW cauly be brought to a point below the mam tunnel. Thia tunnel in 1896 waa driven 350 feet to Up the ore shoot 1 50 feet west of the dyke, and 170 feet below the surface. In 1896 the Crown Point, Hidden Treasure, and White Star propertiea, all in thU vicinity, were sold to Gooderham, Black-tock, and Struss for, it was reported. $350,000. In 1905 the property was leased for 3 months but cloeed down on September 15. In 1906 the Canadian Consolidated took over the property and operated it for a few weeks during the mci-tha of May and June. They shipped 367 tons of the ore to the Trail smelter for fluxing purposes. Until April, 1895. the Cn m Point was under different management, under whose directwo a shaft or incline, with a dip of about 50 de- grees, was sunk 130 feet. The shaft encountered at 60 feet a pinkish syenite dyke (pulaskite) which outcropa on the surface and is 30 to 40 feet wide, striking north and south, and dip- ping to the east at an angle of 60 degrees. This dyke contain, phenocrysts of orthoclase up to one-half Inch in diameter and dlspUys a pronounced chilled border and flow structure. The pulaskite dyke is later than the ore and cuts it off. The k>wer workings concist of a drift at the depth of 70 feet, extending for 90 feet along the dyke, and having ore for 60 feet; while at 50 feet a winze was sunk 20 feet deep again along the wall of the dyke. At the bottom of this winze it was claimed there were 4 feet of solid sulphides averaging from $30 to $60 per ton In gold. The shipping ore averaged about $35 per ton. At the bottom a drift was run west 100 feet to a 50-foot crosscut, and an east drift of 75 feet was run with a 50-foot crosscut, all in barren dlorite. the workings having probably been deflected from the ore zone by foUowing along the pulaskite dyke. When vhe surface iron capping was removed there was exposed on either side of the dyke, apparently with litUe or no displacement, a body of massive pyrrh^''te with some copper pyrites, 3 to 8 feet In width, striking a little north of ^-:?t, and dipping south into the mountain at an angle varying from 45 to 60 degrees. At the top of the shaft the ore is about 7 feet wide, and down ; ' , HI 163 it for 35 feet it is 3 to S feet wide, w^ reaa it it fully 7 feet wide %iiere it wm stoped out. The Crown Point ore shoot is a typical Rossland type, oc- curring as it does along the border of a diorite porphyrite tongue intnnive into augite porphyrite. The hanging-wall is diorite porphyrite and foot-wall augite porphyrite. The crosscut tunnel does not disclose the vein nor the diorite porphyrite because the more recent pulasldte dyke intersects the tunnel just where the diorite porphyrite ?nd vein would project. The average analysis of ore from 11 cars shipped in 1905 from the Crown Point mine to the Trail smelter was: Ag 0-3 ounce, Au 0-5 ounce, Cu 0-6 per cent, FeO 33-5 per cent, SiOi 26 per cent, AliOi 12 per cent, CaO 7 -i per cent, S 14-3 per cent. Curlew. The Curlew claim is south of and adjoins the Bluebird and is southwest of the Mayflower. The Columbia and Western railway tr- verses the northeast comer of the claim. The vein '*' considered to be a continuation of the Mayflower vein, lite country rock is augite porphyrite and Mount Roberts formation. In 1908, 7 tons of ore were shipped to the Trail smelter. The property was leased in 1912 by S. Forteath and B. Oliver. Deer Park Mine. The Deer Park claim is located on the east side of Deer Park mountain 1} miles southwest of Rossland. It has an area of 52 acres and is owned by the Deer Park Gold Mining Company. The ore is pyrite and pyrrhotite occasionally massive but more often mixed with SO per cent by volume of rock matter. A great deal of green actinolite in fibrous radiating masses and magnetite is associated with the ore. The pr«>sence of thr se minerals, the apparent lack cf vein structure, and the position of the ore deposit on a monzonite contact, suf^est that the deposit belongs to the contact metamcr^^iic type. The mass of sulphide ore, which is one of the largest in the district, has a 60-foot vertical shaft (5 feet by 7 feet in the clear) sunk in it 164 ;|il and a 47-foot crosscut all in very low-grade massive pyrrhotite. There is 46 feet of almost solid magnetite carrying a little copper and a trace of gold. In the bottom of the shaft in 1896 the ore was showing some change in that some chalcopyrite and streaks of quartz were visible in the solid masn of pyrrhotite, a fact which was thought might indicate an approaching improvement in the grade of the ore. The quartz which had molybdenite associated with it is said to have assayed from $10 to $10C in gold, averaging about $16 per ton. The veinlets of quartz increased in size with depth. The bottom of the shaft (about 95 feet deep), is in this type of ore which carries along with the molybdenite some iron sulphides. Arsenopyrite and pyrite crystals, the former in places twinned, were found in one of the open-cuts on this property. The high values appear to be with the molybdenite. The country rock is biotized augite por- phyrite in contact with monzonite. In 1898 development consisted of sinking the vertical shaft 112 feet deeper down to a depth of 305 feet, and drifting 290 feet as follows: 173 feet on the 200-foot level (including a winze 22 feet deep); 97 feet on the 100-foot level; and 20 feet on the 150-foot level. The shaft was sunk in mineralized rock the entire distance and encountered two pay-ore bodies, the first 5 feet wide and the second 2 feet wide, both below the 200-foot level. A drift on the 200-foot level is said to have disclosed considerable low-grade ore. A 7-drill air compres- sor plant, an 80-horse-power boiler, and two air drills, costing C '>,500, were installed in 1898. The mine employed at the time 15 men and development work was advanced rapidly. The ore-body on the 200-foot level was found to be about 20 feet wide with high-grade streaks 2 feet wide and extending north about 30 feet and south an indeterminate distance, the whole averaging about $18 per ton. The same ore-body was encount- ered on the 150-foot level. There are several dykes traversing the ore-bearing ground some of which are spessartite dykes with large phenocrysts of hornblende and biotite crystals one- half inch in diameter. The country rock on the 200-foot level appears to be spotted with white on account of the kaolinization of feldspar in the underlying monzonite. There is one foot li I '5 ^l 165 of fair ore along the contact of the actinolite bearing rock (al- tered augite porphyrite ?) and the monzonite. A lower prospect shaft is in brecdated biotized porphyrite in a cement of quartz and pyrite. The quartzose ore on the property contains mostly pyrite and some arsenopyrite with a little calcite. The quartz is a coarse white saccharoidal variety and there is very little chalcopyrite present in the ore. Pyrrhotite and pyrite were found continuous in the same veinlet. The main workings have very little brecciated ore like that in the lower shaft and have magnetite intermixed with the sulphides and actinolite. Flokence. The Florence claim is situated in the bottom of Trail Creek valley just north of the R. E. Lee and Maid of Erin claims. On it is a small prospect shaft and several open-cuts or strippings which show pyritized monzonite containing occasional inclusions of altered porphyrite. Gopher. The Gopher claim which adjoins the Homestake to the east was recorded by Joe Michaud August 6, 1890. It is owned by the Homestake stock company. The Gopher tunnel traversed a slaty rock severely broken and traversed by slip planes. A little mineralization is present at the beginning of the tunnel on the south side near a dyke, although the vein itself is on the north side. An agglomerate also occurs which contains many granitic rock fragments and towards the face of the tunnel the slaty rocks of the Mount Roberts formation appear. No fast lines can be drawn between the ash rock, the porphyrite agglomerate, and the granitic agglomerate, all three appearing to grade into one another up to the "main fault." The dominant trend for the master joint planes and slips is north and south. 166 Geand Prize. The Grand Prize claim is located north of and adjoining the Deer Park claim on Deer Park mountain. Two prospect shafts of 25 and 38 feet, respectively, have been sunk on this property. Three men were being employed in 1898. The country rock is monzonite. Hattie. The Hattie claim is situated northwest of and adjoining the Richmond claim. Little work had been done on this property up to 1912 when the Richmond Consolidated Mining Company took it over. A little pyrite occurs in veinlets throughout the stratified rocks of the Mount Roberts formation. Augite porphyrite and monzonite also outcrop on this claim. The main vein opened up strikes east and west, is 3 inches wide, and dips from 85 degrees south to vertical. Ore from a prospect pit on this vein where the country rock is monzonite is said to have assayed $12 in gold and 3 • 2 per cent in copper. HOMESTAKE MiNE. The Homestake claim was staked and recorded by Joe Morris (probably Maurice) and Bordeau in May 1890 and was one of the earliest locations in Ros ^and, being only second to the Lily May itself. It has an area of 21-3 acres and is located three-fourths of a mile south of Rossland on the Columbia and Western railway. In 1896 the property was under bond to the Homestake Gold Mining Company. The ore is iron pyrites and marcasite ( ?) ("white iron") with some copper pyrite and zinc blende in a calcite, quartz, and altered country rock gangue. The average analysis of ore from four cars shipped in 1903 was Ag 2-8 ounces, Au 0-04 ounce, Cu 0-3 per cent, FeO 24-7 per cent, SiO» 38-7 per cent, CaO 5-1 per cent, S 10-5 per cent. The vein strikes east and west, dips 70 degrees to the north, and may be traced for nearly 700 167 feet through the claim by means of open-cuts and trenches. A tunnel runs in a considerable distance but is not on the vein, whereas at the mouth is a small shaft said to be all in ore. Galena is present on the dump. A short distance east are two shafts, 75 feet apart and connected by a drift, one being 90 feet deep! In these workings is ore, of which about 100 tons were on the dump, 50 or 60 feet from the tramway. In 1898 a shaft was sunk 110 feet and 630 feet of drifting and 29 feet of crosscutting v/ere accomplished. The mine was worked intermittently during a portion of 1902, 18 men being employed. In 1005, the property was leased for several months but dosed down in the autumn. Fourteen tons of ore were shipped in 1908 and the old owners of the property sunk a shaft ».ear the east end of th« claim to a depth of 16 feet and disclosed 2 feet of good ore in le bottom. The workings at present consist of a 105-foot surface nnel not connected with the main shaft; 100 feet of working, ^n the 100-foot level connected with the surface by an old 50-foot shaft; 220 feet of workings, on the 200-foot level; and an adit tunnel 1,920 feet long on the 300-foot level. All the above workings with the exception of the surface tunnel are connected with the main shaft. The vein strikes north 80 degrees west and dips steeply to the north. The ore is pyrite, pyrrhotite, and a little chalcopy- rite. On the 200-foot level, 100 feet west of the shaft, is a fault zone 25 feet in width. West of this main fault the rock is agglomerate, but the granitic boulders are not very noticeable and a lot of fine "ash" rock or tuff is present. The vein is 6 feet wide with two bands of sulphides, one 9 inches in width on the foot-wall and the other IJ feet on the hanging-wall. Ore from the Homestake runs high in silver and some samples are said to have assayed up to $132 and $150 per ton in silver. There is present in the upper workings of the Homestake augite porphyrite agglomerate with many granitic fragments, the latter becoming more prominent in depth. There is considerable granodiorite present on the 300-foot level. Spessartite dykes -e found on the 200-foot level one of which forms the hanging. wall of a heavy sulphide vein. t'i h 168 Mayflower Mine. The Mayflower claim is located one mile south of Rossland on the Columbia and Western railway and is owned by Spokane people. It was staked in 1899 and ore obtained from it ran as high as 120 ounces in silver and $12 per ton in gold. In 1895 a tunnel was driven 50 feet exposing a vein 3 feet wide which ran 40 ounces in silver and $8 in gold. In the spring of 1896 the excavation of the railway grade exposed ? new vein hitherto unknown. Work upon this vein disclosed a body of galena and carbonate ore for a distance of 400 feet. A tunnel 40 feet long was driven from the grade of the railway on this vein and galena and mispickel assaying from 30 to 200 ounces of silver per ton and as high as $20 in gold were reported. The tunnel at track level was advanced to 100 feet in length in 1896. The vein opened up in the tunnel, strikes east and west and dips from 70 to 80 degrees north. For 30 feet in the tunnel the ore was oxidized, then the solid fresh ore was ev it- ered composed of iron pyrites with a large proporti'- galena as well as some zinc blende in a calcite gangue. The chief values are in silver. In a shipment which netted $56 per ton, $40 of that amount was in silver, $10 in gold and $6 in lead. The vein varies in width from a few inches to 3 feet, strikes north 60 degrees east, and can be traced for a cf>nsiderable distance through the claim. A parallel vein to the north has been more or less developed. A winze was sunk vertically near the mouth of the tunnel which runs in from the railway track and at 15 feet the ore is reported to have averaged 200 ounces in silver and carried the usual amount of gold. On the surface near the shaft house the vein is 4 inches wide. The vein is opened in the first couple of cuts up the hill, but after that the trenches are evidently off the vein. The winz? was sunk deeper and the ore was found to widen to 3 feet on the hanging-wall. Assays of this ore showed aggregate value in gold, silver, and copper of $100 per ton. The ore is very similar to that of the Bluebird mine but more massive. Blende, galena, a little arsenopyrite in crystals, pyrite, and pyrrhotite occur in the ore which in places is well I'l \mm 169 banded. The country rock is augite porphyrite and the strati- fied members of the Mount Roberts formation. In 1908, 36 tons of ore were shipped to the Trail smelter. In 1911 Martin Daly and R. Hooper leased the property and did work on a parallel vein outcropping below the railway track. Maid of Erin and R. E. Lee. The Maid of Erin and R. E. Lee claims are situated immedi- ately east of the Mayflower and Gopher claims about one mile south of Rossland on the Columbia and Western railway. The principal work has been done near the centre of the dividing end line of the two claims; as on the R. E. Lee, there is a 30-foot tunnel with a 20-foot drift, in the floor of which can be seen 2 or 3 feet of mixed ore in a lead running east and west (south 68 degrees west) and dipping to the north at 60 degrees. The vein is striking towards the Homestake and is probably the same vein. About 50 feet west of the 30-foot tunnel but on the Maid of Erin, is the main shaft, 1^- feet deep, with a level at 50 feet, running 47 feet east, and a crosscut 24 feet north. The ore is fine-grained mispickel or arsenopyrite, pyrrhotite, and pyrite with some chalcopyrite and zinc blende. The values of the ore have not been ascertained, but it was reported that from 12 tons taken from the tunnel the net smelter return was $458 in gold for the lot. About 500 feet south of the lead a 30-foot shaft is sunk in a second vein of mispickel, 2 to 14 inches wide, said to assay well in gold, and dip and strike the same as the main vein. Monday. The Monday claim adjoins the Homestake claim to the west. A shaft is sunk on a vein striking north 56 degrees east with dip 75 degrees north. There are about 6 tons of ore on the dump, composed of heavy pyrrhotite and pyrite with a little chal- copyrite. The country rock is monzonite which is in places impregnated with sulphides, and where that is the case, the chalcopyrite appears to be more abundant than in the heavy sulphide vein itself. iiH ill 170 Southwest of this shaft and about 100 yards distant is a prospect pit exposing much low-grade sulphides. Phoenix. In 1912 Messrs. Whiteford and Trewhella obtained a lease on the Phoenix claim which adjoins the Abe Lincoln and Sunset claims (Figure 13). They uncovered a vein 2 feet to 4 feet wide having 6 to 18 inches of gold-copper ore in each wall. A shaft was sunk 30 feet and 94 tons of ore averaging $25 a ton were shipped. RiCHUOND-LiLY May GkOUP. The Richmond-Lily May group of claims (about 100 acres) is owned and operated by the Richmond Consolidated Mines Company, Limited. The group includes the following claims: Lily May, Richmond, Black Horse, Sunbeam, Hattie, Dewdrop, and Alice D. The Lily May, on which most of the work has been done, has an area of 13-87 acres. It is located li miles south of Rossland on the Dewdney trail. This is the oldest claim in the camp, having been located in 1889 by Jos. Bourgeois but recorded in 1890 by Oliver Bordeau. It was one of the prin- cipal mines in the district in 1890 and had a 4-foot vein dis- closed in a 30-foot shaft striking northwest by southeast and dipping 50 to 60 degrees to the northeast. The ore carried about 80 ounces of silver to the ton, picked samples run- ning up to 180 ounces. A tunnel striking north 55 degrees east is driven about 50 feet below in which the vein is exposed for nearly the whole length of the tunnel except where interrupted by faults or dykes. Solid sulphides are present, 8 inches wide near the entrance, which widen to 2 feet near the shaft and nar- row again at the face. The dip of the vein on this level is 53 degrees north. The country rock, which is stratified and altered, sedimentary and eruptive rock of the Mount Roberts formation, is either impregnated with pyrite and blende (dark brown) or the sulphide is present in veinlets traversing it. The Mount Roberts formation has a north and south trend with dip of 35 degrees 171 westward. Galena and stibnite also occur in the ore which has a quartz gangue. To the south and also to the north prospect shafts and trenches point to the existence of parallel veins on this property. On February 1, 1899, the ownership of the claims was transferred to a new company called the English-Canadian Company. At that time the equipment consisted of an 80- horse-power boiler, 5-drill air compressor, two machine drills, and a blacksmith shop. The total development work amounted to 485 feet. Nine men were being employed. The property was leased for a short time in 1905 and closed in the autumn. It remained idle from then until 1912 when the present company acquired the property. During the summers of 1912 and 1913 active development work was undertaken under the management of J. L. Warner and nine buildings were erected. Twelve tons of ore were shipped from the Lily May as a sample shipment in 1912. The ore ran $32 per ton in silver, lead, and gold. The equipment of the property now includes a 22X14X18 inch Sullivan (class W.J.) air compressor driven by a 200-horse-power induction motor, a Washington Iron Works 8X10 inch hoist with friction break driven by com- pressed air, all well housed under one roof. The incline shaft has been enlarged and timbered and level stations put in. A No. 6 Cameron pump handles the water at the bottom of the shaft and a small Northey pump lifts the water from a dump in the drift. Considerable surface trenching and stripping of veins on the Richmond claim was done recently and some of the best showings were found to be near the monzonite contact and at dyke intersections elsewhere. Sunset. The Sunset clal.. is situated southeast of and adjoins the Abe Lincoln claim. The road to the Richmond-Lily May and other South Belt properties passes through the property. There is an 80-foot shaft on the property sunk on a 6 inch vein of sulphide ore. In 1908, nineteen tons of ore were shipped to the Trail smelter. Several tons of this heavy sulphide ore lii' 172 are lying on the dump. The ore is massive pyrrhotite and magnetite with a fair amount of chalcopyrite intermixed in a quartz and altered monzonite gangue. Several hundred feet of work has been done in the Sunset tunnel and there is visible much pyrrhotite with a very little chalcopyrite. The country rock is monzonite. Tkilby. The Trilby claim is situated east of the R. E. Lee and in the southeast comer of the map-area. It is owned by Messrs. MacDonald, MacDonnell, Costello, and Murphy. The property was developed by three shafts on the vein in the early days and considerable drifting was done from one of these shafts. This shaft was recently pumped out to see what ore there was in the bottom workings as very little was known about the property. PART II. 175 PART II. CHAPTER I. PHYSIOGRAPHY. INTRODUCTIOS. The fdlowing brief dcKription of the phynography of RoMland and vidnity U intended for readen interested in land forma and thdr physiographic develop.-nent. The treatment is, of necessity, very inadequate on account oi the short time al- lotted to this subject in the field. The physiographic material obtained, however, will be presented here with the hope that tlie facts recorded and the suggestions and correlations made, may aid future workers in this field and possibly may throw ad- ditional light on some of the broader phases erf British Columbian physiography. The practical bearing of physiography and erosional pro- les upon certain problems, not only in general geology but also in economic geology', is becoming increasingly felt among mining geologists. Furthermore, topographic and geographic facts may be more readily undrvtood and remembered if their origin and reasons for existence are given. The inferences upon which the conclusions are based re- garding the origin and history of the Rossland land forms have been drawn from a comparison of the Roasland topography with that of other better known physiographic provinces, from the character and structure of the underlying rocks, and from evidence as to the amount: of work accomplished during present and previous periods of erosion. It is here that physiography largdy overlaps structural geology. A natural and satisfactory classification of land forms and decisions as to the types of mountains, valleys, and plauis present cannot be formulated ""til the gedogical history of the wffxm has been ascertained. - I ^opcCT. A. C., Tnu. Acwr. Iiut. o< Uln. Bag., Oct. I«04, UsDhby J. B.. Aa CIS Bro*m Saiface la Idaho: Jour. U G«oL. XX No. rftiarS. 12».i».^^ J. "^ Aa »• M 176 DESCRIPTION OP TOPOGRAPHY AND STAGE OF DISSECTION. \ I REGIONAL. The Roaaland dbtrict lies within the Columbia Mountain •yttem — a systeir. extending from the Columbia lava plaint in Washington northward to the Great Bend in the Columbia river about 80 miles north of Revelstoke, British Columbia. The 'lystem grades imperceptibly westward into the lower, more subdued topography of the Interior plateau. The bound- ary line between the two topographic uniu has been placed by R. A. Daly* along the Thompson river, Adams lake, and th« Westkettle river in British Columbia, whereas in Washington it is determined by the lower Okanagin valley. Eastward, the Columbia Mountain system grades into the more lofty and rugged alpine topography of the Selkirk mountains. It ia separated from the latter by the Great Selkirk valley within which lie the Arrow lakes and a stretch of the Columbia river. The Columbia system includes the Rossland mountains, the Christina range, the Midway mountains, and other sub- ordinate ranges which trend in a general north and south di- rection and are in places separated by deep longitudinal valleys here and there occupied by lakes. The Rossland mountains are bounded on the east by the Selkirk valley (Columbia river) and on the west by the meri- dional valley occupied by Christina lake and the lower Kettle river.' LOCAL. The Rossland mining camp is situated at an elevation of 3,400 feet above sea-level on the lower rocky benches of Red and Monte Christo mountains immediately east of a low divide {cot)* between the Trail Creek drainage basin or modified cirque and the deep valley of Little Sheep creek to the west. The ■ Dily, R. A., "The NomencOatiire of the North Amerlcu Cordillen": G«ag. lour., VoL tl, June, 190«, p. S«8. > Daly, R. A., Memoir No. 3S, GtiA. Surr., Can.. 1912. p. 319. ■ A term uaed to dceinimte ■ oommon form of cre«t-Une in glaciated mountalni. It I* a concave curve (theoreticaUy a hyperbola) formed by adjacent cirque gladert cutting down a crett-Une from oppoeiu Mm and lowering It at their poinu of tangency. 177 mounuim. Tamarack (4,420 feet AT.). Deer Park, Red, Monte Chriato (4,250 feet, A.T.). and Columbia and Kootenay (4,080 feet A.T.). which aurround the Trail CreeV irque and on whoae fc>wef alopet the minea are located, are a leriea of round-topped hilU riaing from 800 to 1,500 feet above the level of the town (Plate XXV).' They are furrowed by gulliea and gulchet which owe their poaition in many caics to the aoft character of the underlying rocka. The Centre Star and Joeie gulchea which follow wide mica lamprophyre dyke* are of this character (See ttereograms. Map 146A, in pocket). Effect of Glaciation upon Topography. The hill slopes and aummiu bear evidence, in the presence of glacial strise, and smoothed and polished surfaces, of having been overridden by ice which has scratched, smoothed, and softened the contours of the pre-Gladal topography. Erratic boulders and drift were left stranded high on the uplands upon the retreat of the glacial ice. In dealing with the present land surfaces, therefore, it must be remembered that they represent a combination of normal and glacial forms. Although glaciation has obscured in a few places, particularly in the deeper valleys, pre-Gladal topographic features, it has not entirely obliterated them. The upland pre-Giadal surfaces which had a thin rover of ice as compared with the deep valley*, have been least modified and the summits above, approximately the 6,600-foot contour, were never buried under ice but stood as islands or "nunataks" above the ice sheet. Regarding the glaciation of this region, Daly writes: "From the Columbia river to the Similkameen river, a distance of 100 miles, the mountains crossed by the Boundary are at only two places high enough to show the maximum height of the ice-cap. The one locality is Record Mountain ridge and its northern continuation toward Old Glory mountain. The other favourable locality is at Mt. St. Thomas and the ridge running southward from it. The usual criteria for both ridges showed that the general cap did not submerge any slopes higher than the present 6,600-fx>t » Refer to WMt Kaoteuy Map Sheet No. 792: or Hep StA ■eoompuyiof Uemob M. 178 contour. OL-e^vr^Mo-s ,iade on Mt. Chopaka just west of the Similkameen rivc. showed that the upper limit of the ice was there at about the 7,200-foot contour. The surface of the cap thus slowly declined from the Okanagan range to the Columbia river at an average rate of 6 feet to the mile. The ice-cap was about 4,500 feet deep over Sheep Creek valley, Christina lake, and the Kettle River valley. The maxi- mum thicknesses in the Boundary belt, about 6,300 feet, were to be found over the Osoyoos Lake and Similkameen River val- leys. The average thickness throughout the 100 miles was about 3,000 feet. The average directions of ice-movement across summits were, for the Rossland, Christina, and Midway mountains, about S. 20» E."' The upland slopes of the Columbia Mountain system have in places been severely sculptured by alpine glaciers, but not to the same extent as in the Selldrks where the glacial cycle of erosion, in many places, dominates the topography and renders the determination of the physiographic history difficult. Older Upland Topography. Within the restricted limits of the Rossland map-area there are no broad flat upland facets suggestive of remnants of an older uplifted and dissected surface of erosion or peneplain. The topography, on the other hand, presents all the features characteristic of one period of normal and glacial erosion which had reached a mature stage of topographic development prior to regional uplift and the incisement of Sheep and Trail creeks. A summit view, however, from Lake mountain or any other eminence above 5,000 feet in elevation, displays gently flowing summit topography, presenting a relatively even sinuous sky line (Plate XXIV). Surmounting this rolling upland country occur, here and there, residual tnonadnocks or higher mountain peaks, as for instance Old Glory mountain (7,792 feet A.T.) 7 miles northwest of Rossland (Plate XXV). The mature topography in the vicinity of Rossland lies below this summit >GOTlo«yolN A im te ladkau Uie btwk o( rioot iBTohrad la • twixycit topotnpiiic intcau 180 :].! if The larger valley bottoms are partially filled with fluvio- glacial materials which are in the form of terrace steps sloping gently toward the rivers. The terrace steps or "bench lands," which rise from several feet to in some cases several hundred feet above the level of the rivers, are very fertile and yield good crops of fruits and vegetables. Post-Glacial Gorges and Ravines. Small canyons or gorges and ravines varying from several feet up to several hundred feet in depth are in places sharply incised below the younger valleys as for instance in Little Sheep Creek and Trail Creek valleys. The gorge in Little Sheep Creek valley at the 0. K. mill grades into a veritable canyon at Silica and continues as such for considerable stretches. Such gorges and ravines whose whole widths of bottoms are as a rule fully occupied by the streams bear no evidence of glaciation. They are probably due to the normal attempts of the streams since the retreat of the valley ice, to cut down their channels to grade. The glacially denuded headwater regions supplied but little waste for the streams to carry down. With such consequent reduction in waste supply and only moder- ate reduction in volume of water the streams incised gorges and ravines where formerly they had built up outwash plains. DIFFERENT HYPOTHESES OF PHYSIOGRAPHIC DEVELOPMENT. In explanation of the above relief and erosional features a one cle, two-cycle, or three-cycle hypothesis of physiographic development may be advanced. The term cycle is here used not in the sense of a completed cycle but for a period of erosion during an episode of crustal stability. When regional uplift takes place a new river history commences and such erosion intervals are usually spoken of as erosion cycles. Interruptions due to diastrophic movement may take place at any stage in a cycle of erosion and as the late Professor James Geikie stated "it is doubtful if any region of uplift has ever passed through a complete cycle of erosion."' > The Origin o( Mountelo*: by Jame* Geikie, p. 2S1. 181 ONE-CYCLE HYPOTHESIS. The hypothesis of a one-cycle development has been ad- vanced by Daly not only for the Rocky Mountain system proper but also for the Purcell, Selkirk, and Cascade ranges. He states " the one-cycle hypothesis, whereby only one major episode of deformation (the Laramide) and one erosion-cycle (including all of Tertiary time) are postulated, seems competent to explain the present topography."' Concerning the physio- graphy of the Bonnington-Rossland mountains, Daly writes as follows: "This field of relatively old, deformed volcanic rocks and of batholithic intrusives may be conveniently treated as a physiographic unit. Its local base level is the Columbia at about 1,350 feet above sea; the mountains are generally under 6,000 feet with one notable peak. Old Glory mountain, reaching the height of 7,800 feet. With few exceptions the whole region is heavily forested. This region may be described as somewhat past maturity of dissection. Horns are extremely rare: graded slopes are the rule, with contours and profiles generally well rounded. Nearly all of the Boundary belt has here been glaciated, with the re- sulting smoothness of angles under the ice-cap both by erosion and, in places, considerabl" ''oposition of a drift veneer. The ice-cap has, however, dc to effect the pre-Glacial, late- mature character of thir landscape. The summits are relatively low here not o> ^ oecause the rocks have wasted somewhat more rapidly than in the more easterly ranges but more especially because the rocks of the Rossland district were not lifted nearly so high as those of the Nelson range at least. The drainage history is largely undecipherable. The general arrangement of the streams suggests, however, the hypothesis that the original form of the thick Rossland volcanic pile controlled it in some measure, though consequent drainage down the slopes of the orograpb' ocks of Laramide date must have also been developed. Too little is known as to the bed- rode structure in the region to give certain clues on these ques- ' Geology of North American Cordillera: GeoL Surr.. Can., Menudr No. 3S (1912) p. tO». lit 182 tiona. Western Sheep creek and the Christina Lake valley are apparently located on meridional faults and may represent the erosion channels of consequent streams originally formed on the down-thrown blocks - ear the fault planes. The western two- thirds of the Coryell batholith is drained by streams in such courses as to suggest that this part of tho drainage system is a direct result of the greater "hardness" of the bathoHthic mass as compared with the country-rocks. Tliat is, in this region the drainage once existing on the batholithic cover has been locally replaced by drainage which is centrifugal from the bath- olith because erosion has lowered the softer rocks all about. Such streams are not consequent on the initial relief of the batho- lithic cover but are consequent on the intrusion of the batholith, as well as subsequent to the beginning of the erosion cycle affecting the cover. To indicate the composite character of this kind of drainage the writer has proposed the adjective, "subomsequent."* The Coryell area does not fiunish a very good case of subconsequent streams, in the sense that it is still difficult to prove 6uch origin for them; yet there can be little doubt that the batholithic syenite is harder than the schists and volcanics round about. The course of the Columbia river at the Forty-ninth parallel is an open problem. It is locally suoerposed on tl. Trail granodiorite but almost noth- ing is known which givbu a detailed notion as to the origin of the valley in the batholithic roof. Among the many physiographic details of these mountains only one will be here mentioned — the well-known system of ter- races of the Columbia valley. Simple as these gravel benches are in appearance, their onnplete history cannot yet be written. Mudi field-work needs to be done on each side of the Boundary and for hundreds of miles up and down the river, before the facts are sufficiently accumulated."* Under such a one-cycle hypothesis, in which the mountains are assumed to be tectonic moimtains of Laramide revolution age, consequent drainage would be expected with lack of adjust- ment of streams to hard and soft rocks (subsequent drainage). > Gcolonr o( Aicutanr mouatala, Vcrmoat, Bull. U. S. Geol. Suit., No. 109, 1903. p. 11. * Op. Clt. pp. 613414. I! S ;t 183 The reverse is the case and the writer found no evidence in the vicinity of Rossland of consequent drainage. There is evidence however for subsequent drainage in the upper portion of Sheep cretk (page 36) and tributaries of Trail creek (page 177). Further- more the manner in which the Columbia river meanders in- dependently over various rock terranes, transverse in one river stretch to the regional structure and with it in another, is highly suggestive of an antecedent river* whose course has been in- herited from an ancient sluggishly flowing river meandering over a peneplain which has since been uplifted and deeply dis- sected. Under the one-cycle hypothesis in which the original tec- tonic mountains have reached a post mature stage of topo- graphic development a gently rounded upland would be ex- pected grading imperceptibly into the valley topography and lacking any pronounced breaks in slope. This is not the case as may be seen in the photograph (Plate III). Furthermore, the one-cycle hypothesis fails to explain the pronounced topo- graphic shoulders or unconformities which are to say the least very suggestive of a more than one-cycle origin. TWO-CYCLE HYPOTHESIS. The hypothesis of a two-cycle development has been advo- cated by Dawson* for the Interior plateau, by Schofield* for the Purcell range, by Russell,* Willis,* Smith,* Brooks,* and Caimes,* for the Cascade and Coast ranges and by Willis and others for the youthful Rocky mountains. There is a great difference of opinion, however, r^arding the age of the uplifted erosion surface. Schofield advocates an uplifted Cretaceous peneplain for the Purcell range, Dawson and Umpleby an uplifted Eocene peneplain for the interior of s-i.iTSf.i'ga:^si!;r^'^is?^jr3'^ • BuU. Gcol. Soc. o{ An., VoTxiI. ISOl, p. 89. • Smithy G. q., Pnrf..P«p«r._No. 19. U. S. Geol. feS?».. 190J. T m" p. 271 Biooki, A. H., G«ol. and Geography of Aluka; U. & Gcoj. Surr., ' '.. Paper, No. 45 •Calnwa, D. D., Geol. of Uic Whcaton Dtatrkt: G«ol. Sur*., Caa., Memoir No. Jl, p. 83. 184 British Colu. ibia and Washington, and Brooks, Willis, Smith, Russell, and others, an uplifted Miocene or late Tertiary pene- plain. Dissected Eocene Erosion Surface. In the Interior Plateau physiographic province Dawson was the first to recognize an ancient peneplain surface upon which remnants of Oligocene and Miocene deposits lay. He assumed it to be of Eocene age "chiefly because no deposits refer- able to the Eocene or earliest Tertiary have been found in this part of the Cordillera."* This erosion surface has since that date been generally referred to in the literature as the Eocene pene- plain of British Columbia and has been extended and correlated to only a slight extent both into Washington' and Alaska.* Dissected Cretaceous Erosion Surface. The Cretaceous instead of Eocene age of the peneplain (really a palseoplain) in the Interior plateau has been advocated by the writer. The reasons for doubting the validity of an Eocene period of peneplanation have already been stated elsewhere* and will not be repeated here. Very few remnants of the Cretaceous peneplain have sur- vived Tertiary erosion, although its influence may be seen in the present upland topography and larger drainage features. It may be correlated with the nearly level plain of aggradation near sea-level which surrounded it at the close of the Cretaceous period.' Dissected Miocene-Pliocene Erosion Surface. *'ii The upland facets and subdued slopes of the mountain highlands as well as the subequality of the mountain peaks > DKmon, G. M.. Bull. Geol. Sac of Am., Vol. 12, 1901, p. 89. •Umpleby, J. B., Wathlnfton Sute Sunrey Bull. No. 1, 1910, p. 11. • Brank*. A. H.. Geofnphy and Geolon of AlaUa, Prof. Ptper, 45, 1906, p. 279. •G«olofy of Franklin Mining Camp, B. C; Geol. Surr.. Can., Memoir No. 56, 1914, pp. 38-44. • Jour, of Geol., Vol. XXIII. No. 2 (1915), p. 102. |i * 185 have been accounted for by many observers as due to the dis* section of a late Tertiary or Pliocene peneplain.' A late mature upland erosion surface is present in Franklin miniag camp 42 miles northwest of Rossland also in the Columbia Mountain system. There the erosion surface bevels uptilted Miocene volcanics which are present in the bottom of a broad deeply dissected intermontane trough.' This erosion surface has been correlated* wuh a peneplain surface found by the writer, truncating anticlinal domes of Lower Miocene volcanics in the Kamloops district, Interior Plateau physiographic province. This peneplain was found to be confined to the Interior plateau and when traced westward into the Coast range graded into late mature and mature upland surfaces. The transition be)" between peneplain and mature upland topography averages in width about 15 miles bordering the mountains. This late mature upland topography is included in the Interior Plateau physio- graphic province.* The Interior plateau, as a unit, however, has probably been influenced a great deal by the older Cretaceous palaeoplain which still dominates the topography in places.* The Interior plateau may represent a plateau of accumula- tion made up of Tertiary sedimentaries and volcanics lying upon a basement Cretaceous peneplain in process of being dissected. The volcanics have been locally warped and possibly bevelled through arid erosive forces. As Daly has pointed out in his discussion on a general Tertiary peneplain in the Cascade moun- tains,' "The recent studies of Passarge and Davis seem to prove the possibility of "levelling without base levelling" over large tracts of arid mountain-land. There is reason to think that the belt east of the present high Cascades may have been dry and subject to heavy wind-erosion for a comparatively long time. Under the control of the wind in an arid or subarid 'Brook*. A. H., Geography and Geology of Alaaka: U. S. G. S. No. 45. d. 271. Soc/S".'^!. 14. i'owj'ip' 11M3?^ ^'^'° •" ^""* ^"'""''ia and Alllaka: Bull. G«I. pp. I'Mf'"*" "' ''™°"'° Mining Camp. B. C.j G«ol. Surr., Can., Memoir No. M (1915), 1912! 'pSfsf' '^°''«^~'- ^"- *^""* ^^°°^ No. 8, p. 236, Summary Report Geol. Surr.. Can., rf nn"!^^''*'^.?'^ Beaverdell map-area and the louthem part of the Interior olateaui Ko2ui9j^S°u5»:'^'"'^'- *^'- ^^- ^^- ""*"" »"^ No 11, c^rsSS •Guide Book'No. 8, Part II, Int. Geol. Conne« XII, 1913, p. 236. •GeoL of North American Coi UUeta: GeoLSurr., Can., Memoir No. 38, p. 627. .f! 186 district newly uplifted rock-folds would suffer specially raoid attack."" *^ The arguments against a general late Tertiary peneplanation of the Cascades and Rockies may be found in Daly's report on the North American Cordillera.* Under the second hypothesis of a two-cycle development accordmg to which uninterrupted erosion has lasted ever since the time of uplift a simpler type of topography would be expected m wh'ch the valley slopes would grade uniformly from flat summits to valley bottom which is not the case at Rossland. Furthermore, transverse sections through the mountains would not display such pronounced topographic breaks at more than one elevation as they apparently do. Then again there is evi- dence westward in the Interior Plateau region of more than two mam cycles of erosion which must be considered in accounting for the present relief. The erosional as weU as volcanic history of the bordering Columbia Mountain system is closely related to that of the Interior plateau although the results of erosion, as has been seen, differ considerably. For the above reasons the two- cycle hypothesis of devetopment fails to fully explain the topog- raphy of the Rossland mountains. ,. fei I'M 11 THREE-CYCLE HYPOTHESIS. A third hypothesis still remains to be considered— that of the three-cycle development for the Rossland mountains. It IS suggested that the subequaUty of tht Mountain summits, and presence of relatively flat upland stretches in certain high- land areas, may be due to the influence of a former uplifted Cretaceous peneplain (corresponding to the palaeoplain of the 1. tenor Plateau province) (Plate XXV). The broad flaring upland valleys and lower upland stretches of from mature to late mature topographic development may represent the work of a composite Tertiary erosion cycle (late Tertiary peneplain of Interior Plateau province and lowland plains elsewhere), and the youthful entrenched valleys are to be referred to a pre-Gladal 187 cycle (youthful valleys of the Interior plateau entrenched beneath late Tertiary eroaion surface). The three-cycle hypothesis of physiograjAic development se«tnu best suited to explain the field facU and is here advanced as an alternative working hypothesis to account for the complex topography of the Columbia Mountain system. CORRELATION. Having in a very sun^maiy manner described the structure of the mass, the stage of dissection, and hypotheses of physio* graphic development the various topographic units will now be traced eastward and westward and correlated with surfiL- Schofidd, S. J., "Geol. of Cnnbnok iiup«ra>": Gcol. Sunr., Can.. Memoir 76 (WIS), p. 102< 188 CONCLUSION. It is concluded that the Rowland mountoins belong to the •ubsequent or relict daw and that the topography ow« h! prewnt form to a rather complex physiographic history of which the present represents only a single phase. Tlie major events which shoiUd be con«dered in any interpretation of the p^nt «hef mdude three main periods of erosion separatea by profound d.a.t^ph.c movemenu and vulcanism and at least one and proln ably two penods of gladation. The erosion periods are in order of importance from the sUndpoint of the present Tefef?!^ S^^oS?bvT'"rH"' T'"* ^^ -r^^'^-O' cycle which'wJ mtemipted by local duturbanccs. and the Cretaceous cyde of » f J?/. '"""'"'^ °^ *^* <^"^*«<=«>"» «T'<:«e may be seen only in Tn X f TJHa^'' "T '" ""^ ™beq"ality of the mountain peaks, m die antecedent character of some of the rivers, and h the t^Z T^^P^'^ ™'^**°'» °' the mountain province, to the mtermontane plateau provinces. The Tertiarj' cycle accomplished ^ITT* ''"^'■" °' **** "P''*^ Creuceou. erosiS tone Mr • ^ r.*''*? '*** ""^'""^^ '" ^'"^ *>'°ad intermon- s^stem The^'i-'^'""'^'? T'"^ '^'"P "" ^'''^ --' '"^"ntain system. The Tertiary cyde of erosion was interrupted at times bylocal volcanic cycles which did not. however, influence ^ present scenery as much as did normal erosion acting upon the volcamc rocks, mc^ified and directed by geological strmure are J h! '^^^P^^''^^ y/>"thful valleys below the upland stretches ?he PiLT^ to the work of rejuvenated streams following the Pliocene regional uplift and prior to glaciation. The pruth trend.. Glacial debri. i. in*gularly Katterrf over the dirtrict a. well a. recent .tream graveT^ Tabk of Formatims. Quatcnwry. . . , MioMM OligoceneC?).. Eoeene(?) l^ppcr JunMk . TriaMic (?).... '^>ep|Mrd formation. Coryell (ormatioa... ■ Sophie and Lake Mountain formation. Trait formation Carboniferoui. .Mount Roberta forma- tion itraam dcpodti, boulder clay, •]. luvium. ' Granite porphyry. (SiLid'S '^"*" "'^^ Porphyritic monionite. Conglomerate, aanditone, ahaie. G^ModJorite and monaonite, d^te porphyrite, andeaitic and latitic Uva and tuff. Augite porphyrite, agglomerate, and tun. Serpentine and pyrowaite. Quartate, tUte, en ntalUne lime- «tone, and altered , *T. Much of the following material is uken from Dr. G A Young s deacnpuon of the various formations in his unpublished Camp which embodies the results of field work and geoloeici mappmg during the sea«,n of 1906. Recent worrby D^t age relationships of different formations have slightiy modified indicated on tiie map legend differs from that given in tiiis memoir (Map No.. 1002. 1004 in pocket). 191 D 1ST RIB UTION OF FORMA TIONS. "The general dittribution of the various geological bodies within the area mapped on a icale of 1,200 feet to the inch (of mentioned here a. briefly a. powible. rince their arrangement will be be.t understood by referring to the geological Tet, The eastern half of the area is largely occupied by the westen, STt'e™ ^rt ? ,rr"-'' *^^ '^^^^' *"^'"K '" ^''^^ ^'"th. ^Te^r^ the d.stnct extends eastward beyond the limiu of the map. oyer a disunce in all of about 5 miles. Its southern boundary while within the limits of the sheet, follows a gleVa easterly line, while iu northern border, commencing at the w«t- em end. runs easteriy to about the centre of the area. There U turns rather abrupUy to the north and continues along the eastern, lower slopes of Red mountain till at a short distance ^yond the northern limits of the sheet, it quickly turns tL the orlhrieT""""*' "°^ d'«KO"a"y the northeastern comer i. und?rllt?? "' ?' P^",«^^"P'«1 by the monzonite. the country wi^ JiU r I '^ t'"' °' '**"' "^'^'"^ f°™«- alternating widh sills and perhaps flows of augite porphyrite. The sedi- menu as a rule, dip towards the west and have a general north and «,uth strike with which the band-like distribution ofSe ovfr th^!^ r"' T"^^?t Typical porphyrite is exposed over the ^tern slopes of Red mountain whose summitHw ine ^r .'^' ^""'^f^. ^'^'' °^ ""'^ ^° '^^ ^^' of the central on the 1^!. rT" ^u r' "^ ^"^'^^^ porphyrite is bounded 2JtlT^ r ^Vr'^'^'y ''■""'''"« monzonite area, while on t^LT.H m'" "V'l ^ ''""'^ °^ "'^^^^ ^^•'"-"'^ and perhaps tuffs of he Mount Roberts group, the conuct following a north «Kl south direction This augite porphyrite or a ve,^ simiW rock reappears m the northeast angle of the district and with the exception of a few narrow bands of shales and slates, largely occupies the southern portions of the area 'oeyond the mon^ zon.te body. A third area of the porphyrite Lurs tow3s the west interbanded with sediments. t4 f s 192 "The sediments of the Mount Roberts group, occupy the western half of Red mountain, dipping at low angles to the west as though overlying along their eastern margin the above, first mentioned band of augite porphyrite. The bedded rocks extend westward across their strike to the further side of the upper part of the valley of Sheep Creek where they are cut by a dyke-like area of pulaskite pursuing a north and south direc- tion. This band of pulaskite probably marks the site of an extensive fault and separates the gently inclined beds of Red mountain on the east from an assemblage of less altered but highly tilted slates on the west. These sedimentary rocks also belong to the Mount Roberts group and possess a north and south strike. They extend westerly up the eastern face of the ad- joining mountains till they are followed apparently conformably, by a band of volcanic agglomerate. Beyond this agglomerate and outside of the area mapped, a series of porphyrites, andesites and tuffs succeed and make up the bulk of Mount Roberts and O.K. mountains. "In this southwestern quarter of the area of the sheet, the valley of Sheep creek cuts diagonally across the southern end of the pulaskite dyke already referred to and which there intrudes a considerable area of the Nelson [Trail] granodiorite interposed between the syenite and the westerly end of the monzonite. To- wards the southwestern comer of the area there also occurs a large, rudely circular area of serpentine. Besides the body of pulaskite referred to, three other areas of the same rock are known, all invading the monzonite either close to the city or within its limits. A type of monzonite designated as porphy- ritic monzonite, occupies a number of distinct, usually relatively small areas within either the main monzonite mass or the augite porphyrite. Diorite porphyrite is very abundant on the slopes of Red mountain either within the augite porphyrite or the bed- ded rocks of the Red Mountain group. This igneous rock forms both dyke-like masses and quite irregular usually small bodies. Various dykes both acid and basic, are common throughout the whole district save within the areas of pulaskite. The dykes though often individually having irregular courses, possess a pronounced general north and south strike." m 193 DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF FORMATIONS. PAL/EOZOIC. Carboniferous. Mount Roberts Formation. Distribution. "The rocks herewith grouped together a.n largely slates or what appear to be mo.e highly altered forms of the same rocks and they occur in a number of separate areas about the central monzonite body. They are well exposed in a broad band occupying the western part of Red mounUin and extending down its southern slopes to meet the monzonite along the foot of Deer Park ridge. A second wide band sep- arated from the first by a narrow belt of igneous rocks, lies near the western border of the area of the sheet, on the lower eastern slopes of the mountains of the Record Ridge group. A third zone occurs on the western side of Deer Park ridge overlooking Sheep Creek valley and a fourth on the summit of Monte Christo and extending over the depression between it and C. and K. mountain. Small, discontinuous, and irregular bands and patches of these rocks, left unmapped, are found also within the body of augite porphyrite occupying part of C. and K. mountain. The areas on Red mountain and C. and K. moun- tain, embrace, however, many exposures of diorite porphyrite in the form of dykes and larger, often very irregular bodies which have been left unmapped on the smaller scaled sheet, though over considerable stretches of country the diorite porphyrite is as abundant as the slaty rocks themselves. Lithology. "The rocks of the Mount Roberts formation are present in a comparatively unaltered condition throughout the wide band along the lower slopes of the mountains of the western boundary. There the rocks in many instances are soft, dense, at times probably carbonaceous, black slates. These grade into lighter coloured and more arenaceous forms, often containing tiny quartz grains while in other places the rocks become calcareous. Over considerable areas the slates are lighter coloured and harder but usually are finely banded, the l:^ 194 banding being due to variations in colour, in size of grain and of composition: in all cases the banding and slaty parting coin- cide. These rocks as indicated by a collection of fossils ob- tained by R. W. Brock, from one locality in this band, are of Carboniferous age. Dark slates resembling some of the above are found also in the two bands of this formation within the augite porphyrite along the southern boundary of the sheet and the rocks of the area on Deer Park ridge have the same general characters. "On the lower, western slopes of Red mountain, dark rocks outcrop which resemble the above but usually are harder and lack the prominent slaty parting. They are interbanded with more siliceous, lighter coloured varieties which with many areas of diorite porphyrite form the bulk of the exposures within the areas mapped as underlain by the Mount Roberts formation on Red and Monte Christo mountains. In general the rocks of tiiese areas are very hard, very siliceous in appearance and of a light or dark greenish colour passing into dark brown. They usually preserve a finely banded structure, evidentiy indicating the original bedding planes; but in many places silicification and the rusty weatiiering resulting from the decomposition of the almost universal, finely disseminated pyrites, has obliterated the original characters and it is possible that at times the beds are really of tuifaceous origin. On the whole, however, they apparendy represent altered forms of slates like those of the previously described western band. These rocks sometimes highly altered, at other times preserving more of their original appearances, also occur in broken band-like areas and over smaller more irregular outcrops within the augite porphyrite on C. and K. mountain. 'That the various assemblages of bedded rocks within the district are part of one formation seems highly probable. The rocks of Red mountain in many places in spite of their alteration, possess features in common with the slates on the west. This relation is indicated also by the already described occurrence on the lower western slopes of Red mountain of comparatively unaltered slates almost identical in character with the beds to the west. 195 Structure. "Since not only in the area mapped but also in the surrounding district, the bedded rocks have a general dip to the westward, it would seem very probable that proceeding westerly, they are arranged in an ascending series and therefore that the beds of volcanic agglomerate (to be described later), appearing just within the western border, overlie them. The thickness of the sediments of the two broader bands has been estimated to be about 1,200 feet in each case. The values obtained must be regarded only as approximations to the truth, yet they at least indicate a minimum thickness of 1,200 feet for the Mor i».,. ' formation. "T _eds of the Mount Roberts group nearly everywheie dip to the west there are many local and some- times abrupt variations both of the dip and strike. Within the area occupying the western portion of Red mountain, the strike is usually to the west of north and the value of the angle of westeriy dip commonly varies between 10 and 30 degrees. Throughout the band of these rocks to the west of the aoove and from which it is separated by a comparatively narrow zone of igneous rocks, the direction of the strike is the same, nearly north and south, but the beds are highly inclined and usually in an approximately vertical position. This sudden change in the value of the angle of dip seems almost certainly, to be due to a fault along which afterwards has appeared, the dyke of pulaskite intervening between the two areas of bedded rocks. This fault apparently had formed before the intrusion of the majority of the dykes since they have the same general vertical attitudes both east and west of the supposed fault but whether the dislocation occurred before or after the intrusion of the large body of granodiorite of Mesozoic age now found in the valley of Sheep creek, is not so evident. The small amount of evi- dence collected would, however, indicate that this fault had appeared before the granodiorite invasion. "Within the area on Monte Christo mountain and over the two bands in the southern portion of the sheet, the rocks while preserving a northeriy strike and generally a westerly inclination, show rather large variations in the angle of dip which ranges from 20 to 30 degrees. The sedimenUry rocks of the area oa 3S .;; 1 I I m I iii 196 Deer Park mountain, seem to be arranged in large and small blocks variously orientated so that the direction of strike and angle of dip vary rapidly from point to point. The move- ments which have thus ruptured the sedimentary rocks seem also to have extended into the neighbouring augite porphyrite and near the contact, small, block-like bodies of the slates have been incorporated within the locally brecciated porphyrite. "A zone of fracturing at times at least 300 yards wide includes the granodiorite of the two small areas near the summit and extends down the south face of Red mountain. Within this zone the rocks are usually highly brecciated and on a rock surface often appear as a mosaic of fragments varying in size from a few inches to a number of yards in diameter but still preserving their banded structures. Certain dark dykes also have been involved in the crushing and at times the rock appears like an agglomerate or even simulates a conglomerate. This occur- rence, evidently formed in post-Jurassic times since the grano- diorite also has been included, represents the most conspicuous zone of brecciation seen, but over most of the area on Red mountain and those to the eastward, there are many, often sudden local variations in the attitudes of the beds which may represent other zones of dislocation having a similar north and south trend. "Evidence of faulting following planes having a general east and west direction is common along the contact of the western band of the slates and the volcanic agglomerate of the western border. There, wherever suitable exposures occur, the rocks seem to be cut by a multitude of east and west faults with throws varying from a fraction of an inch up to several feet. These faults seemed to have counterbalanced the effects of one another and for a distance of a mile and a half, the contact of the two formations preserves a uniform course parallel with the strike of the rocks, in spite of the countless faults at right angles to this direction. "The strata also show flexures as evidenced by the curving of the line of contact between the western band of the bedded formation and the band of augite porphyrite extending north from Sheep Creek valley. The two bands of slaty rocks en- II'J.I m 197 closed by the areas of augite porphyrite along the southern boundary of the areas also commence to bend around to the westward just at the edge of the sheet and the slates there assume northeast and southwest strikes. Metamorphism. "The processes of alteration which have so greatly hardened and silicified the bedded rocks on Red mountoin do not seem to be directly attributable to the intrusion of the pulaskite. If the metamorphism was directly due to the appearance of this igneous mass, it would be expected that the alteration would be greatest in the immediate neighbourhood of this rock and would decrease in amount away from it. Al- most the reverse seems to be true since the largest body of this type occurs just west of the upper part of Sheep creek whereas the least altered members of the Mount Roberts formation on Red mountain, are found along the lower, western slopes of the mounta'u opposite to the pulaskite dyke. That the syenite has produced some metamorphism cannot be denied, since as at the Jumbo mine situated on the contact of the pulaskite and the altered sediments, the latter rocks have locally been more severely altered with the ' -xluction of much finely divided biotite. On the other hanc 'aies bordering the pulaskite on the west have remained con.pfa vely unaltered up to within a few feet of the igneous body. I. lis immunity from meta- morphism may, however, be partly due to the fact that the slates there lie in a nearly vertical position and strike parallel with the direction of the contact, so that the parting planes would not afford a ready means of access to the metamorphosing agents accompanying the intrusion of the pulaskite. Bands of but little altered slates are intimately associated with the augite porphyrite as for instance, towards the centre of the southern portion of the area. These same areas of slate also lie but a short distance from the monzonite body. The great changes experienced by the sediments thus do not seem at- tributable to either the intrusion of the monzonite nor to the occurrence of the augite porphyrite. "The general metamorphism of the sedimentary rocks on Red mountain possibly may be due to the intrusion of the Nelson granodiorite s^nce the borders of the main bathoiithic fl 11. ill ij 198 body of this rock He within a mile northwards of Red mountain whUe a considerable area of the same granitic ty^^^^^^ the siope of Sheep Creek valley. Also, towards t^sZ^t o" Red mountam occur small patches and vein-like outcrops of the granodionte becomes more prominent with depth.] Thus the general area of Red mountain would appear to be unde^TaSI at no very gt^t depth by bodies of the ^anitic ma^a a„d therefore .t would be expected that the sedimentan^ "f XS' ''°"" '" ^' ''''*^'''"*^ ^ considera^bly^tt:! lara.'lif'"''*' ^'^^"' .^^'^ Hietomorphosed sediments are also argely impregnated with sulphides, so much so indeed that^ wnere m the Red Mountain band, is almost certain to reveal some finely disseminated sulphide, it would seem not unUk^ that the deposition of the sulphides and at least a part ofiSe Sue tTe" '"' ''^"t" °' ^'•^ '^''"«"*» -«- sim'^Ualus! the ore bodies of the camp, it would follow that at least some part of the metamorphbm of the Mount Roberts formld^n wl due to the same phenomena. The discussion of the probable ongin of the ore bodies of the camp is treated in ZZT^n of this volume and need not be entered into here. It Lmid ^^nl^'^l'^JH^ ''"""* '^'''' •>°— • that the a^ w^thm which the sedimentary rocks are so highly altered and «» generally inpregnated with the sulphides, are airtlSse"™ whid. occur so abundanUy the dykes and irreguTar SiS of dion e porphyrite while, outside of these areas the dTrit^ Poiphynte is either altogether absent or of but ;e,^ ifS Age and Origin. "The bedded, undoubtedly largely sedi- 7:iZ oT^e rIT "/ '''■ ^°r ^""-^ foLatbn'wi^i'n ine area of the Rossland mimng district are. as showi. bv their fossil content, of Carboniferous age." ^ Dr. H. M. Ami has furnished the following oreliminarv 199 f^*? »"'!,"""i"'f,'""!!^" °' •?""!»"'' '" British Columbk '^TheU, U o^cur l^M'^i ."»<• altered angular fragn.ents of impure limestone FroiTthe chwacter and nature of tlie invertebrate remains, corals, bryozoa Jbrach^ S2ri„I°^l:" Th •'r"""^ '"^'"'"iP? '^' Hmestoneis'^^^hout doubt of r^.7.if J"S?' J*" '■""*• ''PT""'"*! in the collection-*, far as the ve^ — M awibed to the Upper Carboniferous, the upper division of the Carhoni ferouf •yitem, and conutu of the following genera and 8p«:iM:_ ^''''^"'■ Antkoioa. 1. ZaphrenHs sp. BryoMoa. 2. Steuopora, or Rhombopora to. Brachiopoda. 3. Productus temiretieuUUut. 4. Productui sp. 5. Martinia sp. 6. Spirifer sp., cf Spirifer cameratus." "The Mount Roberts formation is the oldest known for- mation within the limits of the camp and is cut by all of the Igneous bodies. The sediments are the monuments of a remote age when the greater part of British Columbia was beneath the sea and formed a basin of deposition in which were accumulated great quantities of detrital matter, or heavy deposits of lime- stone built up during times of clearer water. This age the Carboniferous period, also was characterized by the widespread occurrence of volcanic phenomena, probably largely of marine types and which gave rise to coarse and fine volcanic ejecte- menta, lava flows and intrusive sheets. "Witiiin tije area under discussion, the Carboniferous Umestones are absent but tiie detrital beds and the results of the volcanic action are very evident The strata of this period were built up m a probably, horizontal manner and on older for- mations since hidden from view or destroyed by the immense deep-seated igneous intrusions of later times. The Carboni- ferous formations in the present area, thus epresent a portion of the geological foundation into which the igneous bodies of the camp were intruded. Before tiie appearance of tiie grano- dionte and monzonite masses, the general westeriy dip had been imparted to tiie Carboniferous sediments and the strata of the soutiip a portion of tiie area were folded so tiiat the strike changed from north and south to more nearly east and west. :H 1f ii ^' !m ,1 ii 200 The general geological history of British Columbia would indi- cate that this deformation of the measures may have taken place during Permian times when the western country seems to have been uplifted and probably subjected to differential move- ments. A period of more profound deformation took place in Jurassic or perhaps early Cretaceous times during which the widespread Nelson [Trail] granodiorite forced its way up- wards. Apparently to one or other of these epochs of crustal movements, must be assigned the date of the major disturbances of the Carboniferous strata of Rossland." MESOZOIC. Triassic( ?) Volcanic Agglomerate. Distribution. "An area of agglomerate occurs along thr northern half of the western boundary of the district and is part of a band extending in a north and south direction for about 2 miles with a maximum width of 350 yards but with an average breadth of only about one half of this amount. The body is not cut off by later rocks nor terminated by faults but gradually ends, the outcrops occupying an elongated lenticular area. Lithology. "The agglomerate consists largely of coarse fragmental material alternating with finer grained, tuffaceous beds. The fragments frequently show in relief on weathered surfaces, are usually oval of outline though often angular and range in size from pieces 5 or 6 inches in diameter down to small grains. The materials of the fragments include quartz, slates, and altered volcanics. These usually are lighter coloured than the base in which they lie and which commonly has a greenish colour. The individual fragments are arranged with their longer diameters parallel to the strike and occur in bands of fragments roughly assorted according to size. These bands alternate with others that are finer grained, distinctly bedded and of a greenish grey or brownish colour and which when examined under the microscope, are seen to be tuffs. Structure. "The rocks of the agglomerate band have a very prominent north and south strike and the beds are vertical as 201 in the case of the slates of the area immediately to the east which they directly succeed and with which they appear to be strictly conformable. The agglomerate beds seem to mark the results of a neighbouring volcanic explosion which may have lead up to the formation of the volcanic rocks succeeding the agglomerate on the west. These lie wholly without the area of the present sheet and outcrop on the slopes of the mountains of the Record group where they are cut by a large area of the presumably Tertiary pulaskite. They comprise various types of andesitic rocks with interbedded tuffs frequently presenting a marked bedded structure by means of which the attitude of this volcanic series is seen to pass gradually from a vertical one on the lower ■lopes, to a horizontal one on the summits of the mountains. Age. "These andesites, tuffs, etc., compose the newer as- semblage of volcanics referred to by R. G. McConnell and R. W. Brock in their several summaries. The above authors tentatively correlated these newer volcanics of Record ridge with the "Beaver Mountain group" thought to be possibly of post- Cretaceous age. That these volcanic rocks are newer than the underlying Carboniferous is evident and since they are so un- like any other described groups within the Carboniferous series of the region, it seems highly probable that they at least, are of post-Carboniferous age. Under this view of the situation, rince the Permian is generally lacking in British Columbia, they would naturally fall in the Triassic, whose members do not always appear to be distinctly unconformable on the younger Carboniferous group. "Since the presumably Triassic beds undoubtedly have suffered from the same main orogenic movements as the under- lying Carboniferous series, it follows that the major disturb- ances of the Carboniferous rocks of the Rossland mining camp, took place in post-Triassic times and therefore probably during the Jurassic revolution. The remaining geological history of the camp is concerned only with that of igneous bodies injected after the period of great disturbances and always at considerable 'lepths beneath the old land surfaces of succeeding ages. The igneous bodies were not exposed till long after their formation when the coverings of Carboniferous, Triassic, and probably later periods were partly or wholly removed by erosion." Jii 202 !,| i AugUe PoTpkyrite Intruswts. Distribution. "Four main areas of augite porphyrite are shown on the map. The summit of C. and K. mounUin, situated towards the northeastern comer of the camp, is oc- cupied by the porphyrite. The rock also occurs on the eastern slopes of Red mountain over a broad band-like area extending south to the foot of the mountain wher ■ it is interrupted by the monzonite which also bounds it on its eastern side while along the western margin, it is in conUct with the bedded serie^i. A third area of the augite porphyrite, also with a general north and south trend, is found near the western border of the district, in part bounded by the bedded series but seeir Ingly cut off in its northern extension by the pulaskite and on the south by the serpentine. The southern portion of the area is largely under- lain by the porphyrite or a similar rock and there includes two bands of the already described sedimentary rocks. "The augite porphyrite of the different localities shows a considerable variation in its general appearance but the ex- posures of this rock on Red mountain and in the southeast comer of the area of the sheet, closely resemble one another. The porphyrite on C. and K. mountain is also very similar in its main aspecu while in the other areas, the rocks differ in several respects. Lithology. "The augite porphyrite as exposed on the east face of Red mountain, is of a very dark greyish or greenish black colour and is studded with numerous stout prisms of greenish black pyroxene and hornblende. These larger individ- uals lie in a very fine-grained, dark ground in which often may be distinguished small cleavage faces of lighter coloured feldspa and at times the dark ground assumes a greyish hue due to a general increase in the size of the feldspar composing it. The larger crystals or phenocrystst of augite and hornblende are very noticeable and often reach a length of one quarter of an inch but more commonly are less than one half this size, while in places, especially near the contact with the bedded rocks, these individuals sink to still smaher dimensions. "A very common feature of the rock is its agglomeratic structure which is us: . 'y quite distinct on weathered surfaces .^1 where the exposure* then seem to be composed of oval or rounded fragmenU of a porphyrite slightly different in colour or texture from the material in which they lie. The fragmenu vary in size and numbers locally and sometimes, over considerable areas, disappear altogether. They are often several inches or more in diameter, and usually coarser and often lighter in colour than the enclosing material but otherwise so closely resemble it that on fresh surfaces the structure frequently is barely noticeable. "As alre.iJy stated, the porphyrite occupying the scHith- eastern portion of the area of the map is much like that of Red mountain and this is also true to a lesser extent of the porphyrite of C. and K. mountain where the rock, however, is on the whole, finer grained. The augite porphyrite of much of the southern area and of the band on the slopes of the moun- tains of the Record group, while probably of the same origin and of like chemical composition, is in places, unlike it in general appearance. This variety is of a dark greyish or greenish black colour with very numerous small, often rather slender prisms of dark augite and hornblende and lighter coloured feldspars lying in a fine-grained, dark greenish or greyish ground. At times the pyroxene phenocrysts become larger and stouter in habit and the rock then closely approximates in appearance the variety on Red mountain. An agglomeratic structure is not uncommon though over considerable areas it is absent. The western portion of this body in places looks much like a dark green tuff as also does the rock of the band on the west side of Sheep creek. The rock in these latter localities usually is of a very dark green colour, fine grained, sometimes almost dense but at other times many small cleavage faces of hornblende and feldspar are visible. In places the rock has a decidedly sheared structure, breaking irregularly along certain planes. Portions of the rock in this area may be tuffs but for the greater part, the material seems to represent a sheared and often much decomposed porphyrite of the same variety as that of Deer Park ridge and slopes. "The augite porphyrite of Red mountain when examined iu thin sections under the microscope is seen to be composed of phenocrysts of augite, hornblende and plagioclase feldspars lying in a fine ground chiefly of plagioclase feldspar and horn- I blende. The hornhlend< i- wally much more abundant than the auRite, ha« a green t lour, lo*- pleochrowm, a confused or matted structure and an inijiifect cleavage while in the case of the larger individuals there f . -n is a central portion of colour- less augite so that it seer -.1, .,,le that much of the hornblende is secondary. [The bon I a ...If , .ase occurs in the mine work- ings in close proximi ^ t, (he clicrite porphyrite tongues.l The phenocrysu are ofter c:. -'ex. wins or intergrowths having stout prismatic forms a. i -- ct.int from the prism zone are often terminated by low pyrar d«, v' .:- bawl sectioiw are rounded or eight-sided. The phero< lath-shaped, and frequur' hornblende or pyroxc!- accompanied by carlsbv structures are common, of the twinned feldspars .hU. <' feldspr ••(t-ally are broad, .• are as 1.- 1, r- .;^er than those of Thi.j now albite twinning often twii :,ii , Arhile rather faint zonal The vluf-^ >f the extinction angles 'wlicatt t„ , ihey are largely labra- dorite. The hornblende jf the ground mass usually occure in small, quite irregular forms and the feldspar* of the base seem to be mainly if not altogether plagioclase varieties. "The structure is often decidedly porphyritic but the pro- portions and characters of the chief constituents vary. Some- times the phenocrysts by their size are separated sharply from the ground, sometimes this distinction is nearly lost. In cer- tain cases the ground is a very fine granular mixture while in others the feldspars have crystalline outlines and may even be of a comparatively large size. At times the feldspar pheno- crysts numerically predominate over those of augite and horn- blende, at other times the reverse is true and though the ground is distinctly feldspathic the hornblende in it is occasionally very abundant. "Microscopically the augite porphyrites composing most of the southern area show the general characters of the above types but the phenocrysts are smaller and more slender in habit, this being particularly noticeable in the case of the dark coloured constituents. The feldspars are usually the more abundant and but rarely show zonal structures while original, brown horn- blende as well as colouriess augite and secondary hornblende occur in the form of phenocrysts. "The rocloi of the third and finer grained type* of the we«t- em part of Deer Park ridge and of the opposite Mopes of Sheep Creek valley are seen under the microscope to \>e largely de- composed and frequently conuin much secondary calcitc and chlorite. Sometimes in spite of the decomposition they retain the general characteristics of the second type of augite porphy- rite while at oth«r times they have structures simulating a pyroclastic rock but in some cases at least, this appearance seems to be due to shearing and alteration." Chemical analysis made by the Mines Branch of (1) a fresh specimen of augite porphyrite taken from the 4th level of the War Eajfle mine and (2) the same rock where altered in the vein, yielded the following results: Analyses of Augite Porphyrite. 08-37 'The altered type (:) it will be noted, is higher in Mg, K, and Fe and lower in SiOi, Ca, and Na than the fresh type. Origin of Agglomeratic Structure. "The agglomeratic struc- ture of the augite porphyrite as typically exposed over the area of this rock on Red mountain, seems best explained as having formed after the body of rock assumed its present position in 206 relation with the sediments in contact with it on the west. The embedded fragments differ apparently only in texture from their host while their outlines are irregularly rounded or oval and give no evidence of representing already solidified material caught up by a fluid body nor of being fragmentary volcanic ejecte- menta. The absence of vesicular or scoriaceous structures and other related phenomena, seems to preclude the possibility of the agglomeratic habit having resulted mechanically through movements in a cooling lava flow. "On the other hand, the general appearance and distri- bution of the fragments does suggest that they represent the remains of an older body which while still in a fluid condition, was injected by a second volume of the same magma and in which part of the first irrupted matter resisted any attempt at a thorough mixture of the matter of the two periods. Such an invasion could in this instance, hardly have been followed by any decided movements of the still fluid mass as a whole, that is after the augite porphyrite had reached its present position or otherwise, the included fragments would surely have been noubly elongated in the direction of flow. If such an explana- tion as the above, of the origin of the ag^rlomeratic structure, be adopted then it would appear that the mass of augite por- phyrite of Red mounuin represents a sill or intrusive sheet and not a lava flow for the conditions under which a flow forms would scarcely permit of the action of the above supposed phenomena. "The various types of augite porphyrite are very common in the district immediately around Rossland, forming a large part of the original Rossland volcanic group. Over considerable areas, the porphyrite rapidly alternates with thin bands of bedded »naterial not unlike sediments but probably often of tuffaceous origin. In many instances in the area outside of the present sheet, the porphyrite seems to pass into a variety con- taining numerous foreign rock fragments. Sometimes the transition from the true porphyrite to these agglomerates is rapid as if the two distinct varieties of rock were present but in many cases and over large areas the transition is so gradual that it is often difficult to decide to which type the rock belongs. 207 There thus seems to be practically all gradations from an augite porphyrite to a volcanic agglomerate. Origin. "Such conditions indicate that probably the bodies of augite porphyrite represent both sills and contemporaneous surface flows. Their general relations with the bedded rocks would also bear out either conclusion since there is a very close parallelism between the direction of strike of the associated sedi- ments and perhaps tuffs and the line of contact of the two types, this being still observable in spite of the subsequent disturbances. Still the phenomena presented by the band on Red mountain all point to the formation of at least this parti- cular body as a very thick sheet intruded after the manner of a sill between the bedding planes of the now altered sediments of the Mount Roberts formation and the upper line of contact of the body may be followed on the northern slopes of the conical mass of Red mountain, bending to the westward in the manner the structure would demand. "As already indicated, the augite porphyrite in places has distinctly been envolved in faulting and shearing movements of considerable magnitude. The exposures of the band of this rock on the west side of Sheep creek exemplify the shearing of this rock along planes having a north and south direction. On the summit of Deer Park ridge, along a zone of faulting, blocks of slate seem to have been entangled in the porphyrite which is also brecciated and much altered along a narrow strip continuing southwards. In the other areas of porphyrite it was difficult to form any idea of the extent to which the rock has been subjected to earth movements but it was evident that faulting and fracturing had taken place at least in two major directions, one approximately north and south, the other cast and west. "The somewhat notable, though it was thought not essential, differences presented by the porphyrite of most of the south- em area of the ^eet, may indicate that the rocks of this area should have been separated from those occupied by the varieties more like those typically exposed on Red mountain. Yet the general structural features seem to show that this southern body is the prolongation of the band of augite porphyrite of Red is-] . rl] f- 1 J 208 mountain; and that the two minor bands of intercalated sedi- ments in the south express the continuation of the areas of similar rocks on the ridge of Monte Christo and C. and K. moun- tains lying east of Red mounuin. Such a deduction seems warranted by the way the strata of the two minor bands of the southern part of the sheet are found to swing to the west when followed beyond the borders of the area while a parallel westerly swing may be traced in the sediments along their contact with the porphyrite in the south-western part of the sheet, just west of the end of the mcMizonite mass." Age and CorreloHon. The augite porphyrite resembles in many respects similar intrusives of the Nicola group in the Kamloops district.* Daly mentions this resemblance in his report on the geology of the International Boundary line. He states "the more massive phases of the Rossland Volcanic group resemble the Nicola Triassic lavas on South Thompson river."* Both on account of their resemblance to rocks of the Nicola group and on account of their freshness compared to the highly altered Palaeozoic types the augite porphyrites of the Rossland Volcanic group have been provisionally placed in the Triassic and correlated with the Nicola group. Other members of the so-called Rossland Volcanic group are of still younger agfi as shown by the following unpublished notes by the late Professor D. P. Penhallow on fossil plants frmn a locality 4 miles south of Rossland. "The specimena from Paterson, B.C. are contained in a highly meu- morphoaed shale derived from the Rowland volcanica. In 1903, 1 determined a collection from thia nme region, made by Dr. R. A. Daly of the Inter- national Boundary Survey. In 1905 Dr. tMy made a second collection of Cretaceous plants from a locality about 120 miles to the westward, and it has been possible to correlate the two in such a manner as to show that they, in all probability, represent the same horizon. These resulu are now in course of publication in the Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada. Their chief interest at the moment, is to be found in their rdation to the Paterson specimens, the age and possible identity of which may be ascertained through them. I Summary Report, Gcel. Stirr., Caa., 1912, pp. I3J-I3S. •G«ol. Surv., Can., Memoir No. 38. p. 372. 209 Reference hu been made to the highly metamorphoeed character of the matrix in which the Patenon specimen* are embedded. Thii implies a cor- responding breaking up and alteration of the plants which are occasionally pyritifcd, though in the collection of 1903, nearly all the specimens were so modified. The majority of the specimens were reduced to mere fragments of impressiont with a residue of infiltrated silica, while others were found in various stages of graphite formation, one specimen being wholly converted into that form of carbon with no trace of structure. Under the conditions of extreme alteration and fragmentation, it is exceedingly difficult to satis- factorily correlate the specimens with known genera or species, and their study requires an unusual amount of care. A very critical comparison with previously recognized species, by means of specimens, figures and accurate mcMorements, has permitted conclusions to be reached which it is believed represent a fairly correct correlation. The specimens embrace the following: No. 1. Fragments of the stipes and frond rachises of ferns. In describing the collection from the Rossland volcanics, made by Dr. Daly in 1903, the highly pyritized fragments of stem-like remains were re- ferred to ferns of which they were supposed to be portion* of stipe* and various parts of the rachises of fronds. An inspection of the 1903 collection from the Cascade mountains shows apparently identical remain* but in a far better state of preservation because of their inclusion in an unaltered shale. It became possible to correlate the two and to confirm the conclusions previously drawn as to their filidnean character. But in the latter collection, the fern fragments were intimately associated with two tptae» of readily determined ferns, Gkiehtma tJUbtrUlkompsam and Aspiium fredtrick^nrtnu*. In consequence of very ckise association with the former, as also because of certain gross structural peculiarities, the fragment* were referred to it, pro- visionally, although there is no valid reason for supposing that some of them did not a!.j belong to the latter. Precisely the same specimen* are represented in the Paterson collection, and the conclusion is reached that they also r epr es en t the remain* of CW- €h$ma and Aspidium. No. 2. Fragment of an inflorescence? This obscure specimen is only 1 centimetre wide and 2 centimetre* long. It (how* a nliceou* re*idue and bears several scar* or slight projection* like emergent organ*, arranged in flat spirals. The character of this specimen is altogetho' too indefinite for a proper identification, but it seems probable that it may be a portion of the central axis of a cycadaceous inflorescence. No. 3. This *pecinien i* a fragment of a laminated and striated body several centimetres long and about 2.5 centimetres wide. It is composed of a number of narrow priunatic bodie* extending the entire length of the •pedmen, and overtopping in such a manner a* to suggest a much compressed rhisome of a fern- of the type of Osmunda, which it is believed to be. Com- parison with the rhizome of Osmundites skidet^lensis, serves to confirm this 210 11 r \'4 i '. No. 4. Fragments of rather broad, ttrap-ahaped leaves characterixed by their une parallel nerves. Similar fragments were found in the collection of 1903, ^'Jt ihey- were not correlated with any recognixed species. As now presented, these fragments are to be regarded as portions of the pinue of ■ome c>xaflaceous plant, and from their Dreadth and nervation, they seem to •ppr»ich Ctenophyllum panditolium. The fact that this genus is not yet known from this horizon in Canada, would seem to suggest a doubt as to the correctness of the reference. Were the specimens somewhat narrower, they might well be referred to DioiniUs borealis, Dn., which I.m been recorded by Dawson for the Kootenay formation of Martin creek, British Columbia. Remains of this genus are also well known elsewhere in British Columbia, and it seems to have had a wide distribution in that horizon. There can be little doubt that the Paterson specimens belong to this or a nearly related genus. No. 5. Various and rather numerous fragments presenting two forms of preservation. 5a. Numerous narrow and linear impressions with a siliceous residue. These are evidently fragments of leaves, although they present no evidence of venation or structure of any kind. Comparison with the next shows them to be the same. 5b. A single specimen consists of a series of parallel and linear bodies, the original organic matter of whirii has been entirely converted into graphite. The members of the series are about 1 10 millimetres in length and possibly incomplete; 2-4 millimetres in width and disUnt 2-4 millimetres. At what may be regarded as the base of the series, there is a thickish body 4-5 milli- metres broad. It seems to be somewhat out of place, but it crosses the other paru approximately at right angles and is evidently a rachis. The whole may be regarded as a portion of a cycadaceous frond. In the 1903 collection, specimens were found which showed many features of Cycadites to which they were referred, and the present plant undoubtedly belongs to the same genus, or one nearly related to it. The somewhat wide- spread occurrence of Diodniles within the same horizon, and the recognition of Cycadites longif alius. Font, in the Kootenay formation, afford good reason for the supposition that others must be represented more or less abundantly. From the amount of graphite present, it is evident that the various parts of the original plant were voluminous and that they also were characterized by a high degree of resistance to decay, features of great prominence in such types as Cycadites and DioSnites. A very critical comparison with Diodniles buchianus, Schimp., as figured by Fontaine, shows a very remarkable resemblance between the two. An almost equally close resemblance is found by comparison with Cleno^yllum, and there can be little doubt that the specimen belongs to one of these genera. No. 6. A broad, flat specimen, evidently the remains of a portion of a thick and very durable leaf. The original material has been almost whoUy convcrted into graphite, but it shows with some prominence, numerous fine, parallel and rather closely set veins crossed, at right anglev and at short ii l-f I!* J lull: 211 'I! interval* of little more than 1 millimetre, by veinlets. The whole aapect of the specimen is precisely that presented by Sphemnamilts rogersianus, Font., and it seems probable that this is a correct correlation, although this species is not at present known to the Kootenay of British Columbia. The probability that most of the specimens discussed are cycadaceous, is greatly strengthened by the fact that in an account of the Cretaceous flora of British Columbia in 1885, Sir Willam Dawson records the occurrence in the Kootenay formation at Martin creek, of three species of Zamites, one of Anomotamiles, one SphenomtmUet, one Podotamitet and one DiodniUs. These and other records make it clear that the CreUceous flora of Kootenay age in that region was characterized by an abundant cycadaceous vegetation. Oeichenis vtbert-thompsoiti and Aspidium frederickiburtense are both characteristic types of Lower Cretaceous plants of Potomac or Kootenay age, and their occurrence in the Paterson collection, as well as the general fades of the spedmena, definitely place that locality in the Kootenay horison, a result in direct accord with conclusions already reached with respect to the age of the Rossland vdcanics." Serpentine and Pyroxenite. Distribution. "A body of serpentine occupies part of the valley of Sheep creek and extends up the slopes on both sides. The mass has a roughly rectangular outline with a breadth and length of about one-half mile. Lithology. "The serpentine over the whole area is quite uniform in appearance being dense and of a dull black colour weathering light green, brownish or yellowish. The rock seems to be wholly of serpentine and preserves no direct evidence of its original mineral composition. In places it contains very narrow, short seams of asbestos. Structure. "The serpentine area is surrounded on nearly all sides by the sediments and porphyrites of the Carboniferous series. The outlines of the body suggest that it represents a vertical stock or perhaps volcanic neck intruded through the al- ready disturbed, highly-inclined slates and along the probable lines of weakness that lead to the localization of the intrusion of the monzonite. Age. "The age of the serpentine is somewhat uncertain. On the previous maps of the district it has been indicated as being of Palaeozoic age but it apparently appeared after the main period of tilting and folding of the Carboniferous series and '. k i \i \l i i 1 i 212 therefore is probably of Mesozoic or younger age. The rock ia cut by dykes and also by a small body of pulaskite. Pyroxenite. "A short distance to the east of the serpentine body, along the railway on the west side of Sheep creek, is a very limited area of pyroxenite enclosed in augite porphyrite. The whole exposure of the rock is limited to a few square yards. It is of a dark greyish-blade colour, has a hackly fracture and is composed of augite individuals with curving faces often an eighth of an inch in length. Under the microscope the pyroxene is seen to be a colourless augite and it composes the whole rock. The age of this outcrop of pyroxenite is unknown. The rock was not recognized elsewhere, possibly it is related in origin with the neighbouring mass of serpentine which may have been de- rived from a similar rock." Both serpentine and pyroxenite are provisionally referred to the Triassic. Upper Jukassic. Trail Batholith and Stocks of GranodioriU. Distribution. The Trail or Nelson granodiorite batholith which has its best development around Trail underlies the Ross- land district, and outcrops on both sides of Sheep creek for nearly a mile in a north and south direction. "Close to the eastern border of this irregular area is a small outcrop of the same rock surrounded by sedimentary beds whereas two small areas of the tasat type occur near the summit of Red mountain also within the bedded rocks. Elsewhere near the top of the mountain are small patches of the granodiorite. "The two small areas of granodiorite near the top of Red mountain lie within the broad zone of brecciation extending down the south slope of the mountain and already referred to in the description of the Carboniferous sediments. Within these two areas the rock seems to be composed of fragments varying in size from blocks several yards in diameter down to mere specks lying in a fine granular, greenish ground which is often reddish or brownish at the surface. Over much of the area the rock has 313 the appearance of a rather coane conglomerate or agglomerate compoeed of the lomewhat angular fragments which are readily teen to be of normal granodiorite. The material of the ground apparently represents the granite in a finely crushed state and the rock affords a fine example of an autoclastic type." Stocks of granodiorite are exposed in the underground workings of the mines. Lithology. The granodiorite is a greyish, granular, crystal- line rock varying from medium-grained to coarse-grained and composed of plagiodase and orthoclase feldspar, biotite, dark green hornblende, and visible but not abundant quartz. The feldspars are the most abundant constituent and occur in tabular individuab with sharp outlines that appear very distinctly on weathered surfaces. The granodiorite in places sliows evidences of strain and of having been subjected to great pressure in the presence of gneissic and autoclastic structures. Under the mi- croscope the granodiorite is an equigranular rock made up of both orthoclase and plagioclase feldspars, the plagioclase varying from an acid labradorite to a basic andesine, the latter sometimes 7oned. The other essential constituents are quartz, biotite, and hornblende. Magnetite, apatite, and titanite, are the prin- cipal accessory constituents. Epidote is a common secondary mineral. A typical fresh specimen of the granodiorite collected by Daly from a railway cutting 2 miles west of Trail was analysed by Mr. M. F. Connor, with the following result: SiO, TiO, A1,0. FeiOi FeO MnO MgO CaO SrO BaO NaiO 62-08 0-73 16-61 1-53 3-72 Oil 2-44 5-20 0-03 0-09 318 K.O HiOatll0*C HiOabovellO'C FiO. 3-29 016 100 0-30— 100-47 Sp.Gr. 2-754 "Calculated norm: Quartz 15-48 Orthoclaae 19-46 Albite 27-2S Anorthite 21-13 Diopside 11-52 Magnetite 2-08 llmenite 1-36 Apatite -62 Water M6 10006 tf I t 214 The mode (Rosiwal method) is approximately: 9"*"? 25-9 Andewne 28- 1 Orthoclaie and microcline ..'.",' I9'2 Biotite ; . ; 13.4 Hornblende ij.j Magnetite .4 Apatite -3 Titanite -i Zircon ; . trace 1000 In the norm claasification the rock enters the sodipotaasic subrang, harzose, of the alkalicaldc rang, tonalase, in the dosa- lane order, au«trare; although the ratio of potash molecules to soda molecules is very close to the limit separating harzose from tonalose. According to the older classification the rock is a basic granodiorite."' Structure. The granodiorite occurs in irregular-shaped crosscutting masses and stocks (cupola stocks of Daly), intrusive into the Mount Roberts formation and augite porphyrite. Inclusions of the intruded rocks occur in the granodiorite, particularly near the borders of the intrusion. The relation of the granodiorite to the monzonite is not very clearly seen on the surface and it is very difficult to distin- guish between the two rocks in places. On the northwest slope of Deer Park mountain the porphyritic monzonite appears to cut the granodiorite anci in the mines both monzonite and por- phyritic monzonite cut the granodiorite. Oriiin. The nature of the origin of the Trail granodiorite has been suggested by R. A. Daly from a study of its contacts with the older rocks which it appears to have replaced. Its contact-shatter zone with the older Palaeozoic complex is unusu- ally broad and well displayed along the eastern side of the Colum- bia river.* The magmatic stoping h>'pothesis as described by Daly, Barren, and others seems best to explain the farts of the case. According to this hypothesis the granodiorite batholith worked its w ay upward from a deep-seated magma reservoir through ■ Geol. Surr., Can., Memoir No. 31. p. 347. , , .i% "^ 2P""" •** *••" ''*• »• Memoir 3«, GmL Sur».. Cui. Sec atao Plate XIXB 215 the overlying rocks of the solid crust, by sending off tongues or apophyses into them, stoping off fragments, and filling the space formerly occupied by the overlying rocks or, in other words, replacing them. Under these conditions the most intense metamorphism would take place in the cover rocks, while the steep, wall rocks of the batholith would suffer less alteration, and this is found to be the case in the field. The stoping has been in part accomplished by the injection of apophyses or ton|?ues of diorite porphyrite into the roof rocks. The tongues were in- jected under high pressure and temperature conditions (similar to the action of a blowpipe) into deep-seated fissures probably formed in the roof rocks (chiefly augite porphyrite) at the time of batholithic doming. Tongues of this kind are well exposed in the mines and pass transitionally into the granodiorite of the stocks and batholith itself.' Age. The date of the intrusion of the Trail or Nelson granodiorite h.^ been assigned to the late Jurassic or post Jurassic by McConnell, Brock, and Daly. Within the area of the present sheet, there is no evidence of its precise age, other than that it is later than the main orogenic movements, which occurred, probably, in Jurassic times, and older than the Coryell batholith of pulaskite. Diorite Porphyrite Tongttes. Distril>'.iHoH. A border and dyke fades of the granodiorite is a rock known locally as diorite porphyrite. The diorite por- phyrite is confined largely to the area of augite porphyrite and sedimentary rocks on Red mountain and in the depression between Monte Crhisto and C. and K. mountains. It occurs, though only sparingly, in the augite porphyrite of the southeast- em portion of the map-area. The distribution of this rock is shown only on the geological sheet of the area mapped on the scale of 400 feet to the inch and the outlines of the bodies shown on the map are indicated in many cases only diagrammatically, for it was but rarely that the surface exposures were sufficiently numerous to allow of the determination of the actual outlines of J J T?*i'?^^S ''*™ J^" P**"*^" «» ■™»^'<**** ™»J' •>•'«''"» ta Uie lower le»«ta o( Uw '«Rni and Centra Sut mine*, puticulariy oa Um I JSMoot livd of the LcRol when nomcrova cxoeKuu dleckaee the racks. 216 V i 1 . I these apparently often highly irregular maaiee. It waa poeaible to obtain more complete data regarding the form, trend, and dip of the diorite porphyrite tongues in the mine workinga where they are very plentiful and are apparently closely connected with the ore deposits. IMhcioty. The diorite porphyrites range in colour from Ught grey to dark greenish Mack and are composed of numerous dark, slender prisms of hornblende and pyroxene and many lath-like feldspan, lying in a fine, crystalline, greyish ground. There are two distinct gradational phases, a hornblende phaiaae variea both in structure and mincralogical com- poeition. Sometimet it is very finely granular with a sharp dis- tirrtion between it and the crystals of the first generation wfai. ! in other cases the contrast between phenocrysts and ground is almost lost. Hornblende appears to be virtually the only coloured constituent of the ground, it occurs in irregular grains sometimes very abundant, sometimes only sparingly present. Feldspars usually pre*' jminate in the grounid and are usually of plagioclase varieties hich in certain cases have quite irregular outlines while at other times they occur in small laths. In the finely granular type of base, quartz is sometimes fairly abun- dant and then is accompanied by an untwinned feldspar, pro- bably orthoclase." Structure. The intrusive masses of diorite porphyrite are very irregular in outline in places, as indicated on the large scaled map. The rock occurs chiefly in dykes or tongue-like forms, which both in plan and transverse vertical section branch or expand to form masses of considerable size. Besides the per- sistent, steeply-dipping, tongue-like masses, there are very irregular, in places oval-shaped, intrusions of diorite porphyrite that lie at low angles and appear as mushroom-shaped masses or miniature laccoliths. Examples of this erratic type of intrusion have been disclosed in the eastern workings of the Josie mine. The pronounced flow structure of the hornblende and feld- spars present in some of the steeper, more persistent tongues, suggests that these tongues may represent conduits through which the magma reached the s f^ce to form the andesitic lavas and tuffs of Mount Roberts. Age. The diorite porphyrite is much younger than the sediments and augite porphyrite which it intrudes and alters. It is older than both the monzonite and porphyritic monzonite, both of which send dykes through it. The younger age of the monzonite is well shown in the Centre Star mine (7th level and elsewhere) where the monzonite cuts off and truncates both diorite porphyrite, and augite porphyrite. The diorite porphy- rite in places occurs in dyke-like forms that end abruptly against the boundaries of the monzonite (See Map 1002 in pocket). Underground in the LeRoi mine and elsewhere it was found to 11 I ; 218 pan traiuitionaliy into a fine granular granodiorite at a diaUnce varying from SO to 100 feet from the border of the granitic mam. The diorite porphyrite like the granodiorite is referred to the late Junuaic, although the reUtionahipt between the two formation* in portion« of the Jotie mine appear to indicate that iome portion* of the granodiorite magma may have welled up slightly later than the diorite porphyrite and replaced part of it. AmUsiU Flews and Tuff Btds. Distrtimtion. No andesites nor associated tuf! beds out- CTop within the map-«rea. The nearest exposures are on Mount Roberts where they lie at low angles on the steeply dipping older tufts and agglomerates of Triassic ( ?) age. Litkology. A normal type of andeaite from the southeast sbpe of Mount Roberts is here described. M^iascopically it is hdocrystaUine, porphyritic. aphanitic, and dark greenish grey in colour; it has a dull lustre, and a dense subconchoidal to uneven fracture. Under the microscope the f oUowing minerals were observed • chtontized hornblende with magnetite borders and plagioclase (Ubradorite and andesine) in prominent phenocrysU; magnetite m smaU disseminated and octahedral grains, and orthoclase in •mall prisms. The feklspar and hornblende phenocrysts are enclosed in a groundmass composed of a : Ited mass of the •ame minerals with trachytoid structure and flunonal arrange- ment. The andeaite on the summit of Mount Roberu, appears to pass into a darkaugite phase. Chlorite and kaolin are the chief alteration products. The volcanic tuffs are dark, dense, well stratified beds, which are intercalated with tiie andesite flows. Under the microBcope tiie tuff shows sharp angular and rounded fragments of andeaitic and otiier undeterminable fragmenta in a much al- tered baae. OrigiH and Ate. The andesites and tuffs are provisionally referred to tiie Ute Jurassic bi tiiolitiuc invasion botii on account of tiieir mmeralogical similarity to tiie diorite porphyrite witii tiieir common trachytic or flow structure and on account of 219 their intermediate petition on Record Mountain ridgv between latites above (the extrusive equivalent of the monzonite) and TriasMC ( ?) IragmentaU bebw. The andetitic flowa and pyro- daaticB, therefore, are considered to be the extrusive equivalents of the granodiorite and diorite porphyrite. MtntoniU CImtolilk. IHstributioH. "The monzonite body underlies about one half of the total area of the map sheet and ad already stated, represents the western portion only, of a roughly oval mass about 5 miles long in an east and west direction and having a maximum width of about one and three^uarter miles. That part of the monzonite mass lying inside of the area of the map has a very irregular boundary which, commencing on the summit of Deer Park ridge first trends northeasteriy and then north, passint; along the western side of the Centre Star gulch. The xjundary swings across this valley a short distance beyond the northern boundary of the area and pursuing a very irregular co jrse, follows along the top of Monte Qiristo mountain and thence diagonally down the southern face of C. and K. mountain, send- ing a tongue across the summit of the latter. Beyond the ea&tem limits of the map-area, the boundary of the monzonite curves around the east face of C. and K. mountain towards the great body of Nelson granodiorite on the north, then turning back on itself, extends eastward across the valley of Trail creek to the slopes of Lookout nu>untain. The southern boundary of the monzonite from the greatest eastern extension of the body, takes a general westerly course, entering the area under discus- sion, along the side of Cherry ridge near the southeastern comer of the map-area and with a bend to the north, strikes westward to the top of Deer Park mountain near the southwestern comer of the area. "Within the mass thus outlined are several intrusive bodies of porphyritic monzonite and pulasldte as well as a few areas of the bedded series and of the augite porphyrite. The greater part of the monzonitic body is surrounded by the Carboniferous sediments and associated augite porphyrite, the igneous mass ^M 220 I J P II 14 (I cutting sharply acroes the general strike of these formations. Towards its western end the monzonite is limited by the consid- erable area of Nelson granodiorite found in the valley of Sheep creek. "The large area of monzonite with its very irregular bound- ary, is not occupied by a simple body but by a number of vari- eties of rock having certain characteristics in common but still presenting much diversity in general appearance and com- position. In colour they vary from nearly black to light grey, in grain from very fine to coarse, and in structure from granular to semi-porphyritic. Different types at times cut one another, and along the contacts, the younger varieties not infrequently are crowded with inclusions of the older; yet in other instances, types of quite diverse appearance seem to pass gradually into one another. The different varieties in some cases occupy large areas to the exclusion of other types, while in other places, they appear as dyke-like bodies or quite irregularly within one another. "It was not thought profiuble to attempt to separately map the different varieties of monzonite, espedally as they are all believed to be closely related in origin and composition and to have been nearly contemporaneous. As regards the re- lative ages of the different varieties it would seem that in general, the coarser types are younger than the finer and that the more feldspathic, lighter coloured varieties are younger than the darker. LUhology. "The coarsest type of monzonite and the one most readily separated in the field from the other varieties, occupies a large area stretching from the shaft of the Great Western mine to near the headworks of the LeRoi. Smaller areas of a similar type are common on the south face of Monte Christo mountain and also along the southwestern border of the monzonite body. This coarse type usually is of a dark colour and consists largely of dark, nearly black prisms of pyroxene or secondary hornblende, flakes of biotite and a light coloured feldspar, that gives the appearance of lying between the other constituents. In many instances the augite and hornblende form the bulk of the rock, occurring in both large and small, often ragged, prismatic forms frequently varying between one- 221 quarter and one-half an inch in length. The dark brown biotite though never as plentiful as the other dark silicates, still is abundant and forms large irregular flakes. The feldspars are usually white or slightly greenish in colour and appear to lie between the prisms of augite and hornblende though when seen in thin sections they often have sharply rectangular outlines: they are almost exclusively of plagioclase varieties, often of the composition of labradorite. "Tliis type of monzonite frequently shows local variations along bands where the feldspars sometimes almost disappear, the rock then assumes a greenish black colour and is composed nearly altogether of coarsely crystalline hornblende and pyroxene with much biotite. Sometimes this type seems to end abruptly against the surrounding varieties of more normal monzonite while at other times it presents transition forms in which the feldspars increase in amount while the dark coloured constituents decrease in both size and quantity, the remaining larger in- dividuals of pyroxene or hornblende may then give a por- phyritic aspect to the rock. Along the southern border of the monzonite body this type or a related one, holds large poikilitics biotite flakes measuring a quarter of an inch or more in diameter and there cuts and holds inclusions of a finer grained variety of mcmzonite. "The remaining varieties of monzonite present characters that often remain fairly constant over considerable areas and while examples from different localities may appear quite dis- similar yet they possess certain features in common and it would be quite possible to select a series of specimens showing a grada- tion from any O-R-i 0-31 1-35 100-27 "According to the norm classification the rock enters the sodipotassic subrang, monzonose, of the domalkalic rang, m (5 I "The larger part of the monzonite mass lies in the valley of Trail creek while its greatest extensions in a northerly direction are respectively up the Centre Star gulch and over the low country east of the slopes of C. and K. mountain. This possible connexion between the distribution of the monzonite and the lower lying portions of the country, may be purely fortuitous but when considered in relation with the apparent capping of the body on C. and K. mountain and the possible occurrence of roof pendants, it points to the conclusion that, within at least the area mapped, the exposures of monzonite belong to a section near the upward limits of the body. It is still possible that at some point or points, the monzonite extended on upwards through the overlying Carboniferous and probably later rocks and may have appeared at the surface as a volcano. "The area of the monzonite thus appears to represent the upper portion of an igneous body in places still capped by its old rock roof or holding detached portions of it. The mass is not homogeneous but is composed of many varieties of what seem to be closely related types, the earliest of which are gener- ally the finest in grain and darkest of colour while the later are coarser, as if they had cooled more slowly and are more felds- pathic perhaps as the result of differentiation processes. In places the intruding varieties have cut portions that apparently already had solidified since the boundaries are distinct and well defined, in other cases they seem to have invaded masses still partly fluid since no abrupt change then separates the different kinds. Perhaps some of the finer masses represent portions that early had solidified along the upper bounding surfaces of the igneous mass and afterwards sank into the lower more central, still fluid portions. "bio direct evidence seemed to be offered in the field as to the methods by which the older sediments and augite porphyrite were removed to make place for the monzonite mass; neither did there appear to be any indications of the absorption of material by the monzonite. Possibly the somewhat abrupt change in the strike of the strata respectively north and south of the axis of the igneous body may indicate some more pro- found structural break pursuing a general east and west direction 227 and which guided the upward penetrating magma and gave rise to its elongated cross section. A^e. "The monzonite is undoubtedly younger than the Carboniferous sediments and associated augite porphyrite. The structural relations as shown on the accompanying geological map (Map No. 1004 in pocket), indicate that the igneous rock was intruded after the major epoch of disturbances whereby the surrounding rocks were tilted and folded. The date of these prominent earth movements has already been discussed and the conclusion reached that they probably took place in Jurassic times. As a result of the line of reasoning adopted, it follows that the monzonite was intruded in the Jurassic or a later period. The view that the monzonite body was formed in Jurassic times is strengthened somewhat by the fact that within the great granite area to the north, the Nelson granodiorite in places presents a monzonite fades." It is considered that the Rossland mon- zonite is closely connected in origin with the granodiorite and shortly followed its intrusion. Augite LatUe Flaws. Distribution. No latites, so far as determined, outcrop within the limits of the map-area. Daly mentions their oc- currence in the surrounding district "at widely spaced localities, among which are specially noted the area between Castle moun- tain (southeast slope) and Record Mountain ridge, the divide between Malde and Little Sheep creeks, and the bluffs on the west side of the Columbia river about 4 miles north of the line. The following brief description of a typical, relatively unaltered phase relates to one of the younger flows occurring on the un- named conical peak west of the Murphy Creek-Gladstone trail and about 2 miles north of Stony creek. The volcanic rocks are there exceptionally well exposed above tree-line, where thick sheets of highly porphyritic latite alternate with more basaltic sheets and with coarse agglomerates composed of these lavas. Lithology. "The latite when fresh is a deep greenish-grey to almost black rock bearing abundant phenucrysts of tabular pla- giodase up to 3 millimetres in greatest diameters and of smaller, stout prisms of greenish-black pyroxene. 228 tm n if 1 il "Microacopic examination dtow* that the rock it uncnuhed, the phenocrysts being unstrained and almost perfectly un< altered. The plagiociaae ia the more abundant. On (010) and in the zone of synunetrical extinctions for simultaaeout Carlsbad-albite twins, individual crystals give extinction angles appropriate to the series from labradorite, AbtAn4, to bytownite, AbiAn*. Occasionally one of these basic individuals is surround* ed with a narrow rim of orthoclase. The average plagioclase phenocrysts have about the composition of labradorite, AbiAna. The pyroxene is a common, non-fdeochroic, pale greenish augite of diopsidic habit. "The ground-nuH.- has been somewhat altered, with the generation of uralitc in small needles, zoiute in rather rare gran- ules, chlorite, abvndant biotite, and more seridtic mica in minute foils and shreds. Orthoclase was not certainly detected in the ground-mass, which was originally hyalopilitic. with plagioclase microlites embedded in glass. Magnetite and apatite occur in the usual well-formed crystals. "A specimen collected at this locality (No. 543} and answer- ing to the foregoing description has been analysed by Mr. M. F. Connor, with result as follows: Analyses of Augite LatiUs. SiO, •no, Al,0, Fe,0, FeO MnO MgO CaO SfO BaO Na,0 KiO H/3at llO'C HiO above no* C P.0, Sp.gr 1. RoMland diitrict. 2. Sierra Nevada. 1. 5454 0-96 18 10 14 63 10 56 85 15 21 38 44 10 50 0-46 10012 2-745 5619 0-69 16-76 05 18 10 79 53 tr. 0-19 53 46 34 66 55 10002 229 The calculated norm is: OrthocliMt 32-aS AlWte 26- JO Nephclite 1 .42 Anonhite 17-79 DiofMide 6-87 OUvine 10-18 Umenite 1-82 Magnetite 1-62 AMtite 1-24 Wattr 0-M 99-99 "According to the norm classification the rock enters the ■odipotassic subrang, monzonoee, of the domalkalic rang, mon- zonase, in the doealane order, germanare. The mineralogical and chemical composition and structure all perfectly match the typical augite latite of Table mountain, California, as originally described by Ritiisome.' The analysis of the more basic phase of the Table Mountain flow is entered in column 2 of the fmt- going table. "From the fresh rock just described all transitions to pro- foundly altered phases are represented in the area. The latite has often been transformed into a dark green, massive rock, still showing its porphyritic character by the presence of broken and altered feldspar phenocrysts or of uralitic pseudomorphs after the aiv,ite. For the rest the completely changed rock is, in thin section, seen to be a confused mass of epidote, caldte, quarU, chalcedony, chlorite, biotite, uralitic and actinolitic amphibole, zoisite, pyrite, etc., in ever varying proportion. Sometimes, though not often, an amygdalmdal structure is preserved. This is not so much because it has been obliterated by metamorphism as because these lavas were largely non- vesicular when rirst consolidated."* Origin and Age. The latite on account of its having a similar chemical composition to the monzonite and on accoimt of its position at the top of the surface series of lavas and tuffs is thought to represent the extrusive equivalents of the monzonite and to be slightly younger than the andesites and diorite por- {Ayrite which are, probably, of late Jurasv'r age. ' KaoMn*. P. L., Ancriian Joiuaal al Sdcacc. Sm. tV, Vd. I, l(9S, p. IM. • G«aL Surr.. Cu.. Mcmoii Na M, pp. 114-32A. I I 230 CENOZOIC. Teetiary. Eocttui?) So^ie and Lake Mountain ConilomenU. No conglomerate outcrops within the limiu of the map-area, the r.earvttexpoMire* occurring on Lake and Sophie mountains. The Lake Mountain occurrence first mapped by McConnelt and r examined by Daly, is about one mile southwest of Lake Mountain sun nit and about one-third of a aquare mile in ana. It has h> . described by Daly as follows: "The rock it there chiefly a coarse, massive conglomerate, dipping at an average angle of 20 degrees to the uc rtheast and showing an apparent thickness of about VX) feet. The mass is truncated by an erosion-surface, so that 3O0 feet is a minimum thickness at the locality. At no point was the ccm- glomerate found in actual contact with the Rossland volcanics which surround it. There are two possibilities m to th- relation between the two formations: the conglomerate may overlie the volcanics, as postulated by McConnell, or, secondly, it may represent a pre-vokanic conglomerate forming a knob which was first buried under the lavas and since uncovered by their denudation. The choice between thi* alternatives is not ensured by any known fact. The comparatively low dips sug- tit»t that the first view is the correct one. At the same time, thrareareno lava fragments among the pebbles of the conglomerate which are composed of grey and greenish-grey quartzite, siliceous grit, vein quartz, phyllite, and slate. A few badly altered peb- bles of a rock like granite are also present. "Practically all of the material observed in the pebbles could have been derived from the Palaeozoic and Pre-Cambrian terranes now exposed in the Selkirk range, 25 miles to the east- ward; in the absence of any other known source, that place of origin appears probable. The pebbles are of all sizes, up to the diameter of one foot. They are of rounded, subangular, and an- gular shapes. In places the deposit approximates a true brecda in appearance. The iniperfect rounding, and, in addition, the generally tumultuous aggregation of the pebbles suggest rapid 231 deposition, m if by a rapid mounuin ■tream. Small irregular Itnaea of quartz-Mndstone and grit form the only brealn in the pebbly mass. Similar arenaceous material composes the cement of the conglomerate, which is also quite highlv ferru- ginous. One dyke of basic andesite or latite (character not determined) and a large (mapped) apophysis of the Sheppard granite cut the conglomerate." The Sophie Mountain occurrence on the summit of Sophie mountain at the International Boundary line has an area! extent of over a square mile. This occurrence has been examined in detail by Daly who states: "In structure, size of pebbles, and composition this rock resembles the conglomerate at Lake mounuin very closely, but here there are a few pebbles of the neighbouring trap-rock as well as some of blackish chert and others of fine-grained granite, while the pebbles are more gener- ally rounded than at Lake mountain. The cement is arena- ceous. The sandy lenses range from 6 inches to 2 feet in thick- ness and are never t >ntinuous for any great disunce on the out- crop. One hundred yards northeast of the Boundary monument a bed of sandy shale, containing poorly preserved dicotyledon- ous leaves, was found. These obscure fossils were examined by Professor Penhallow who reported as follows: 'The impression of a leaf is certainly a very poor one to found an opinion upon, and the difficulty is complicated by the crossing impressions of superimposed leaves. AH I can do is to make a very wide guess. After very careful examination and consideration, I am inclined to think the leaves are those of Ulmus speciosa, Newb. If this determination is at all correct, then the age is Tertiary and possibly Miocene: I do not think it can be Cretaceous. Assuming this guess to be correct, I find the specimen to be quite in harmony with specimens in Mr. Lambe's collection from Coal guUy, since in both cases the species is the same and the matrix has been similarly meta- morphosed.' "At the Boundary monument the conglomerate dips north- west at an average angle of 31 degrees. Seven hundred yards to the northwest of the monument the dip was again determined on sandy intercalations as 80 degrees to the southeast. Along M ■tti^MHa^iiiiiai^^ MOOCOfY IKOWTION TBT CHART (ANSI and ISO TEST CHART No. 2) ^ APPLIED IM^IGg In. ^g*- 1653 £ast Main Strnt SVS ?ff !',*"•'■ Ne* York 14609 us» ^S (716) 482 -0300- Pno™ S^ Ce) 2M - 59«9 - Fa> 232 the Velvet mine w:^n-road the average dip is about 75 degrees southeast. The attitude of the bedding is, on account of the massiveness of the conglomerate, very difficult to determine, but these readings suffice to show that the conglomerate has been greatly disturbed. The exposures are not sufficiently continuous to warrant a statement as to the thickness of the conglomerate: it is certainly a heavy deposit, possibly 1,000 or more feet thick. Just south of the monument it is seen, at one point, to be ap- parently resting on the older Rossland volcanics and in spite of the general lack of satisfactory contacts, this relation can scarely be doubted. At one horizon a 20-foot amygdaloidal sill ( ?) or flow of augite-biotite latite is interbedded with the conglomerate. "At monument 174 the conglomerate is cut by several dykes of augite-biotite monzonite porphyry in composition similar to the flow just mentioned and to latite occurring on Record Mountain ridge to the northward." The Sophie Mountain conglomerate was found also to contain, in one locality, fragments of limestone, in part leached out; and where the conglomerate was in contact with tongues of aikalic syenite (pulasldte) the dominantly cherty pebbles were cemented in a pulaskite matrix. The pulasldte dykes cutting the conglomerate invariably show pronounced, chilled borders and Brock mentions a locadity on Sophie mountain where the conglomerate is mineralized along such an alkali porphyry dyke. "The process of mineralization may be seen, approach- ing the dyke, in all stager> from unaltered conglomerate to solid ore."» "Correlation and Origin. These conglomerate areas have all been mapped under the same colour, though it may well be that they are of different ages. Proceeding from east to west the pebbles of the different occurrences are composed more and more often of material which in the field is indistinguishable from the adjacent Rossland lavas. At the same time the peb- bles become more rounded. The local character of the four areas — ^their alignment and the similarity in the composition of the quartzitic, phyliitic, and slaty pebbles to the rocks form- ing the Summit series and Priest River terrane as well as the ■ Euhmt o n r NoM to W«M KoMmar lla» Omt; Gwl. Swr., Co.. Mw No. 793 233 Pftnd d'Oreille group of the Selkirks— these facts suggest the hypothesis that the conglomerate everywhere represents a heavy mass of river gravels, and that one or more streams flowing westward from the site of the present axis of the Selkirk range were responsible for the accumulations. The deposit of dicotyle- donous leaves in the coarse Sophie Mountain conglomerate strongly indicates the fresh-water origin of that mass at least. It is clear, however, that we have nothing clear or decisive regarding the correlation of the conglomerate bodies with one another or with the recognized systems of rocks. The high probability is that they are all pre-Miocene and post-Jurassic.*" Oligocene ( ?) Porphyritic Monzonite Stocks. "Eight bodies of por- phyritic monzonite occur within the area mapped, two of which are somewhat unlike the others but are probably closely con- nected with them in origin and composition. An area of this rock occurs on the eastern border of the district along the con- tact of the monzonite and augite porphyrite. The portion exhibited on the map is only a small part of the body which extmds to the east and has a diameter of about one-half of a mile. Southwest of the above exposures and within the limits of RoBsland, lies a second area of a similar rock while to the westward occur three other small bodies of it: one within the augite porphyrite of Red mountain, a second in the sediments, and a third cutting the augite porphyiite of the band west of Sheep creek. South of the monzonite and within augite por- phyrite, occurs a somewhat irr^;ular, lense-shaped body of this rock over 600 yards long. The remaining two areas occur on either side of Sheep creek with irregular, tongue and dyke- like outcrops probably continuous with one another though separated by an exposureless area. "The porphyritic monzonite of most of thee; localities has a rather characteristic appearance and within any one body is remarkably uniform. Typically the rock is of a light grey colour, coarse grained and composed of rather large, stc it prisms ■ G«oL Surr., Cu., UoMir No. W, ppw 35 typt of alkalic lyenite between a normal lyenile and a MiaeUne ayoiite with biotite a* chief ferromagneaian conatltuent. Noidmarkite U a quarts- bearin* pulaaklte. Roeenbuach (H) Intruiiv-G<«eine.II. 1 (1907) p. 146. «»««- I. :i if i' IL llifi 238 cccurs the southern continuation of a dyke-like mass of the tyen> ite which extends northwards beyond the limits of the sheet for about one mile. "The pulaskite is a coarse-grained rock, typically of a pale pink colour and composed of long, rectangular feldspars quite often 1 to 2 inches in length. Besides the feldspars both biotite and hornblende are present, sometimes one, sometimes the other predominating but usually neither is at all abundant. The biotite occurs in small flakes and the dark green hornblende in small prisms or irregular grains. "The pulaskite sometimes shows marked variations in grain or mineralogical composition. Sometimes the dark colour- ed constituents nearly disappear and the rock then is often coarser in grain than usual. At other times, often quite close to the feldspathic portions, the rock for this type becomes abnormally rich in the dark constituents. "In the case of the small lenticular area in the main part of the city, the rock shows many sudden and exceptional changes. In places it becomes almost black from a great increase in the amount of biotite. In other parts, are vaguely concentric structures with a diameter of a few yards and in some cases the hornblende becomes very abundant in the form of slender prisms occasionally reaching a length of over two inches. "Under the microscope, the abundant feldspars of the more normal pulaskite are seen to be largely lath-like individuals showing carlsbad twinning and many of them are comparatively coarse intergrowths of orthoclase and albite, the areas of the latter being distinctly twinned according to the albite law. There are all gradations from such individuals to others present- ing a mottled appearance or in which one part of an individual is albite, the other a monoclinic variety of feldspar. The bio- tite is brown in colour, the individual flakes commonly ragged. The hornblende is a green variety and the individuals usually have fairly good prismatic outlines. "A type specimen of pulaskite collected by Brock at a point north of Record mountain, was analysed by Dr. F. Dittrich of Heidelberg, and gave the following results: I 239 «2^g n^S' A'^Vi f'^iV' ^'lS ^'"" ^5" ^"O Na,() K,0 62-59 0-54 17-23 1-51 2-02 tr. 130 1-W 5 50 6 74 PiO, HK) (direct) CO, CI SO, O'tl 0-30 trace trace trace— 99-83 Another typical specimen collected by Daly on the summit (6,820 feet above sea-level) about 4 miles north of the Boundary and thus well toward the centre of the batholith has been studied quantiutively according to the Rosiwal method. The weight percentages of the constituents were found to be approximately as follows: Quart! J.J Sxtiferoui orthoclaae and t'licroperthite 51-2 Andeaine, Ab,An, 17.0 Hornblende 20.2 Augite J .5 Magnetite J . 7 Titanite .............'. I -ft Apatite and zircon g.f 1000 From these prop(»tions the chemical composition of this specimen has been roughly calculated. It is assumed that the hornblende has the same composition as has the hornblende in the "quartz-monzonite" of Mt. Hoffman, California, and that the alkaline feldspars are present in the ratio of two of orthoclase to one of albite. The result is as follows:— fJPl ^'"^ T9' ^^2' ^IH Ts ^'l? ^'f ^.f y.f ^/i' Remainder 1-4— 1000 "The soda is probably too low, yet the calculation seems to show that the analysis made for Brock corresponds well with that of the typical specimens collected during the Boundary survey. "The rock is evidently a typical homblende-biotite pulaskite. In some cases the biotite is almost absent or is entirely so, though the composition is not otherwise essentially different giving an alkaline hornblende syenite. More rarely, the inter- stitial quartz increases notably and the syenite has the composi- tion and habit of the more acid homblende-biotite nordmarkite. "The pulaskite seems to represent one of the last igneous intrusions within the area of the camp. The syenite distinctly IT 240 cute all the other types of rocks with the exception of the Sheppard granite porphyry and certain of the lamphropyric dykes and the latter seldom cut the syenite in spite of the fact that they are so numerous in the district. In the surrounding country, the pulaskite or Rossland alkali granite [Daly's Cmyell bathdith] occupies large areas of batholithic dimensions and all intermediate sized areas down to small dykes. Since in the Boun- dary district, this type of rock seems to be related in chemical composition with certain Tertiary volcanic flows, it in possible that some or all of the bodies may represent deeply eroded, conduito of ancient volcanoes. There is, however, no direct evidence of such having been the case with the bodies within the limits of the Roasland mining district. "On the authority of McConnell and Brock, the age of the pulaskite is assumed to be Tertiary. Since the time of ite formc'on the district has been extensively eroded. Probably thousands of feet of sedimentary and volcanic material, ranging in age from Carboniferous times on into the Tertiary, have been swept away and the once deeply-covered igneous complex laid bare. With the exception of the old Carboniferous sedimente of the Mount Roberta group all the remaining rocks exposed miti,i..\ the area of the sheet are of igneous types. All, with the possible exception of the bodies of augite porphyrite, were intruded, cooled, and solidified while still far below the successive surfaces of the different geological ages." Sheppard Granite Intrusives. Intrtisive into the pulaskite south of the Spitzee mine occurs a prominent graa nor^ihyry dyke. Similar dykes also occur in the LeRoi and Ct.itre Star mines, where they cut both diorite porphyrite and monzonite. A large dyk» (averaging over 100 feet in width) of granite por- phy y striking roughly tast-west, outcrops on the northern slope of Deer Park mountain, the exposure extending from the end of Davis street to the main granodiorite mass in Little Sheep Creek valley. An east-west trend at right angles to the normal direction of the younger dykes of the district, seems to be characteristic of this class of dyke rock. "The granite porphyry is a light to dark-grey rock composed of numerous rounded phenocryste of qiuutz, many white, ! I 241 tabular feldspara and tiny flakes of biotite lying in a fine-grained, dark bluish, sometimes greenish ground. The phenocrysU are very abundant, o£ten appearing to equal the ground in amounr frequently those of the feldspar measure one-tenth of an inch in length wl le the less numerous quartz individuals are smaller and the biotite only averages one-fortieth of an inch in diameter. "Under the microscope, the feldspar phenocrysU are seen to be almost altogether tabular individuals of acid plagioclase. The quartz grains are rounded and embayed. The mica occurs partly in aggregates of tiny scales and a small amount of green hornblende is sometimes present. The ground consisu of a fine-grained, interlocking mosaic of quartz and untwinned feklspars. the latter probably being orthoclaae. "Over the whole area of the granodiorite, the rock is very uniform in its general appearance. As evidenced by the granite porphyry, it has intrusive relations with the monzonite and older rocks. It is also younger than the diorite porphyrite, and porphyritic monzonite and pulaskite but is cut by a series of dykes." The granite porphyry from Rossland resembles very closely Daly's Sheppard granite, exposed on the summit of Lake moun- tain where it is intrusive into early Tertiary conglomerate. The resemblance is so close that it is almost impossible to dis- tinguish one from the other in hand spedraens. Mr. M. F. Connor made a chemical analysis of the Sheppard granite for Daly, which gave the following proportions- f5?&?^?l ti'^oJ % ^0'?6 r O^f? 'o'^ ^. ^^,f.f> IC* HiOatno'C HjOabovellO'C P,0, * »°^ 007 010-99.82 Sp.Gr.2«00 T calculated norm is : 8l5^ia«;. .: : |5:!2 Aibitc ,5 Si Ancrthite jJo Corundum - .(U Hypersthene q.m Magnetite n.o* Hematite X ,2 Ap«ij« ::::::::::::::: 0:3? ""^ 0-10 99-7J 1 7a 242 I H i i "In the norm cUaiification the rock tntnv the •udipotaiiic nibrang, tlatkow, of the peralkalk rang, alMkow, in the per- ■alane order, columbare. According to die older clmification it to Ml aplitic, allnline biotite granite." The Shepperd granite may lepreaent a complementary phaae of the Coryell alkalic syenite and be its aplitic differentiate. Lampropkyrt Dykts. Roaaland i« noted for the innumerable lamprophyre dykes which cut all the vrina and country rock formations in the mines and which invariaUy have a north and south trend. "They are generally very dark grey or green, in some places almost black rocks usually fine grained, in friaces almost dense. Many varieties are porphyritic holding in a fine base, hexagonal flakes of biotite or small dark priuns of pyroxene and hom- Uende, while often small cleavage faces of larger fddspara may be detected. The ground of these rocks is always distinctly crystalline and often is coarse enough to show the individual components quite readily; and frequently it ir seen to be charged with finely divided mica. "When examined under the microscope, the d^ce rocks are seen to present the structures and mineral characters not only of typical minettes, keruuitites, spessartitee, vogesites and odonites but also all intermediate forms between those rich in plagioclase and those rich in orthoclase on the one hand and between biotite-bearing types and those in n^ich pyroxene with hornblende is the predominant coloured constituent, on the other. Though not a few tliin sections were examined, no rock was seen that would be classed as a typical camptonite yet hornblende was a common and sometimes the diief coloured constituent. "Beudes the dark lamprophyres, other add, light-coloured, feldspathic dykes occitf sudi as those larger ones shown towards Jie eastern margin of the 400-foot sheet (Map No. 1002 in pock- et). These dykes occur only exceptionally within the area studl'^i *: t are numerous to the eastward. They seem to repre- sent -. X forms, perhaps complementary to the lamprophyres. "The great body of the dykes cut all of the rocks of the Rossland area. Their total number must be very gr^at since underground in the mine workings, they probably average at 343 IcMt one in every twenty-fiv-e feet along wctions in an east ■ad wcat directioa. Though oo the aurfacc only a veiy muII proportion is exposed, they appear to be equally abundant throughout the area of the sheet. On a rare rock section, freed from the covering of soil, the dykes were seen to be as numerous as underground, to cross one another, to branch and coalesce in a most intn. .te manner, but yet preserved a general north and south trend and an approximately vertical attitude. "The relative ages of the different varieties rouW not be satisfactorily determined. Their general uniform attitude ove the whole district and the fact that they cut everything, indicau ' a comparatively recent age for the whole group. Their distr bution gave no indication of a local origin, they atemed as abund- ant ever. ■ here in the surrounding district." It would seem probable tiiat the subalkalic varieties (kersantite and spessartite) are genetically related to the Nelson granodiorite: the inter- mediate varieties corresponding to the monsonite and the alkalic varieties (minette anc! vogesite) to the alkalic syenite or pulaskite. QUATERNAKY. Phistocene. Bouldtr Clay and AUutium. Boukler clay or till containing b fdaces large boulder erratics carried by the ice from consider- able distances to the north, liesasathin mantle overc neat part of the district. A large erratic block of < ilic syemte on the LeRoi wagon road has probably been . isported from the Coryell bathohth several miles tiorthwt^cward. In sections exposed on the new Trail roaJ aM elstewhere, the boulder clay ia seen to be fairly compact, lig^^ in colour, and made up of pebbles and subangi.iar to round<'.d boulders of all sizes in a sandy-day ground. Great thicknesses of alluvial sands, silts, and clays are present at the junction of the Trail Creek valley with the valley of the Columbia above the town of Trail. The alluvium was inx>bably laid down during the retreat of the ice in a glacial lake formed by the da mm i ng of the waters from the snuu Trail Creek glacier against the main Cdumbia Valley glacier. 244 CHAPTER III. Ill GEOLOGICAL HISTORY. The gedogical history of Rowland has to do chiefly with ig:neous activity which has manifested itself from time to time on a grand scale and has played an important rdle in the produc- tion of the ore deposits. Intervening periods of crustal stability have permitted erosive agencies to sculpture the land surface, thus removing vast rock records of the past, and making it difficult to interpret the complete history of the r^on. From the fragmental data which remains, however, at least the main episodes and succession of gedogical and physiographic events may be outlined. Palaozoic Erosion, Makinb SsDnfENTATiON, and Igneous Activity. The oldest rock records present are contained in the Moimt Roberts formation of Carboniferous age. Prior to the Car- boniferous this district probably formed a part of one of the many low-lying land areas or barriers ("Cascadia">) surrounded by relatively shallow epicontinental seas that characterized the Palaeozoic period. Active erosion, in which decomposition dominated over disintegration, proceeded and supplied mudi material to the bordering seas to form sediments. Marine life abounded in the seas. In course of time the land was worn down to a featureless plain nearly at sea-level (peneplain). With the wearing down of the land and the accumulation of a great thickness of sediments in the bordering seas, crustal stresses were set up which in time found relief and adjustment through crustal movements. The result was that the mid- Palaeozoic peneplain was downwarped and was submerged under a transgressmg Devono-Carboniferous sea ("Vancouver ■ea"* ). In this shallow, warm sea, which supported lowly ; gj^j;"*^ '* ""** *"■•*•: Suit. GwL Sob Amt.. Vol XX. p. 4M. 245 marine life (brachiopoda, bryozoa, oorab, etc.). aedimentation proceeded, with the accumulation of, first, arenaceoui and argil- laceoua material and, later, calcareous material, the latter indicative of an expanding sea. Local volcanic activity caused tuffs to be interbedded with the normal deposits. The above sediments — the oldest in the district — ^through metamorphism and crystallization, consequent upon the many vidseitudes they pused through were altered to quartzite, slate, crystalline limestone, and altered tuff (Mount Roberts formation). Deformation at Close of the PALiBozoic. After the deposition of the Mount Roberts formation the region was uplifted above the sea and probably never sank beneath it again although the Interior Plateau province to the west was submerged during the Triassic and earliest Jurassic* Although diastn^hism was not so pronotmced at this time in the Canadian conUllera as it was in the east ("Appalachian revolution") some deformation and folding accompanied the reg- ional uplift. This is indicated both by imconformities between the Palaeozoic and Mesozoic formations and by the degree of metamorphism each has suffered. TsiAssic Erosion and Igneous Activity. The Mesozoic period opened with vigorous erosion on the newly uplifted land which probably had a moderately strong relief. During the Triassic, volcanic activity burst fwth with the accumulation of agglomerates, tuffs, and lavas closely followed by augite-porphyrite sills which were injected under a considerable cover of Mount Roberts formation and superficial volcanics. Erosion continued and soon removed much of the superficial material. Late Jurassic Orogeny, Vulcanism, and Mineralization. During the Jurassic, erosion continued and nothing of great impo rt happened until near the close of the epoch, when the great I Summwy Repoft, Gtol Sutr., Caa., 1912, mk IM, 147. m 246 "Juraasic mountain-making revolution" took place. At this time, it is conudered, the Columbia and other rugged mountain ranges in British Columbia were fcMined. Accompanying mountain-making and possibly genetically connected with it, was batholithic invasion (Trail granodiorite batholith) with all ite closely related intrusions of different rock types (dimite- porphyrite tongues, granodiorite cupola stocks, andesitic lava flows and tuflF beds, monzonite chonolith and latite flows, and complementary dykes). After consolidation of the stocks, tongues, and upper portions of the batholith. the mass was subjected to horizontal compressive forces due to crustal readjustment which formed fissure and shear KMies controlled in their directions and dips by those of the formational contacts. Mineralizing waters— "the after effects of vulcanism"— found access to the upper contact zone of the batholith and circulated through the fissured, sheared and brecdated country rocks along the borders of the granitic intrusives and even within them, altering the shear zonea to ore-producing veins. Following the Jurassic revolution the rugged and youthful topography of the Columbia range was probably very similar to that of the Rockies following the Laramide revolution. Like the latter, the Columbia range consisted then, of tectonic sedi- mentary mountains whose granitic cores had yet to be laid bare by erosion. The drainage was at first consequent to uplift and folding and in some localities discH^anized by the outflow of lavas. Cretaceous Esosion Cvclb. During the Cretaceous the rugged sedimentary mountains were slowly worn down. The Cretaceous cycle of erosion con- tinued through a long period of crustal stability at a time when the climate was probably humid and large rivers drained into the bordering seas. Erosion was sufficient to remove from the late Jurassic batholith in many places the entire covering be- neath which it solidified. The topography passed through all the stages of development from youth through adolescence to maturity and finally, by the close of the Cretaceous, to a con- lii. 247 dition of old age and local peneplanation. Over this vast monotonous plain, surmounted here and there by mountain masses of moderate relief, the rivers meandered sluggishly on their courses to the sea. The Columbia river probably inherits its present meandering course in this region from this old Cretace- ous surface (antecedent river). Laramide Orogbnic Revolution. Following Cretaceous erosion and the deposition of great thicknesses of sediments in the bordering Cretaceous geosyn- dinal seas, crustal unrest ensued which later on culminated in one of the greatest orographic disturbances recorded in the Cordillera namely the "Laramide revolution." This revolution resulted in the overthnistii^ and faulting of the eastern Cordil- lera and the formation of the Rocky mountains. In the Columbia and other ranges to the west of the Rockies, the orogeny was in the nature of a regional upwarping with maximum uplift along the old structural lines of the preceding Jurassic revdution. The broader features of the cordillera were outlined at this time. The climate in the mountains was probably cool and humid, while in a few localities of maximum uplift, as on the Columbia range, conditions may have been favourable for the support of alpine glaciers. The presence in early Tertiary conglomerates of Franklin mining camp* of boulders and pebbles similar to those of glacial origin suggests such an inference. Eocene Continental Sedimentation and Igneous Activity. The "Laramide revolution" began a new cycle of erosion, the drainage became invigorated, and some of the major rivers were deeply entrenched beneath the older Cretactous erosion surface. Portions of the early Tertiary Colum ia mountains were then nearly as high and ru^;ed as the present ranges as : evidenced by the contacts of the oldest Tertiary deposits with bed-rock and the coarse heterogeneous character of the tectonic sediments. At this time probably a river flowed westward from >G«oL o< FnnkUn Miniag Cwnp, B. C; Gcol. Suit., Can., MeowU St. pp. GcoL of North Amcrlst CotdUlen. GtoL Surr., Cu.. Memoir 38, p. 352. 249 period of mineralization). Complementary augite camptonite and minette dykes were intruded slightly later in a general north and south direction, and are free from metamorphism or alter- ation of any kind along their contact lines. Their fine-grained texture with chilled borders of glass indicate that they must have cooled close to the surface. Composite dykes are very frequently encountered in the mine worldngs. The youngest intrusions recorded are certain granite por- phyry and lamprophyre dykes found cutting the pulaskite and good exposures of which may be seen on Deer Park hill and on the Trail road, a few miles below Rossland. The granite por- phyry is correlated lithologicclly with the Sheppard granite which lies exposed on the summit of Lake mountain and else- where where it is intrusive into early Tertiary conglomerate (Lake Mountain conglomerate). PuocENE Erosion and Upwakping. This Miocene diastrophism and volcanic activity inaugur- ated a most important erosion cycle from the standpoint of the present topography, which lasted during a long period of crustal stability from the middle of the Miocene to the close of the Plio- cene and resulted in the production in the Columbia range of an erosion surface of a mature to late mature stage of topographic development exhibiting broad flaring valleys. In the Interior Plateau province and other intermontane lowlands local pene- planation was accomplished. The drainage was well organized in respect to the main rivers. The topography did not reach, however, prior to uplift, the advanced stage of development of the previous Cretaceous erosion surface. The climate was gradually becoming cooler. Pleistocene Valley Cutting and Glaciation. The Tertiary closed and the Quaternary period began with a great regional upwarping of the late Tertiary erosion surface. The drainage was rejuvenated and a new cycle of erosion commenced which is still in progress. Steep-walled valleys iiii 5 I J* i i!r' 250 were indaed deeply beneath the older u|4and surface of maturity. These have since besn smoothed and modified by a cycle of glacial erosion. During the Pleistocene a refrigeration of limate took place and the Cordilleran ice sheet advanced from the north and northwest covering the whole region with the exception of some few peaks over 6,400 feet above sea-level, which stood as 'nunataks' or islands above the ire surface. The Cordil- leran ice cap modified but slighdy the upland topography, leaving in places glacial stric and scourings. In retrepJng the glacier Uft morainic drift and erratics stranded high on the uplands. At kast two periods of valley gladation and alluvia- tion probably succeeded the disappearance of toe ice cap. Recent. The retreat of valley ice increased the eroding power of the streams which began the dissection of the vallej'-fill material and diarply incised the post-Glacial gorges and ravines. The work of frost, ice, snow, rain, and humus are further facilitating the disintegration and decomposition of the rock formations. li i Sumf AKY OF Geological Histoky. The geological and physiografdxic history of Rossland and vicinity may be briefly summarized in tabular form as follows: — Pakeozoic. (1.) Deposition of arenaceous, argillaceous, and calcareous sediments with local tuff beds, in a Carboniferous sea (altered rock types of Mount Roberts formation). Warm tropical climate. MesoMoic. ■n (2.) Uplift and deformation at the dose of the Palaeozoic which commenced new and lasting conditions of continental erosion and sedimentation; moderate relief of the land surface 2St at the close of the Palaeozoic worn down to slight relief by late Jurassic time; drainage at first consequent and disoi^nized, later subsequent and well organized; climate changed from probably humid and cool to semi-arid in the Jura-Triassic. (3.) Triassic vulcanism. Erosion was interrupted during the Triassic by the outburst of volcanic activity, extrusion of lavas and pyroclastics, and intrusion of silk and dykes (agglo- merate, tuff, and augite porphyrite of Rossland). (4.) "Jurassic revolution" and birth of Columbia tectonic mountains; invasion of Trail batholith with related intrusives and extrusives (granodiorite, diorite porphyrite, monzonite, tuff, andesite, latite, and lamprophyre) ; first main period of mineralization; youthful topography in ru^ed sedimentary range with local volcanic peaks; disorganized consequent drainage. (5.) Cretaceous deformation and erosion. Deformation during early Cretaceous (Comanchic) followed by Cretaceous cycle of erosion with probable production of peneplain (present summit upland surface of erosion). Present course of Columbia river probably inherited from this Cretaceous surface of erosion. Coarse textured topography. (6.) "Laramide revolution" and epeirogenic upwarp of Cretaceous peneplain with maximum uplift along the axes of the present ranges; faulting of veins; probably humid cool climate. Tertiary. (7.) Eocene continental erosion and sedimentation (Sophie and Lake Mountain conglomerate) ; development of topography from state of youth through adolescence to maturity in places. (8.) Oligocene diastrcnhism and intrusion of porphyritic monzonite and mica and non-mica dykes with local faulting of veins; followed by erosion interval which remov much of the loose continental deposits of early Tertiary a; semi- tropical climate. (9.) Miocene vulcanism and intrusion and extrusion of alkalic rocks (dominantly pulaskite). Second main period of mineralization. Intrusion of granite porphyry and lampro- phyric dykes and further faulting. 3S2 if I [ I! (to.) Late Miocene and Pliocene cycle of erosion during long period of cniital stability ; production of mature land surface around Rossland, late maturity in broad intermontane depres- iions and local peneplanation in the Interior Plateau province; climate becoming cooler; drainage well organized. (11.) Differential uplift of epeirogenic character in late Pliocene or eariy Pleistocene; pre-Glacial erosion cycle and incision of Pliocene drainage beneath upland surfaces. Quattmary. (12.) Pleistocene erosion and gladation; arctic climate with milder intergladal periods; Cordilleran ice cap softened the contours of the old upland topography, steepened the tlopes of the youthful valleys, and left on its retreat much morainic and outwash material. (13.) Post-Gladal erosion with excavation of valley-fill into river terraces by meandering Columbia river; incision of gorges, and ravines: subsoil, soil, and stream gravel formed. i ii Addenda. CetUfe Star- War Eatle Group. The (oHowuw itopes sic at prewiit (1915) being worked: No*. 65 lA, 954, 10»6A, 1253A. and 13)<»< in the Centr' Star mine an i 251M, '61. 451, SS7A. SS8A. 653M, 667A, 667M, 668M, 687, 694, 769, 862A, 863A, U65A, 1256, 1287, 1289, 1290, 1352, 1354, 1452, 1457, 1487, 1551, 1651, 1653, and 1686 in the War Eagle mine. Le-Roi Group. The foUowing atopea neat of the Joaie dyke fault and on the south bor;!er of the erano:iionte itrx^, have been opened up aince June, 1914. No. 1089, 78 feet kxu; and 2S feet wide with a\-erage as^y Au $5 47 Cu. 2.0 • 1272, 118 " "^ " 25 * " " " " " 4.39 « 1.495 • 1281, 55 " " " 26-5'' « « « « « 3.16 " l.U? • 13541, 220 ■ • " 13 " " " • « • 9 53 " 3.54$ • 1688,460 • • • 19 • • • • • • 6.88 " 2.0 % No. 1093 atope on the north border of the stock is 201 feet kmg, 15) f^t wide and the ore haa an average assay of $5.47 in gold and 2.0 per cent copper. Iron Mask, The No. t51M shoot of the Iron Mask has a stope length of 75 feet and haa recently been atoped up for 60 feet with average assay values of $12 40 ia ■old and 0.9 per cent cwper; also the No. 653M shoot with stope length of 90 feet averages $7.20 in gold and 2.0 per cent copper and ia at present being worked. ! i ! i I i j i ti I te ed es lie of A. 51. iA. nd ind I in ct tat » hi ►?l 2S4 i 1! ExiiANAnoM or Plate II. RoMland rrom Columbk and Kootenay mounutn; lowr doi , » ol Red mouif Uin with principal mtnea to right; Mount Roberu in background '^trem* right; Deer Park mountain in cantra; South Bdt propertiea t«. left in distance. :J' ! 255 >un> t in Ir-i lU ar^ j'l «) i"<)i«ft«A4ij'. fc/.-ju 'villi !ij? i«.j .snim bj»flil«.1->9V?iV "»r»^ 'i'Vlft •niiorn B;ijnii,!i ') -j:!) lo .jiansje ii.!jj »;i!!,o t'*) U; 256 Explanation or Plate III. Sheep Creek valley from Velvet-Portland mine. Shows .ubdued uplanc SST S t^'i) '^"'^•'"'' '^P''^^' »««='^ of 'he Columbia moun r i ! ; 257 ed upland ibia moun- J ses -:? .WHi n) .Kioieir.i'r.,'' n-tv*: ..«l»«iTJfti 258 Explanation op Plate IV. Columbia avenue, Rossland, in 1895. 259 (1,)^ 1 < . •- ■ ^ r j^ ^.' • i i. i\U I 5 260 Explanation or Plats V. Colurabi* •venue, RoMbnd, in 1914. 261 M ■ I* I im '°W_ .-. i ^ l i ifc iii II - ^ aiifc*««H| wSw MU'lit iiaoi V. t. . i«0 .(»w/,i^ i ,i.!n<.') .fT (•won« yij b9tB->ibni> wim -ji*oI. .0 .U t^m 262 II J4- Explanation of Plate VI. Country rocks of the vein, (diamond-drill core specimens) ^ontact between fine-grained augite porphyrite and diorite porphyrite. War Eagle mine (mdicated by anowa). B. Contact between coarse-grained augite porphyrite and diorite prophyrite. Jome mme (mdicated by arrows). C. Shows rapid transition from coarse to fine-grained augite porphyrite. josie mine. D. Porphyrite schist. War Eagle mine. (See page 50.) 263 ii)S I 264 Explanation of Plate VII. A. Porphyritic monzonite, LeRoi mine. B. Centre Star dyke. 16th level. Centre Star mine. rSee page 30.) 265 drtS #. •no'n 3i^TiA|ioq tnHit^ifftim 3b"tlo'?«uHb ^rW*'> 'aal^b »>l/ ,ii a.iibb'>.J-af!in') .A 1 ■• f. a^i^i! •j'j-'' •jiiiin ' ' ...> ■ ,. -■■ ■ ' ■ 270 Explanation of Plate X. A. Croo-beddint in Mount Roberts formation. Main tunnel, California mine. (See page 34.) B. Forking of veinlet on 10th intermediate level, War Eagle mine. (See page 48.) i i 271 Plate X. n 19 i I II i .1/ !i/ %!t «4:l»»c;« a»!,»^ -,KI .,aimi 374 i I ExrLANATION OF PlATK XII. Polished specimen of ore in dioritr porphyrite gangue, No. 895 stope, LeRoi mine. The white spou are feldspar crysuts. (See page 60.) «Roi .^^fiat": .*»■ i'i.ii; r» . m /':<»i'«» kWl..r'A- , ■u>«tfk !■ ^** ,-^^ ii ife i'l! 276 Explanation of Plate XIII. Contact ore shoot; hanging-wall diorite porphyrite, foot-wall augite porphy- rite. Shows square set system of timbering. No. 1352 stope. War Eagle mine. (See page 62.) 277 X livt H'.n \1\. 27S EXFLANATION OF PLATE XIV. iNo. 852 slope, Centre Star mine. (See page 63.) iHlil • oni: > < . // 1^1 */»frti5»*r/.i>A.l .■iUi» /•( 'ji-iifjo ^»..;..bni;.n.'i .nis/ tatt, '.iii/H<)tf«i ■oiguA .iixn -jfli k. rUt»<^3%jkihtfi t^)tu<>^il! a'^I'^ui n->.Kj ...:i£.'.-. i* -^ ' ' HIi liiiii 280 ExnAMAnoM or Platk XV. Augite porphyrite hmt vda. GrounditMM replaced by «lic but not .ugi.« phenocry*.. ».h level Jod. muie. (Se^fiSTsS^ Poluhed .pecmenof LeRoi ore; P.-pyrrhotlte cVdulcoUrite- indu-on ^.^porphyntevei««Iby«Jphid... SomeTKSjTaT^ "«.p«u« through dark .ugitecryul. of the rock. (SkpSto) A. tu 2S^|P#i«^ .■;:- e? I'lX iht I'i m Mu fAf A n f i ,,,,,. ' f*' 'S'-') ■'*'> •T't.'I ,U:^,. « A. B. EzfLANAnoN or Platk XVI. "Face" of ore in No. 1452 Mope, War Eagle mine. Slwwe tended itruc- ture. (See page 70.) "Bacit" of ore in No. 1688 Mope, LcRoi mine; Black Bcv ore ihoot weM of Joiie dyke fault, foot-wall augite porphyrite, hanging-wall gnnodionte. (See page 57.) Toul length of Mope 460 feM, width 19 5 feet. Average aiMy: goU, $6.88; copper, 2.0 per cent. 2M.I h.ATh XVI. itruc- ■hoot ;-wall 19.5 ^■'^ 'i^lf^-Vv ■''■•p.' ■ ' ■ 284 Explanation or Plate XVII. Veta fissure between ore shoots, west of No. 1452 stope, War Eagle mine. Shows vein structure and fault back of timber. The white vein filling is cddte. (Seepage 61.) 285 Plate XVII. line. >g is I , .«s ^f .^' , w^^ . : ♦I'Jr ■;?». j4 sii^^ T*j«A lflt,-i ^MlMji'*^ !<•«' Ifc 286 Explanation of Platb XVIII. Calcite crystal* showing curved faces of cubes and twinning. LeRoi mine. (See fMgt 80.) 287 > X mi KAt y\ ■| -iO /Mil, /lAJ'l/M ••ini ■•i-.o[ .<,.:. ![,! ,iii,...ij(, iy.l.,uKj ijigun toMJt,..l< 'i.) ./I 288 A. B. ExrLANATi«« av Plate XIX. Ore in actinolite gangue, LeRoi mine. (Sec page 81 ) (•) Shattered augite p< rphyrite (granitic filling). Jotie mine. page 214 ) (b) Sheppard granite porphyry. (Sm page 33.) (Sec 289 FtATS XIX. B. »«C»OCOfY RtSOlUTION TiST CHART (ANSI and ISO TEST CHART No. 2) ■APPLIED HVHGE in 165J Eosl Uair, Strevt ' CIS) 4»J - 0300 - Phon. "^ (716) J8a-5989-Fo, fK'i ^J^^ .XX arAjfl[«» MHijiitKMx^ isS-.i fSS 9asq 911^ ;»mm ■Ja«S tci^ s^HttT^JaauJ 6-.oVi rflot^ «-ai»n>I '^:^^*'' »»«£*■ 7 i;*. 4- 290 Explanation or Platb XX. Prehnite from No. 3 tunnel of the War Eagle mine. (See page 82.) I' I 291 12.) IYatk XX. •I! X ,..i'- (.£8 sjiiq j-iS) .vhi ifiig ■nin'f> stU to'^1 ffUav'^ D,'itty/f(i- '.A ">1! 292 ExrLANAnoN or Plate XXI. Apophylllte cryrt.1, from the Centre St« mine. (Se. page 83.) 193 Plate XXI. a :i fOL 294 A * i ■I Explanation or Pla -k XXII. Outcrop of the LeRoi main vein L*Ro.' .—f. i. dwelUng .0 right. X SJ 48^ *"^'' '"'' •"P^««"<««"f. i '! i ;i 2«>5 h.AlK XXII. ntendcnt'i \-i ■■-■« **«•, dt»i: iJtSii,. ;r.L,n i.vJ'o. : ^C :v: ,1.: ;in!jil\> slisnA i!A,i!'iJ]i,7;r.Jrr;..jr:,,f"Li;i;' ,L,,1; " ^A i tit ,i)tt K-.-s&i •-••j^' .!jitijl-iKd ii;;,h ni rltim ..rn -Ji,.! Jor.,! n- x;.'!i,. il-j-.; ; .jj-irl^ ....ijinuor- si'l.;.- .siiiri I iiJin 'i-j'./l'jV (I 296 ExPLANAtlON OF PLATE XXIII. A. Josie and LeRoi headworks from Annie claim; Josie left. LeRoi ri.ht Lake mountain ■„ right background. (See page, 110, 117 ) ^ ' '• Z^^rttris^r " '"°""'^^"- ^"-^r^kva^inback. 207 Platk XXIII. M right, in back- ■!(•<; V -iy^' /. '; ^onfcjaii) ni •/■,|li. » 298 ! la I Explanation of Platb XXIV. nee, t v^LCf^ ■ " Y - ♦ # ' 300 EziiANATioN or Platk XXV. ^„u!!!f"°"i*^ ^"^^J:^ .urrounding mountain. *ith rwpect to W^78.; • " ^'"^ '"•on.dnock- in b«kgrouT(s!^ I>ect to I. (See MS INDIZ. A. Aba Uaeoia ekim 11 M IM Airieiiltun .. 5 Mm wonh J AklauMcklra t> Hiiicua :;::;: ul iD.chtai "!"!;!!!!!;::;::::::::::: m AwLH-ii..".";:! ::::;;:;:;;;:::::::;::'■ ■':;■ }•■ AM^ofwykaktltM WW .WW'.'.'.'.W'.'.V.'.'.W tU " ■ duaitc 55 " * jttwfa«po>p fc y riu Md'iw«oAcii>tV/. !!■'!.'.'.'.'!.'.'!.' .'.'!!.'! u ' 'Gteiitara T. 141 - -"KSfflSS;?;;;::::::::::::::::::::-:: ,2 • • aitS^;-.v;;::::::::::::;::::::::;: »• g? • • ons 7 J • • • oMtaliriaitmdarCt* 76 • 'TViiub«tiio«tii." .'.v.'. ■.!::::::;:::: ::::::: m ■ ■ VcivM-PMtkiid on 157 • •WWt«B«wore Ul AadMiteuidaiiKittkdtebwMudtii^beds » tam» 211 Aiuak^n, :::;.:;.:;::: 11. 116 veto AS ST AS *.:LJL-^ :::..:;::::::::::::;;:::.'a.|S Anenate M ^««Writ« 70.7$ Aapidiuni 2W . ." fi«d«riclaiHifiaaaa 200 Attaadc Cable claim... ten Ai«hc ladta d'jtribtttioa SJf " ■ flows MJ : : jitkofan^,- ::::::::::::::: m parpii)rTite 25 n 304 '?! Augite porphyrite intruiivet 202 " age and correlation 208 • ■ • distribution 202 *! • • Uthology 202 origin 207 ' * ' of agglomeratic structure 205 Awirite 81 B. Baltic Fraction claim Hfi Beaver Mountain group 201 Bennett syndicate 142 Bibliography 18 Bjg Sheep creek 179 Biotite 69, 84 Bismuth 77 Bismuthinite 70, 77 Black Bear claim 11,37, 63 * "ore shoots 49, 56, 63 • dyke 30 " Morse claim 170 Bluebell mine 5, 154 Bluebird mine 160 Bonnington Falls 10 * -Rossland mountains 181 Bordeau, Oliver 5, 166, 170 Boulder clay 243 Bourgeois, Jos 6, 170 Boyd. W. H 1 British American Corporation 10 Brock, R. W w, 1, 5, 25, 51, 67, 69, 74, 87, 194, 199, 201, 215, 232, 238, 240 Brooklyn formation 25, 189 Brooks, A. H 183 Bruce, E. L 2 Buckeye claim 109 Butte Fraction claim 96 * Montana 91 C. and K. mountain 193, 202 Cftche Creek group 25, 189 Cairnes, D. D 183 Calcite 69, 80 California mine 142 " tunnel 34 Canadian Consolidated Company 162 ' Goldfields Syndicate 12, 95 " Pacific railway 3, 10 Captain Scott claim 116 Carbonates 80 Carboniferous 25, 38, 193 Carlyle, W. A 125, 146 Carter, Lyman 125 305 > nm-nuT: lau '*** Cassia/highSdi.! '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'..'.'.'. "*• *!| Cenozoic ,30 Centre Star claim. . . .6, 10. 12. 45. 51. 52.' S6. Sti. 59. 63. M.M. 67.' 75." 78, 83, • • dyke 89.90.217 ; • -LeRoivein::;::::;::::::;::::;;;;:;;;:;;:;;-;4o ^'^f * mine, analyses of ores ' '72 • ' K^dnT"'; ■■.■.■■ ■•.•■.::.:.• •.•.■•.•. ii; q*. « : : -War Eapiegroup ■.:■.■.■.::■.■.::■.:;■,•.:: 94. 96 « . . , . character of ore joo , . I <=Q8t» ,00 , , , equipment and ore handling 97 u u M . . general development loo {geological structure loi . . . . . ""t""" 96 , , , , " power 99 . . . . , .production 9^ Chabaxite -J«>e group jf^ Chalcopyrite VV IX' Sj Chlorite :;;.; **'I2'« ^•^"''""^lIL :::::::::::::::::::::;:::::;i76.i78:'i82 range 1 7< City of Spokane claim o« in« City of Spokane tunnel '^•'2? Clark. pT: •■;;:;"!;::!::;:::::::::::;::::;■■ " cia^'iiiine.'.V. '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.]'.'.'.'.'..[ ^*i Cliff-Consolidated St. Elmo mine. . 1 m Climate '//_[[ "; Ctever vein .'!!!!!!!!! c? Coast range ,;4 Cobalt i; g-'~ Cole. John. Y 75. 80. 90 Colonna claim ,2i Columbia and Western railway. ... . 9 • ril^°'*^ •^"° '.■.■.■.■.■■.'.■.■.■.■. i; 4i; 176. 186. 246 • ^^y:::;::::::::::: '• "'• 'V^ Columbia-Kootenay cUim. .■.■.■;;;.■.■.■.■.■.■ j; 'p.' n,' lis/'lM _ mountam 20 oa 1 TV Commander claim ■"• ^' lU Communication, means of i Conglomerate dyke '"'!!!!!!!!!! 31 ^ * „_ Sophie and Lake Mountain.......!! !"[ 230 U>nnor. M. F 74 91 i ' ViV 'ion 9ai Consolidated Mining and Smejting Company of CaAiida !. '. ... .11,15 « ««.•» D ».■ . ^ * * * mines of 94 /- . . White Bear Mimng Company 14 Coplen.A.D _ ^^ cE.Wakefield.V.;:::.- 40.44;-7i,-74;81.90 S^^S'':"::::::::::::::::::::::::::::;il:^ n 306 PAOB CorteUo, Mr J" QmU, Centre Sur-War Eagle group J W • Good Friday claim.... • "* : Leiwfj^«5 :::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: l" Coxey claim 78. 79. 143 • -Novelty vein '" Crerton. Samuel ii ' iA" ct ?«« Cietaceouf 39. 40. 53. 188 • eroHon cycle f J* • • surface \f* ' peneplain J°j Cromie. John -^ J»* Crown Powt mine * SJ • • « analyiee of orea J* Crowineet branch _*~ Ctenophyllum "I* • grandifolium **" Curlew claim J~ Cycaditrt "" • longifoUui, Font 210 D. Daly. R. A. .27, 176. 177. 181. 185, 190. 208, 209, 213, 215, 227, . 231. 2j», Danaite ^\u Davis, Jefferjon K'i^'ifii'iM, 189 Dawson, G. M 25, 26, 183, 184, IW " SirWilUam Vaii'oi ?M Deer Park cUim '*% ,i % t?? • ■ mountain *'"'*'• iii Defoiination at cloae of the Paheoioic *« Delaware claim **V Demers, Nelson ? Development 2 Dewdney trail ,-' Dewdrop claim '„ Dicl«)n,C.W ,;5 Dioonites borealis, Dn •}" • buchianus Schimp *J" Diorite pOTphyrite, age of *]'. ' * distribution j" Uthology... 216 « • structure of • ;«" • • tongues 27, 215 « • Sheep creek 236 Distribution of deposiu i, *J Dittrich, F 32, 238 Dividends jJX Drainage if: Dundal, Chas "5 Durant, Oliver ,2 Dyking S " origin and age of ^'' 307 Earl street "°« Eddie J. claim ■.■.'.■.■.■.■.■. 'iV ot' S English-Canadian Company ' \^ Enterprise mine oe oi Eocene 95, 96 cMcene ._ ^ 235 contmental sedimentation and igneous activity. 247 erosion surface Tai * history ;..: .■;::.■ ; « • peneplain .Ji Epidote ,n ■" Epsomite '"'2; Erythrite '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.['.'.]'.'.'.'. m Eurekaclaim .Ti Evening Star claim ■.■.■.■.■.\'./.'.'.'.'.'.'.;.".;.;.;.'.;;.;.;75V80, 145 F. Fault fissure veins a* •""Hi''"*- •; ;;:"::;:::::;:::::::::::::::::::: 36. 55 age of ' c, Ferrier, W. F ; Field work Fissure veins .'.■■............... " vein systems .......... „ Fissures, direction of 46 " linking, forking, and reticulating "ystems. . . . . . 48 origin and age of 52 persistence of ..................] 50 * relations of, to country rock formations. ... 4a spacing of .■.■.■;;.::::■■ 47 r lorence claim ,Ir Flossie claim ;?i Folding :.:::::::::::::::: *5* Formational units • Formations, detailed description of.... ...... ...... " distribution of Fort Steele Mining and Smelting Company. .... Forteath, S V»;"» 6. 7, 8, 9, 11, 31. 37,' 45," Al'. S4, M, M, 74,82,il7, 218 I «*y'«/ 30, 51. 56 ore ahoott 59 " vein 57 Jumbo claim 7, 32, 42 ;46,' 70,' 73', 77, 78," 79, 90. 146 JuraMic 27 38 " orogeny, vulcanism, and mineralisation ... . '245 revolution 39 ■ upper........ '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.['.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.[ 212 volcanic activity 190 Keewatin ice sheet 43 Kettle river "."!!!!!!!.'!!!!!.'!.!.]! 176 • River valley !!!!!!!!!]!!.!!!!!!![!!!!!!!! i78 Keystone claim o< Kilburn, G. H '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.['.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'. 2 Knobhill formation .'..'.'..'.".. . ?' ' ■• Kootenay claim ........".....'......'.'.. ... " Mining Company, Limited ^ Lake mountain 41 pg Lamprophyric dykes . .30 ' 242 Laramide orogenic revolution .' .' . ' 247 " revolution 41 Last Chance claim I34 Laumontite ........"..'.."... 83 Lead 76 90 LeRoi claim 6, 7, 8. 9. 11. 12. 33, 37, 51. 56. 58, W.M," MJ 81, 94, 2J7 Company 10 BTOUP : . • • ; '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'. 110 composition of ores 112 * costs !!!]!].!!!.!!!!!..!. 112 " development and equipment .... . . . . Ill vlividends HI • geological structure ..............[.[.......[. 113 * location HO « r.r^^'''''^"^v::::::::::;:'--"----- "? Rock alteration A Roclcingham claim : !"!!!!!!!!...!! 1?* " Fraction claim ..'. tt-j ISS'^ir'''";:;::: :::::::::::::i8..i83 Rowland 4 i ' mountoin. '.'.'.V..' '.:'.'.'.'.'.'.:'. .[ 176. 186 Power Company 94 " volcano !]!!!!..! 40 " -Great Western Mines Limited 12s n J* ^ -Kootenay Mining Company. Limited, minea of.......!.!" 125 Ruder. Gay < ^^ Ruffner, Mr }„ Russell. I. c !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! m s. St. Elmo-Cliff-Monte Christo vein 4 *TjJ ^kane dyke ri " Falls and Northern railway ' Springer. Will }" Stenopora 'Ji Stewart Fraction claim ^° " R-H 2 Stibnite li Structure, geological ij Structures, prin^ary ^? " secondary " Sudbury copper-nickel ores ™ Sullivan silver-lead mine j' Sulphate J? Sulphide deposits !' iai;lr;:::::::;;;:;:;::::::::::::::::::::::::::74;75;76.-77.78 9o Summit claim J2J. Sunbeam claim ,„ }i. Sunset claim ' ,\ " No. 2 claim *J Surficial deposits ■** IM Siimiw claim Sydney Carton claim. Sylvanite rAOB 116 116 146 T. Table ol formationa .m Tamarack mountain JiV Tarbet , Alexander "Z Telluridea ...'.'.'.". jl Temperature, underground ... Lj Terracet of the Columbia valley. ... iSi T^i'nrercji^ cycle ! i! i! i! i! i! :] i! .:..'": .**•..'"• ?2§ _ • peneplain'. '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.[['.'.'.'.:: **■ fJ! Theklaclaim. '"* Thompson river. . 113 « -, ,_ I»o *VOiB ^ Tip Top claim [[[[ ? Toad mountain S Toposraphy, correlation ot.... '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.',',[]] ,mj * \'yi>°ii»!*it* of (ievtlopmtnt......... '.'.'.'.'... '.',',',',',,'/[, jgo local. 176 older upland ■■■■■..'..... .\.... .. .....[ .1. 178 regional tj^ ^ ," „ J'ounger valley ,7« Topping, E. S. ' "I 69,82 40 -_ 40. 90 ■fe 215 andttockaofgranodioritite 21J dittribution Jii lithoiogy ';...!;!!;.■.■;;; 213 oripn [[[[[["..[.[['[['"" 214 TourmaUne. . . Trail batholith creek ■tnictuie. 214 Creek mining dividon.; ! ! *' *^*' **2 ,JL\,^^ ■:::::;:::::;:::::::::'4i;i8o. 243 Trail WBon road '• *"• "• "• '^ T«m«yTyke°^;;V.V.-. "' ^*- t^ Trepar ctalm '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'. 37 _ ore shoots id ' ct *i TrewhelU, Mr ' * 1 m Triassic .' 26 27 200 * erosion and igneous P'^-ivity. ...'.'.'.'. oii ' volcanic activity tJS Trilby claim }?' Triumph claim • fif Tuff bed. "* Tupper, Sir Chas .'. :i? Turner, George .'!'!.'."!.'."!!!!!.'"!! 7 W. W m Types of deposiu •.'.'""!"!!!!!.'."!!!!!!! 45 316 U. VlmiM tpcrkm N««b "ui Umpieby. J. B IU Uniti, formatiooal 23 Upper Centre Sur dykM 30 V. Valley cuttiiig M9 Valleyt 179 • U-ihaped 43, 179 Value*, Bluebird mine 161 " California mine 142 • Centre Star-War Eagle iroup 100 ■ Cliff-Conwlidated St. Elmo mine 132 • Columbia- Kootenay mine 12S " Commander claim 131 • Dier Park mine 164 " dlMributlon of 59 • Evening Star claim 146 • Gold Hill cUlra 149 • Hattiechlm 166 ■ I.X.L. claim 1S2 • in ore 71 • Iron Made claim 103 • jumbo mine 147, 14« • LeRoi group 110 • • No.5 118, 119 • ore 112 " Maid o( Erin claim 169 " Mayflower mine 168 ■ Monte Chrbto claim 109 • North Sttr claim 108 • Noveltyclaira 144 " O.K. claim 151 • Phoenix claim 170 • Rkhmond-Llly May group 171 • Spltseemlne 140 • Velvet-Portland ore 157 ■ White Bear mine 137 Vein outcrope 34 Velna, type* of 45 Velvet Fraction claim 154 " mine 78, 90 • -Portland mines 154 View claim 135 Virginia claim 6, 11, 95, 96, 103 Volcanic agglomerate 26, 200 " • age 201 " • distribution 200 • • lithology 200 ■ ■ structure 200 Volcanoes, extinct 39 l! i; ii '! '1 Ill Walt.F.r, WalUB|{oi>> cUim ; Fraction cbim. MM 76 ISO ISO ISO War Eaik claim. . . ... . ; .j. K «, ^ii. 4S. SI. $4, 5ft.M. (ii.M. 64. 65^ • « r- iij -J ... . *!'3 "• ^'' ^f- ". ". »>. 82. w, m LMMoUdatcd Mininf and Dcvclopm.;nt Company II, 94. 9S • • mine, analyva o( oKf ' "' ^' .i ^ 2 monaonitc ma«a 90 . . ^i :.::.:i7;4s;46.so Warner. J. L. . . .■.■.'.' ,1} Water, underground i} West Kootenay Power CompMy Wettkettle river .^ White Bear mine ii • V, dyke 67 10 176 iJ6 WhItelort.Mr *',^« Whoo-ujp cUim }J? Willi., fl. 12* wou-tonit. ::::::;::::::;:::::;::;:;:;;;;;:;:;::; 7o.« T. 116 You Know claim ,,j y2S5W»^;:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::^^ Zaphrentia. Ziilc ZaoUtea.... 199 77 70 ■H I •I il LIST OF RECENT REPORTS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SURVEY Since 1910, reports issued by the Geoic^cal Survey have been called memoirs and have been numbered Memoir 1 , Memoir 2, etc. Owing to delays incidental to the publishing of reports and their accompanying maps, not all of the reports have been called memoirs, and the memoirs have not been issued in the order of their assigned numbers and, therefore, the following list has been prepared to prevent any misconceptions arising on this account. The titles of all other important publication* of the Geological Survey are incorporated in this list. SI ■t i H I : ■■* 1 3 I Memoirs and Reports Published During 1910. REPORTS. N,»i!?nif T °" * Keological reconnaissance of the region traversed by the depo.&a„ad^U7R''vv'lnf'No'"ll07!'"*'=*^'^'" °' *'" •'''-^'' A reconnaissance across the Alacker • mountains on the P«.ll« »«— Na Pwt:'' "^^"' ^"''°" ^"'^ ^■'•"'' ' • ' ••'■"^foril.^b^JoSl^',^: Summary Report for the calendar year 1909. No. 1120. MEMOIRS-GEOLOGICAL SERIES. Memoir 1. Memoir 2. Memoir 3. Memoir 5. Memoir 6. Memoir 7. Memoir 11. No. No. No. No. No f:.<<«''''g^a'.-S"^i: . Geoltmr and ore depoeits of Hedley minmg district Bnt.sh Columbia-by Carles CamselL 3. Ceologtcal Series. Palaeoniscid fishes from the Albert shates of new Brunswick-by Lawrence M. Umbe. an/Mf"^. ff?!*: Preliminary memoir on the Lewe. D D^ Cafrnes '^ **"""• ^"'"'" Territory-by 5, Geological Jeries. Geology of the Haliburton and Ban- AlfrLf E^BaHow "''^ Ontario-by Frank D. Adams and No. I' geological SerZ's. G««logv of St. Bruno mounuin, orov- mce of Quebec— by John A. Dresser. MEMOIRS— TOPOGRAPHICAL SERIES. No. 1 Topographical Smes. Triangulation and spirit levelUnc of Vancouver island. B.C., 1909— by R. H. Chapman Memoirs and Reports Publislied During 1911. REPORTS. T.r^^f^t'"^ *,*"'^«"* through the southern part of the North Wert No 1006. • ^"' '° ^^' '^'"^' '" 1902-by Alfred W G. WilSn »nj n!'~'^A°.? ^ '^•'■^ °' '.''^ ^°"'' West Territories drained by the Winisk and Upper Attawapiskat river»-by W. Mclnnes. No. 108™ Summary Report for the calendar year 1910. No. 1170. MEMOIRS— GEOLOGICAL SERIES. Memoir 4. ^oj G I p^^Se^^ Geological reconnaissance alone the £el^-by wlTwiuT"""''"'"'"' '"'*"'' '" *^*™ MEMOIR 8. ^".^•Oeo^ogiaajerUs. The Edmonton coal field. Albert.- iii Bighorn coal basin, Alberta — by G. S. MSMOn 9. No.9,Geoloeicok No. 8. Exruraiont in louthweatern Onurio. Excursions In the western peninsula of Ontario and ,„^ f — '^""Q """u" "■ T?™"'" '° Victoria and return via Canadian Pacific and Canaduin Northern railways; parts 1, 2, and 3 r«""i. r nH"T^ ^i?°p ^-2 "• Jo«>"°t<;V'<:'°"a and return wa Canadian Pacific. C dnd Trunk Paafic. and National Tran«»ntinental railways. ^^ v..i,„ T ?*"'' '*?••"■ Excursions in Northern British Columbia ami Yukon Temtory and along the north Pacific coast. MEMOIRS-GEOLOGICAL SERIES. Memow 17. No 2g Ctchticai Serus. Geology and economic lewuicet of the Larder Uke dutnct, Ont., and adjoining portions of Pontiac county, Que.— by Morley E. Wilson. Mkhoir 18. Memoir 26. Mbmou 29. Mbmoir 31. Mbhou 33. Memoir 35. MEUon 37. Mbmoii 38. Bathurst district, New Brunswick— N». 19, Gttiofnl S«n$s. by G. A. Young. ^o-^'^'J^f'^tical Series. ^Geology and mineral deposits of the Tulameen district. B.C.— By C. Camsell. No. 32. GeoUpcal Series. OtI and gas prospects of the north- ., w^« provinces of Cinada— by W. Malcolm. No.20,GeoU>tual Series. Wheaton district, Yukon Territory— by D. D. Cairnes. ' No. 30, Gtjlo^ Series. The geology of rK)wganda Mining Division— by W. H. Collins. No. 29, Geolopcal Series. Reconnaissance along the National Iranscontinental railway in southern Quebec— by John A. ^"A^'^'^P^ ^"'"'- Portions of Atlin district, B.C.— by D. D. Caimes. ' ^"■^^''^o'ovcal Series. Geology of the North American Cordillwa at the fortyninth parallel. Parts I and II— by Reginald Aldworth Daly. ' Memoirs and Reports Published During 1914. REPORTS. ETC. Summary Report for the calendar year 1912. No. 1305. of ,1.- !f?!Jir P", 1^"^ ^'^•}.' ^' *• *•„'• •»«1 8 ~'«««n articles Nos. 13 to 22 of the Grological Senes of Museum Bulletins, article No. 2 of the Anthro- •^ ^^^T'. ^ u ^^{^u^;: * °/ the Biological Series of Museum BXtil^ Wyatt ^ci3m. "*"'"^'' ^''- '= ^'^^ °" radium-bearing minerals-by MUSEUM GUIDE BOOKS. bia-?; HaH::^'rf:fth.'"No': 'm^''^ •""'"" '"'^""^ •" «"*^ ^olum. MEMOIRS— GEOLOGICAL SERIES. Mkmoir 23. No. 23, Geological Series. Geology of the Coast and isktnd betweer • ,e Strait of Georgia and Queen Charlotte sound. B.C. — oy J. Austin Bancroft. 'i ', .k Mkmoir 25. Mbmou 30. Mbmoib 20. Mbmou 36. Mbmoib 52. >tBMon 43. Mbmoib 44. Mbmoib 22. Mbmoib 32. Mbmoib 47. Mbmoib 40. Mbmoib 19. Mbmoib 39. Mbmoib 51. Mbmoib 61. Mbmoib 41. Mbmoib 53. Mbmoib 55. ffo. 21, Gtolorical Series. Report on the cUy and shale de- posit* of the wettern provinces (Part II)— by Heinrich Ries and Joseph Keele. No. 40, Ceriogical Series. The basins of Nelson and Churx:hiU river»— by William Mclnnes. No. 41, Geolopcal Series. Gold fields o' Nova Scciia— by W. Malcolm. No. 33, Geolotical Series. Geology of the Victoria and Saanich map-arMs, Vancouver island, B.C.— by C. H. Clapp. ;%i.""*J??"" •S'«"«*- Geological notes to accompany map ., ..?"J!*P. ~^"' 6^' ^n** °'' fiel'J' Alberta— by D. B. Dowtine. No. 36, Ceohtual Series, it. Hilaire (Beloeil) and Rougemont mounuins, Quebec — by J. J. O'Neill. No. 37, GealotUal Series. Clay and shale deposits of New Brunfcwickp-by J. Keele. No. 27, Geolo^al Series. Preliminary report on ihe serpentines and associated rocks, in southern Quebec— by J. A. Dresser. No. 25. Ge^gical Series. Portions of Portland Canal and bkeena Mining divisions, Skeena dis:rict, B.C.— by R. G. McConnell. No. 39, CeUotical Series. Clay and shale deposits of the »r *«?*«"> .provinces, Part II!— by Heinrich Ries. "0. 24, Ge^ncal Series. The Archaean geology of Rainy lake —by Andrew C. Lawson. No. 29, CeOotical Series. Geology of Mother Lode and Sunset mines, Boundaiy district, B.C.— by O. Le Roy. No. 35, Geolofical Series. Kewagama Lake map-area, Quebet: —by M. E. Wilson. No. 43, Geohtieal Series. by C. H. Clapp. No. 45, Geolotical Series. Geology of the Nanaimo map-area — »Vt- ;• — : Moose Mountain district, southern Alberta (second edition)— by D. D. Cairnes. No. 38, Geoh teal Series. The "F<"n Ledges" Carboniferous « °?I'^' ft. John, New Brunswi- —by Marie C. Stopes. No. 44, Geolotical Series. Coal fielc. of Manitoba, Saskatche- wan, Alberta, and eastern British Columbia (revised edition) —by D. B. Dowling. No. 46, Geological Series. Geology of Field map-area. Alberta and British Columbia— by John A. Allan. MEMOIRS— ANTHROPOLOGICAL SERIES. Mbmoib 48. No. 2, Anthropological Series. Some myths and tales of the M.uot. 4.^ v- J *? ^i ~"V'e?stern Ontario-collected by Paul Radin. mbmoib 45. No. 3. Anthropaottcal Series. The inviting-in feast of the m. .„ .. AUska Eskimo— by E. W. Hawkes. Mbmoib 49. No. 4. 4nlhropolotical Series. Malecite tales— by W H Mechlin^. No. 1, AtUnropological Series. The double curve motive in northeastern Algonkian art — by Frank G. Speck. Mbmoib 42. Mbmoib 54. MEMOIRS-BiOLOGICAL SERIES. No. 2, Biologicai Series. Annotated Ust of flov »nng plants andferng^ Point Pelee, Ont., and neighbour;.., iitncts— i>y C. K. Dodge. ^rf. if, 4'-; I 1 vi Memoirs and Reports Published During 1915. REPORTS, ETC. Summary Report for the calendar year 1913, No. 1359 nummary Report for the calendar year 1914, No. 1503 Report'ma. ' Anthropological Division. Separate from Summary Report'l913.''°'" "" Topographical Diviuon. Separate from Summary Report m/""" ^'" ^'°'°^"' ^'''"''"^ ^'°«'- ^P»««« f^-n Summary Muwum Bulletin No. 11. No. 23 Geolotiad ^rri*, Pi,...i i. » Museum Bulletin No. 12. No 24, Geolotical Seriei. On EocerPtoo. ofGgcraf^o^;-t{Je"M%ifeni^^n//L&t^^ S^oo^ur^tJ^li^^h^V^. A^ifjJ-^^^y O-'ch and Museum Bulletin No. 17. No. 27 Geoloncal 9>««. tk. n-j • • rocks of Uke Timiskaming-by M. Y. WiS^ ^*^'- ^'" O'doviaan Museum Bulletin No. 6. No. 3, Anthropological Series Pre.hi.torir and present commerce among the Arctic Coast'Eslimoi-bJf N. S^uS Museum Bulletm No. 9. No. 4. Anthrotolovical •i'^J,. ti.. »i -j fossa in the skull of the E«kimo-by F R ? Kg. '^' ''*"°"* Museum Bulletin No. 10. No. 5, Anthropological Series. The social organization of the Winnebago Indians— by P. Radin ^^ Museum Bulletin No. 16. No. 6, AnthroMogical Ser^t I if-™^ aspects of North American mythology-by P Kn ^"^ corm5i^rt"?Ph»"l""'" ^°- "• • ■^"V ^-Biological Seriis. The double crested rSirc^iif^Kir^^cTbr^: a!'^ -S *° ^''« """- •»''"^- Mkmoir 58. Mkmoik 60. Memoui 67. Memoir 59. Memoir 50. Memoir 65. Memoir 66. Memoir 56. Memoir 64. MEMOIRS-GEOLOGICAL SERIES, ^"'nefl' ^'^^'^ ^"*^- Texada island— by R. G. McCon- ^"'Y^'vmhl^ ^"'^' ^^'B-Antigonish district— by M. No. 49, GeototiaU Series. The Yukon-AUska Boundary be- tween Porcupine and Yukon river»-by D. D. Cairnes. "^"•c^unrt.^rso^-'. ""''^ ^^' <=-• '-"-• 0' ^"'ii ^D^^CaSiM*' ^'''^'^ ^'^'^ '"'^ District. Yukon ^0.53, Geological Series. Clay and shale deposits of the western provinces, Part IV— by H. Ries. "^^ w^e.^t'^lf ^^rt .F-l^^yrKle'lf '""^''' °' '"^ ^".iiuT^ ^-V- „Pre."™nary report on the clay and shale deposiu of the Province of Quebec— by J. Keele. Mbmou 57. No. SO, Geolotical Series. Corundum, its occurrence, diitri- bution, exploitation, and uses — by A. E. Barlow. MlMOM 68. No. 59, Geological Series. A geological reconnaiwance between Golden and Kamloops, B.C., ak>ng the line of the Canadian Pacific railway — by R. A. Daly. Mmon 69. No. 57, Geological Series. Coal fieldi of Britiah Columbia— by D. B. Dowling. Mbmoh 72. No. 60, C.ological Series. The artes' i welU of Montreal— by C. L. Cumming. Mbmoh 73. No. 58, Geological Series. The Pleistocene and Recent depoait* of the Island of Montreal — by J. Stansfield. Memoir 74. No. 61, Geological Series. A list oi Caaidian mineral occur- rences—by R. A. A. Johnston. Mbmoh 76. No. 62, Geological Series. Geology of the Cranbrook map-area —by S. J. Schofield. MEMOIRS— ANTHROPOLOGICAL SERIES. Mbhom 46. No. 7, Anthropological Series. Classification of Iroquoian radicals and subjective pronominal prefixes — by C. M. Barbeau. Mbmoh 62. No. 5, Anthropological Series. Abnormal types of speech in Nootlca — by E. Sapir. Mbmoh 63. No. 6, Anthropological Series. Noun reduplication in Comoz, a Salish language of Vancouver island — by E. Sapir. Mbmoh 75. No. lO, Anthropological Series. Decorative art of Indian tribe* of Connecticut — by Frank G. Speck. Memoirs and Reports in Press, July 29, 1915. No. 8, Anthropological Series. Family hunting territories and social life of the various Algonkian bands of the Ottawa valley — by F. G. Speck. No. 9, Anthropological Series. Myths and folk-lore of the Timiskaming Algonquin and Ti-nagami Ojibwa — by F. G. Speck. No. 63, Geological Series. The Devonian of southwestern Ontario— by C. R. Stauffer. No. 64, Geological Series. Geology and ore deposits of RosaUnd , B.C.— by C. W. Drysdale. No. 66, Geological Series. Wabana iron ce of Newfoundland — by A. O. Hayes. No. 65, Geological Series. Ore deposits of the Beaverdell map-area — by L. Reineckc. Museum Bulletin No. 18. No. 28, Geological Series. Structural relations of the Pre-Cambrian and Palaeozoic rocks north of the Ottawa and St. Law- rence valleys — by E. M. Kindle and L. D. Burling. Museum Bulletin No. 19. No. 7, Anthropological Series. A sketch of the social organization of the Nass River Indians — by E. Sapir. Mbmoh 70. Mbmoh 71. Mbmoh 34. Mbmoh 77. Memoh 78. MEMon 79. < „ .f i ^ n ■ ** t «li g ML! " «" i'Sl '""g - , y Ml n j:! 1 i .' I ' M: L S-i V* f/atimMimmimum^mllM »»»rta)tt»SlMn Vertical Section E-F through Annie and Hamilton Veins. Josie Mine no f^*on S?$etiic. *»T\ •^i^itee jfel ^^^4: I If"" «-W 1 S*knif V, s Section SOO/t toSouOHsmt VertJcAt Section AS through War Eagle Mine, fioss/aiid. B. C. V HM m^ Legend C^ '^ Moni' ca ajtes fSPfSsarC'te, odimte, yogesite porphyrij r ^ -1 i Piyrphvnt-C -nonrcrtte Ore L__J Mon/onite Otorita porphjrite 'ug'Ze per; ftita Gfologtcal Surygy CgftM/a. Geoh ^ Vertic&t Section AS through Wa] Geological Plan of the Principal Mines at RosslandM.C.wth accompanymg Sect ions •op *f f Scale of feet M no '*o ted Vertica.1 Section AS through War Eagle Mine, fioss/and V fnes at /tossta.nd,B.CiM/t/) accompanying Sections \Sca>eof^eet Metres 1 too no mtm Section SOO/t to South li -liLI ssland. B.C. ^Acr^.'on.te Lfrmnvdtoritm OiontM porchyite *ii^te porphj-ite "^ \ Dip4nd$tr'ke 'defined} I iea/oSicml boufidaiy J (assumed) mcMocon rboiution tbt chait (ANSI and ISO TEST CHART No. 2) 1.0 ^ti£ Ui 1.1 l*^ ii& Jii^ I u m 1.6 A ^^^pyigjNA^oE inc '853 Eo« Miiin si.wl - ("6) 2U - 5989 _ r„ Hon. LCoDtRRt. Minister. R.G.MXonnell, Deputy Minisier GEOLOGICAL SURVEY OUTLINE MAP ./^^^ LEGEND _J S h if| iTJBr«mf T>«| i ytj i l>yto« < ■ < ^^ * M t P>J— Irtf stock lta|l|fri«0 tongues ft ■m Mttortta stodia Oie :2: Kndts / / .r n A ..v^: \ / \ \ / / / \ \ / ].w^. ?#fe: \. - '- - V - -, r** ) CSC STEREOGRAMS OF A BLOCK OF loat^onmpa'ifMimniii ^> C WJ>rymdai» 1 t^. .^ jt - - .. - .t ^ .yr y-^ . ; . .■ , r . i - n ■t p j pi r- ■Mil '**-'v.«^_ ' V «■«« -~^ h \ * -.V ' '>t: , -» r- -^ V \ \ \ \ \ Saalea of (kmt I^APIMA a) ( OF ORE-BEARING COUNTRY, ROSSLAND, B.C. Stereoymma imtd. Geology bj- C. WPrjracUUr r ANAOA DEPARTMENT OF MINI GCOLOOICAl tURVCY tRANCH lln. W 'fHI-LlMOl Mik MIK APlj* UlH,Tr Mi R W yt»nr« Act ^i. D'-'tcro* co^soiiDATfo s' imo II irr V4UCL. HI 1} Mul. \rAIH SU/iP/flSf / P % « I. r.ERTRIlOE • HO^ELTV CAI tForfi:* MINES c row ''41 'I BO> % I /iV »ON1l CHHISrO iyrsi\(i sr4 VmJ. '> \ 1 Gl0»e/4 " *8 1 ■ SV ^jH i L a gp n d ■SSk f{„:J, .% ,'It.lWj»^ T«i|Mil ?)F.^vrLy. MAP iw mim^ HIMTlSll COMMhlA W H Hoyd S. ail' 1(1(1 Kill III I lull I Mill / ■»• I ., ••IN,/"- / „ «• 5 tt.,L'S J " / ^ i o/ » .1 " a » •* .7/" i i X ■ ItflN . "4 " )! c ^ 9 < r ' I , ■a ? C** BlitS \ £IB *¥ M>< ««• * "•'■ ■.' ■'.>*<« ..«*i. •■*« '*•,■' *,-" t/««'nr/li .1^.*' '•■■W . / / *. N" KM)I ln'ft MlUA [Zl B^cr a r t — — — 1 1 1 "1 -^ r-rzt Legend AlM«M.'<«r I Ca«4iauif«roas ^u*»1 m J *li< U ^PIMW flV SPFX-LiL MAP OF Roksi^iND BRITI SH COLIT MIUA ^ Sde : 400 Hwt to 1 Inch — 4^i <>A'V4iV \ I V J ^ir ^ : is ' •*.-«. y tO' IV fJ 't^ i(/\ r> > / • » t IK ■*^.f.X ^ \ SPE( LU. MAP OF R« SSI^\>D IV*1 4oa a*« Seale 400 Keel \u \ Inch - 4c>olof(v 1>T K .W. Bivck . Ai-<>nl (i^nlo^V bv (i.A.Yoiiiif{. Ti>po;^npfav hj W.n.Bij;^. N9 lOOU K4l 4W 'W« •« /Aw». t ^ mt » t>*-9. ittimrt ■/ ■'" AMv /*y> M P*** ,S«Ar>fD MI BRITISH CO lnl>iiMBfMt.Mll AiM rfto ■MAi CANADA ITMENT OF MINES .«. M>«...«*— -^ I i il ■■ imimfm •rf^fPVM^rik*** ^----, — , — n - T [ «b DEPARTMEN1 N«4 WTiaPtiMA* M'iiitTi*. n W •«••«. Act TtofKiglTnAfci! ROSHLA^D M] BRITISH r< ^^ MMte f^TMENT or MINES jKigHiphkiai Sheet D MINING CAMP nsH roi I MMiA I«VU>03 tm •4^ L!i;_J_:j OWItatMltaA-lctw